Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google News Will Hide RT And Sputnik News & Google Launches Colossal Censorship, Disinformation Campaign Under Cover Of Night
November 23 2017 | From: FortRuss / Infowars

News aggregator Google News will "de-rank" news items from RT and Sputnik in order to combat "Russian propaganda".



This is reported by the portal VICE with reference to the chairman of the board of directors that include Google Inc, Eric Schmidt.


Related:
Censorship: Stone Cold Truth Suspended From Twitter After Breaking DC News

At the forum on international security, Schmidt said that Google intends to resist the "spread of disinformation." The company is working on a news site evaluation system that will generate Google News in accordance with the internal ratings of the source. Schmidt stressed that such a policy will primarily affect RT and Sputnik.


"We do not want to block websites, it's not our style of work, I'm not a supporter of censorship, I'm a supporter of ranking," he said.

Earlier, the US Department of Justice listed RT America on the list of foreign agents under the Foreign Agents Act of 1938.

It is noteworthy that the likes of French television channel France 24, the German radio station Deutsche Welle, are not to be registered in this manner.

Related: Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google
Censorship Of Political Content




Google Launches Colossal Censorship, Disinformation Campaign Under Cover Of Night

Tech giant launches digital Night of the Long Knives in response to Trump presidency.

Google is now “reviewing the claims” of Infowars news articles by including links to left-leaning “fact checking” sites when people search for Alex Jones or Infowars.

Related: Must Hear: Google's Plan To Censor The Entire Earth

Google’s biography box for Alex Jones, which is shown with related search results, now has a “Reviewed Claims” tab which displays an Infowars headline and an associated article from Politifact and/or Snopes.com that disputes the news.

The problem is that these “fact checking” sites are not as unbiased as they claim and are typically aligned with establishment interests, particularly those of Silicon Valley which wanted Hillary Clinton in the White House.





"Most ‘fact checkers’ are merely liberal journalists looking to prove their preconceived narrative,” wrote the Washington Times’ Kelly Riddell. “They cherry-pick the statements to ‘fact-check’ and then decide which data to back it up with.”

“Statistics can be manipulated - for every study coming out of the Brookings Institute, the Heritage Foundation can have a counter argument, depending on the methodology and surveys used. Moreover, much of what they decide to ‘fact-check’ is subjective at best. Nothing that can be pinned down with undisputed data.”

In short, “fact checking” is opinion journalism pretending to be some sort of heightened objectivity, as the Wall Street Journal’s James Taranto so eloquently stated.



Related: Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship & Five-Eyes Nations Want Communications Providers To Bust Crypto For Them

The public largely agrees; most voters didn’t trust the media “fact checking” the news cycle during the presidential campaign, according to a survey.


“Most voters believe news organizations play favorites when it comes to fact-checking candidates’ statements, but this skepticism is much stronger among voters who support Donald Trump than those who back his rival Hillary Clinton,” the study stated.

“A new Rasmussen Reports national telephone and online survey finds that just 29% of all Likely U.S. Voters trust media fact-checking of candidates’ comments.”

“Sixty-two percent (62%) believe instead that news organizations skew the facts to help candidates they support.”

Snopes in particular, which was founded by then-husband-and-wife David and Barbara Mikkelson, was recently entangled in controversy when David was accused of embezzling almost $100,000 from the site to pay for prostitutes in divorce documents filed by Barbara.

“The two also dispute what are basic facts of their [divorce] case – despite Snopes.com saying its ‘ownership’ is committed to ‘accuracy and impartiality,'” the Daily Mail reported, rather ironically.



Related: Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

Google’s latest disinformation campaign is a digital “Night of the Long Knives” targeting those who routinely counter establishment talking points, and it was likely conceived in the aftermath of Clinton losing the 2016 presidential election.

But the elites have already lost; we’ve already passed the Rubicon in which people would rather think for themselves by taking bits and pieces of the news cycle – removing establishment disinformation in the process – to form their own analysis rather than simply being spoonfed their “opinions” from “fact checking” sites.


Related Articles:

Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Sex toy company admits to recording users' remote sex sessions, calls it a 'minor bug'


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Disturbing New Video Shows Real Life Slave Trade, Humans Being Bought And Sold In The Open
November 23 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

Footage from hidden cameras shows young refugees being auctioned off for as little as $400, after they were kidnapped from Libya and Niger.



Refugees are being kidnapped from Libya and Niger, and sold in auctions for as little as $400, according to an investigative report that documented the abuse in war-torn Libya through hidden cameras that showed young men being lined up to be inspected for buyers, with auctioneers referring to them as “merchandise” and “big strong boys for farm work.”


Related:
‘Family Values’ Senator Pleads Guilty to Child Sex Trafficking, Facing Life in Prison

It is highly likely that there are even more barbaric auctions held for females, and there have been widespread reports of this happening, but so far no footage has been collected of these crimes.

While this is the first footage of this nature that the public has seen, there have been reports of slave auctions in Libya for at least the past year.


"The situation is dire. The more IOM engages inside Libya, the more we learn that it is a vale of tears for many migrants. Some reports are truly horrifying and the latest reports of ‘slave markets’ for migrants can be added to a long list of outrages,” Mohammed Abdiker, IOM’s Director of Operation and Emergencies said in a report last year.





Despite the frequent reports of forced labor, sex-trafficking and torture inside Libyan refugee camps, there has been little to no response from local authorities - but now that the news has gone international, the region’s puppet politicians are promising change.

Anes Alazabi, Libya’s Anti-Illegal Immigration Agency told CNN that a full-scale investigation will be launched as a result of their report. However, the agency provided no solutions to the problem aside from taking refugees right back to the violence that they are fleeing in the first place.



Related: Corey Haim’s Mother Names the Man She Said Sexually Assaulted Her Son


"The situation is dire. The more IOM engages inside Libya, the more we learn that it is a vale of tears for many migrants. Some reports are truly horrifying and the latest reports of ‘slave markets’ for migrants can be added to a long list of outrages,” Mohammed Abdiker, IOM’s Director of Operation and Emergencies said in a report last year.

The mainstream media has framed this as a “migrant crisis.” However, it is important to point out that these people are obviously refugees from war-torn countries that have suffered military destabilization and occupation by US and NATO forces.

The US invasion of Libya has been highly publicized, and it is well known that the country is in worse shape than it was before, with the war creating social conditions that allow crimes against humanity to run rampant. Large numbers of these refugees are also coming from Niger, where the US military has been waging secret operations that were exposed last month when members of the US special forces were killed during their occupation of the country.

According to the International Organization for Migration, there are roughly 700,000 to 1 million migrants in Libya, and it is estimated that more than 2,000 have died at sea in the past year alone.

Refugees, as TFTP has reported in the past, become easy targets for human traffickers as they have no money and nowhere to go. The children are often kidnapped and sold into child trafficking rings and the adults are sold into slavery as indentured servants to the elite.



Related: Corey Feldman Calls LAPD To Out Pedophiles During Dr. Oz Appearance & ‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin Spacey Hit With Additional Accusations Of Sexual Misconduct

The United Kingdon has become a hotspot for such trafficking. There are an estimated 13,000 victims of forced labor, sexual exploitation and domestic servitude in Britain, according to Government data and the police have no idea how to handle it.

Luckily, however, this horrifying practice is now getting the attention of the mainstream media as enough people are demanding it.

News of the slave auctions sparked protests outside of the Libyan Embassy in Paris, where many refugees have fled to escape this type of violence. French police used riot gear and tear gas to suppress over a thousand protesters.

The French government is not innocent in the conquest of Libya either, they were one of the first countries to push NATO into the war, and it was the first country to use their aircraft in strikes against the country.


Related Articles:

Tony Blair Says He Was Aware Of Sexual Abuse At Westminster But ‘Wasn’t Involved’

France Debates Dropping Minimum Age Of Legal Sexual Consent To 13

Former Joe Biden Secret Service Agent: We Had to Protect Women From Him, ‘Weinstein Level Stuff’

Joe Biden Fondles Little Girls’ Breasts; Uses Bible to Entice Girl at Senate Ceremony

Joe Biden Repeatedly Grinds His Crotch on 6-Year-Old Daughter of Kelly Ayotte at 2011 Senate Ceremony

Weinstein Watershed - Here's A List Of The 42 Men Accused Of Sexual Misconduct (So Far)

Anti-Trump NYT Reporter Glenn Thrush Suspended Amid Sexual Misconduct Allegations


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Security Breach And Spilled Secrets Have Shaken The N.S.A. To Its Core
November 23 2017 | From: NewYorkTimes

A serial leak of the agency’s cyberweapons has damaged morale, slowed intelligence operations and resulted in hacking attacks on businesses and civilians worldwide.



Jake Williams, a former member of the National Security Agency’s hacking unit. The Shadow Brokers, a mysterious group that obtained N.S.A. cybertools, identified his work for the agency on Twitter


Jake Williams awoke last April in an Orlando, Fla., hotel where he was leading a training session. Checking Twitter, Mr. Williams, a cybersecurity expert, was dismayed to discover that he had been thrust into the middle of one of the worst security debacles ever to befall American intelligence.


Related:
DHS: 70 Percent of TSA Screenings Fail To Catch Bombs or Weapons

Mr. Williams had written on his company blog about the Shadow Brokers, a mysterious group that had somehow obtained many of the hacking tools the United States used to spy on other countries. Now the group had replied in an angry screed on Twitter. It identified him - correctly - as a former member of the National Security Agency’s hacking group, Tailored Access Operations, or T.A.O., a job he had not publicly disclosed.

Then the Shadow Brokers astonished him by dropping technical details that made clear they knew about highly classified hacking operations that he had conducted.

America’s largest and most secretive intelligence agency had been deeply infiltrated.


"They had operational insight that even most of my fellow operators at T.A.O. did not have,” said Mr. Williams, now with Rendition Infosec, a cybersecurity firm he founded. “I felt like I’d been kicked in the gut. Whoever wrote this either was a well-placed insider or had stolen a lot of operational data.”

The jolt to Mr. Williams from the Shadow Brokers’ riposte was part of a much broader earthquake that has shaken the N.S.A. to its core.

Current and former agency officials say the Shadow Brokers disclosures, which began in August 2016, have been catastrophic for the N.S.A., calling into question its ability to protect potent cyberweapons and its very value to national security. The agency regarded as the world’s leader in breaking into adversaries’ computer networks failed to protect its own.



Related: Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe


"These leaks have been incredibly damaging to our intelligence and cyber capabilities,” said Leon E. Panetta, the former defense secretary and director of the Central Intelligence Agency. “The fundamental purpose of intelligence is to be able to effectively penetrate our adversaries in order to gather vital intelligence. By its very nature, that only works if secrecy is maintained and our codes are protected.”

With a leak of intelligence methods like the N.S.A. tools, Mr. Panetta said, “Every time it happens, you essentially have to start over.”

Fifteen months into a wide-ranging investigation by the agency’s counterintelligence arm, known as Q Group, and the F.B.I., officials still do not know whether the N.S.A. is the victim of a brilliantly executed hack, with Russia as the most likely perpetrator, an insider’s leak, or both.

Three employees have been arrested since 2015 for taking classified files, but there is fear that one or more leakers may still be in place. And there is broad agreement that the damage from the Shadow Brokers already far exceeds the harm to American intelligence done by Edward J. Snowden, the former N.S.A. contractor who fled with four laptops of classified material in 2013.

Mr. Snowden’s cascade of disclosures to journalists and his defiant public stance drew far more media coverage than this new breach. But Mr. Snowden released code words, while the Shadow Brokers have released the actual code; if he shared what might be described as battle plans, they have loosed the weapons themselves.

Created at huge expense to American taxpayers, those cyberweapons have now been picked up by hackers from North Korea to Russia and shot back at the United States and its allies.



A screenshot taken as ransomware affected systems worldwide last summer. The Ukrainian government posted the picture to its official Facebook page

Millions of people saw their computers shut down by ransomware, with demands for payments in digital currency to have their access restored. Tens of thousands of employees at Mondelez International, the maker of Oreo cookies, had their data completely wiped. FedEx reported that an attack on a European subsidiary had halted deliveries and cost $300 million.

Hospitals in Pennsylvania, Britain and Indonesia had to turn away patients. The attacks disrupted production at a car plant in France, an oil company in Brazil and a chocolate factory in Tasmania, among thousands of enterprises affected worldwide.

American officials had to explain to close allies - and to business leaders in the United States - how cyberweapons developed at Fort Meade in Maryland came to be used against them. Experts believe more attacks using the stolen N.S.A. tools are all but certain.

Inside the agency’s Maryland headquarters and its campuses around the country, N.S.A. employees have been subjected to polygraphs and suspended from their jobs in a hunt for turncoats allied with the Shadow Brokers. Much of the agency’s arsenal is still being replaced, curtailing operations.

Morale has plunged, and experienced specialists are leaving the agency for better-paying jobs - including with firms defending computer networks from intrusions that use the N.S.A.’s leaked tools.


"It’s a disaster on multiple levels,” Mr. Williams said. “It’s embarrassing that the people responsible for this have not been brought to justice.”





Who Are The Shadow Brokers?

A National Security Agency hacking tool leaked in April by an elite group called the Shadow Brokers has now been used in a cyberattack on computers in more than 150 countries. Intelligence officials say North Korean-linked hackers are likely suspects.









In response to detailed questions, an N.S.A. spokesman, Michael T. Halbig, said the agency “cannot comment on Shadow Brokers.” He denied that the episode had hurt morale. “N.S.A. continues to be viewed as a great place to work; we receive more than 140,000 applications each year for our hiring program,” he said.

Compounding the pain for the N.S.A. is the attackers’ regular online public taunts, written in ersatz broken English. Their posts are a peculiar mash-up of immaturity and sophistication, laced with profane jokes but also savvy cultural and political references. They suggest that their author - if not an American - knows the United States well.

“Is NSA chasing shadowses?” the Shadow Brokers asked in a post on Oct. 16, mocking the agency’s inability to understand the leaks and announcing a price cut for subscriptions to its “monthly dump service” of stolen N.S.A. tools.

It was a typically wide-ranging screed, touching on George Orwell’s “1984”; the end of the federal government’s fiscal year on Sept. 30; Russia’s creation of bogus accounts on Facebook and Twitter; and the phenomenon of American intelligence officers going to work for contractors who pay higher salaries.



The Shadow Brokers have mocked the N.S.A. in regular online posts and released its stolen hacking tools in a “monthly dump service”

One passage, possibly hinting at the Shadow Brokers’ identity, underscored the close relationship of Russian intelligence to criminal hackers. “Russian security peoples,” it said, “is becoming Russian hackeres at nights, but only full moons.”

Russia is the prime suspect in a parallel hemorrhage of hacking tools and secret documents from the C.I.A.’s Center for Cyber Intelligence, posted week after week since March to the WikiLeaks website under the names Vault7 and Vault8. That breach, too, is unsolved. Together, the flood of digital secrets from agencies that invest huge resources in preventing such breaches is raising profound questions.

Have hackers and leakers made secrecy obsolete? Has Russian intelligence simply outplayed the United States, penetrating the most closely guarded corners of its government? Can a work force of thousands of young, tech-savvy spies ever be immune to leaks?

Some veteran intelligence officials believe a lopsided focus on offensive weapons and hacking tools has, for years, left American cyberdefense dangerously porous.


"We have had a train wreck coming,” said Mike McConnell, the former N.S.A. director and national intelligence director. “We should have ratcheted up the defense parts significantly.”


America’s Cyber Special Forces

At the heart of the N.S.A. crisis is Tailored Access Operations, the group where Mr. Williams worked, which was absorbed last year into the agency’s new Directorate of Operations.



The N.S.A.’s headquarters at Fort Meade in Maryland. Cybertools the agency developed have been picked up by hackers from North Korea to Russia and shot back at the United States and its allies

T.A.O. - the outdated name is still used informally - began years ago as a side project at the agency’s research and engineering building at Fort Meade. It was a cyber Skunk Works, akin to the special units that once built stealth aircraft and drones. As Washington’s need for hacking capabilities grew, T.A.O. expanded into a separate office park in Laurel, Md., with additional teams at facilities in Colorado, Georgia, Hawaii and Texas.

The hacking unit attracts many of the agency’s young stars, who like the thrill of internet break-ins in the name of national security, according to a dozen former government officials who agreed to describe its work on the condition of anonymity. T.A.O. analysts start with a shopping list of desired information and likely sources - say, a Chinese official’s home computer or a Russian oil company’s network.

Much of T.A.O.’s work is labeled E.C.I., for “exceptionally controlled information,” material so sensitive it was initially stored only in safes. When the cumulative weight of the safes threatened the integrity of N.S.A.’s engineering building a few years ago, one agency veteran said, the rules were changed to allow locked file cabinets.

The more experienced T.A.O. operators devise ways to break into foreign networks; junior operators take over to extract information. Mr. Williams, 40, a former paramedic who served in military intelligence in the Army before joining the N.S.A., worked in T.A.O. from 2008 to 2013, which he described as an especially long tenure. He called the work “challenging and sometimes exciting.”



Related: Sloppy U.S. Spies Misused A Covert Network For Personal Shopping - And Other Stories From Internal NSA Documents

T.A.O. operators must constantly renew their arsenal to stay abreast of changing software and hardware, examining every Windows update and new iPhone for vulnerabilities. “The nature of the business is to move with the technology,” a former T.A.O. hacker said.

Long known mainly as an eavesdropping agency, the N.S.A. has embraced hacking as an especially productive way to spy on foreign targets. The intelligence collection is often automated, with malware implants - computer code designed to find material of interest - left sitting on the targeted system for months or even years, sending files back to the N.S.A.

The same implant can be used for many purposes: to steal documents, tap into email, subtly change data or become the launching pad for an attack. T.A.O.’s most public success was an operation against Iran called Olympic Games, in which implants in the network of the Natanz nuclear plant caused centrifuges enriching uranium to self-destruct. The T.A.O. was also critical to attacks on the Islamic State and North Korea.

It was this arsenal that the Shadow Brokers got hold of, and then began to release.

Like cops studying a burglar’s operating style and stash of stolen goods, N.S.A. analysts have tried to figure out what the Shadow Brokers took. None of the leaked files date from later than 2013 - a relief to agency officials assessing the damage.

But they include a large share of T.A.O.’s collection, including three so-called ops disks - T.A.O.’s term for tool kits - containing the software to bypass computer firewalls, penetrate Windows and break into the Linux systems most commonly used on Android phones.



Related: Google Is NSA

Evidence shows that the Shadow Brokers obtained the entire tool kits intact, suggesting that an insider might have simply pocketed a thumb drive and walked out.

But other files obtained by the Shadow Brokers bore no relation to the ops disks and seem to have been grabbed at different times. Some were designed for a compromise by the N.S.A. of Swift, a global financial messaging system, allowing the agency to track bank transfers.

There was a manual for an old system code-named UNITEDRAKE, used to attack Windows. There were PowerPoint presentations and other files not used in hacking, making it unlikely that the Shadow Brokers had simply grabbed tools left on the internet by sloppy N.S.A. hackers.



After 15 months of investigation, officials still do not know what was behind the Shadow Brokers disclosures — a hack, with Russia as the most likely perpetrator, an insider’s leak, or both

Some officials doubt that the Shadow Brokers got it all by hacking the most secure of American government agencies — hence the search for insiders. But some T.A.O. hackers think that skilled, persistent attackers might have been able to get through the N.S.A.’s defenses - because, as one put it, “I know we’ve done it to other countries.”

The Shadow Brokers have verbally attacked certain experts, including Mr. Williams. When he concluded from their Twitter hints that they knew about some of his hacks while at the N.S.A., he canceled a business trip to Singapore.

The United States had named and criminally charged hackers from the intelligence agencies of China, Iran and Russia. He feared he could be similarly charged by a country he had targeted and arrested on an international warrant.

He has since resumed traveling abroad. But he says no one from the N.S.A. has contacted him about being singled out publicly by the Shadow Brokers.


"That feels like a betrayal,” he said. “I was targeted by the Shadow Brokers because of that work. I do not feel the government has my back.”


The Hunt for an Insider

For decades after its creation in 1952, the N.S.A. - No Such Agency, in the old joke - was seen as all but leakproof. But since Mr. Snowden flew away with hundreds of thousands of documents in 2013, that notion has been shattered.

The Snowden trauma led to the investment of millions of dollars in new technology and tougher rules to counter what the government calls the insider threat. But N.S.A. employees say that with thousands of employees pouring in and out of the gates, and the ability to store a library’s worth of data in a device that can fit on a key ring, it is impossible to prevent people from walking out with secrets.

The agency has active investigations into at least three former N.S.A. employees or contractors. Two had worked for T.A.O.: a still publicly unidentified software developer secretly arrested after taking hacking tools home in 2015, only to have Russian hackers lift them from his home computer; and Harold T. Martin III, a contractor arrested last year when F.B.I. agents found his home, garden shed and car stuffed with sensitive agency documents and storage devices he had taken over many years when a work-at-home habit got out of control, his lawyers say.



Related: NSA Documents Prove Surveillance Of Donald Trump & His Family + Documents Show Obama Surveiled Entire Trump Family For 8 Years

The third is Reality Winner, a young N.S.A. linguist arrested in June, who is charged with leaking to the news site The Intercept a single classified report on a Russian breach of an American election systems vendor.

Mr. Martin’s gargantuan collection of stolen files included much of what the Shadow Brokers have, and he has been scrutinized by investigators as a possible source for them. Officials say they do not believe he deliberately supplied the material, though they have examined whether he might have been targeted by thieves or hackers.

But according to former N.S.A. employees who are still in touch with active workers, investigators of the Shadow Brokers thefts are clearly worried that one or more leakers may still be inside the agency. Some T.A.O. employees have been asked to turn over their passports, take time off their jobs and submit to questioning.

The small number of specialists who have worked both at T.A.O. and at the C.I.A. have come in for particular attention, out of concern that a single leaker might be responsible for both the Shadow Brokers and the C.I.A.’s Vault7 breaches.

Then there are the Shadow Brokers’ writings, which betray a seeming immersion in American culture. Last April, about the time Mr. Williams was discovering their inside knowledge of T.A.O. operations, the Shadow Brokers posted an appeal to President Trump: “Don’t Forget Your Base.”

With the ease of a seasoned pundit, they tossed around details about Stephen K. Bannon, the president’s now departed adviser; the Freedom Caucus in Congress; the “deep state”; the Alien and Sedition Acts; and white privilege.


"TheShadowBrokers is wanting to see you succeed,” the post said, addressing Mr. Trump. “TheShadowBrokers is wanting America to be great again.”

The mole hunt is inevitably creating an atmosphere of suspicion and anxiety, former employees say. While the attraction of the N.S.A. for skilled operators is unique - nowhere else can they hack without getting into legal trouble - the boom in cybersecurity hiring by private companies gives T.A.O. veterans lucrative exit options.

Young T.A.O. hackers are lucky to make $80,000 a year, while those who leave routinely find jobs paying well over $100,000, security specialists say. For many workers, the appeal of the N.S.A’s mission has been more than enough to make up the difference.

But over the past year, former T.A.O. employees say an increasing number of former colleagues have called them looking for private-sector work, including “graybeards” they thought would be N.S.A. lifers.


"Snowden killed morale,” another T.A.O. analyst said. “But at least we knew who he was. Now you have a situation where the agency is questioning people who have been 100 percent mission-oriented, telling them they’re liars.”



Related: Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

Because the N.S.A. hacking unit has grown so rapidly over the past decade, the pool of potential leakers has expanded into the hundreds. Trust has eroded as anyone who had access to the leaked code is regarded as the potential culprit.

Some agency veterans have seen projects they worked on for a decade shut down because implants they relied on were dumped online by the Shadow Brokers. The number of new operations has declined because the malware tools must be rebuilt. And no end is in sight.


"How much longer are the releases going to come?” a former T.A.O. employee asked. “The agency doesn’t know how to stop it - or even what ‘it’ is.”

One N.S.A. official who almost saw his career ended by the Shadow Brokers is at the very top of the organization: Adm. Michael S. Rogers, director of the N.S.A. and commander of its sister military organization, United States Cyber Command. President Barack Obama’s director of national intelligence, James R. Clapper Jr., and defense secretary, Ashton B. Carter, recommended removing Admiral Rogers from his post to create accountability for the breaches.

But Mr. Obama did not act on the advice, in part because Admiral Rogers’s agency was at the center of the investigation into Russia’s interference in the 2016 election. Mr. Trump, who again on Saturday disputed his intelligence agencies’ findings on Russia and the election, extended the admiral’s time in office. Some former intelligence officials say they are flabbergasted that he has been able to hold on to his job.


A Shadow War With Russia?

Lurking in the background of the Shadow Brokers investigation is American officials’ strong belief that it is a Russian operation. The pattern of dribbling out stolen documents over many months, they say, echoes the slow release of Democratic emails purloined by Russian hackers last year.

But there is a more specific back story to the United States-Russia rivalry.

Starting in 2014, American security researchers who had been tracking Russia’s state-sponsored hacking groups for years began to expose them in a series of research reports. American firms, including Symantec, CrowdStrike and FireEye, reported that Moscow was behind certain attacks and identified government-sponsored Russian hacking groups.



The Moscow headquarters of Kaspersky Lab, a Russian cybersecurity firm that hunted for N.S.A. malware

Related: Trump: Russian Uranium Deal "Is The Biggest Story That Fake Media Doesn't Want To Follow" + Putin: Hillary Behind “Russian Collusion” Hysteria And Elites Disrespect Trump Voters

In the meantime, Russia’s most prominent cybersecurity firm, Kaspersky Lab, had started work on a report that would turn the tables on the United States. Kaspersky hunted for the spying malware planted by N.S.A. hackers, guided in part by the keywords and code names in the files taken by Mr. Snowden and published by journalists, officials said.

Kaspersky was, in a sense, simply doing to the N.S.A. what the American companies had just done to Russian intelligence: expose their operations. And American officials believe Russian intelligence was piggybacking on Kaspersky’s efforts to find and retrieve the N.S.A.’s secrets wherever they could be found. The T.A.O. hackers knew that when Kaspersky updated its popular antivirus software to find and block the N.S.A. malware, it could thwart spying operations around the world.

So T.A.O. personnel rushed to replace implants in many countries with new malware they did not believe the Russian company could detect.

In February 2015, Kaspersky published its report on the Equation Group - the company’s name for T.A.O. hackers - and updated its antivirus software to uproot the N.S.A. malware wherever it had not been replaced. The agency temporarily lost access to a considerable flow of intelligence. By some accounts, however, N.S.A. officials were relieved that the Kaspersky report did not include certain tools they feared the Russian company had found.

As it would turn out, any celebration was premature. On Aug. 13 last year, a new Twitter account using the Shadow Brokers’ name announced with fanfare an online auction of stolen N.S.A. hacking tools.


"We hack Equation Group,” the Shadow Brokers wrote. “We find many many Equation Group cyber weapons.”

Inside the N.S.A., the declaration was like a bomb exploding. A zip file posted online contained the first free sample of the agency’s hacking tools. It was immediately evident that the Shadow Brokers were not hoaxsters, and that the agency was in trouble.



Related: Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History

The leaks have renewed a debate over whether the N.S.A. should be permitted to stockpile vulnerabilities it discovers in commercial software to use for spying - rather than immediately alert software makers so the holes can be plugged. The agency claims it has shared with the industry more than 90 percent of flaws it has found, reserving only the most valuable for its own hackers.

But if it can’t keep those from leaking, as the last year has demonstrated, the resulting damage to businesses and ordinary computer users around the world can be colossal. The Trump administration says it will soon announce revisions to the system, making it more transparent.

Mr. Williams said it may be years before the “full fallout” of the Shadow Brokers breach is understood. Even the arrest of whoever is responsible for the leaks may not end them, he said - because the sophisticated perpetrators may have built a “dead man’s switch” to release all remaining files automatically upon their arrest.


"We’re obviously dealing with people who have operational security knowledge,” he said. “They have the whole law enforcement system and intelligence system after them. And they haven’t been caught.”

Related: George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Left’s Inescapable Hate Problem: Their Hate Doesn’t Count But Your Hate Should Get You Banned From Everything
November 22 2017 | From: NaturalNews

The Left has found a whole new weapon to silence conservative voices: “Hate.” The problem is, their hate doesn’t count. Only the hate they selectively designate to be “hate” is punished.



Here’s how the contortion works: Google, Twitter, Facebook, YouTube and other internet gatekeepers are increasingly banning and censoring users and content by rolling out terms of service that give them justification to silence anyone peddling “hate.” But what is hate, exactly?


Related:
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative

According to the Left, “hate” is any criticism of gays, lesbians, transgenders, black people, abortion clinics, Muslims and so on. No thoughtful criticism of such “protected” subjects is allowed, since it’s all deemed to be “hate.”

Yet at the same time, the Left openly encourages and practices its own hatred against a wide range of targets which are automatically deemed to be “okay to hate.”


These targets include:

White people (“white privilege”)

Men (“toxic masculinity”)

Christians

Soldiers and veterans

Police officers

President Trump, Sarah Palin, Ann Coulter and other conservatives

Heterosexuals

America’s founders


Thus, the Left isn’t actually opposed to hate. They fully support hate as long as it’s directed to specific political enemies. To further pull off this contortion, of course, they make sure their own hatred is never labeled “hate.”

Instead, the Left’s HATE is called “diversity.” And diversity, by definition of the Left, excludes people of white skin color. To further the delusion, this exclusion of Whites is labeled “inclusiveness,” while attacks on Christians are labeled “tolerance.”


Left-Wing Truthism: White People are “Dangerous” to Everyone

This targeted hatred of the Left is openly repeated across the left-wing news media, Hollywood movies, universities and other outlets.

As just one example, an MSNBC panelist recently declared that white men “pose the biggest threat to Americans,” insisting that merely being white makes a person a danger to society. (She apparently has no familiarity with the work of MLK Jr. who correctly declared that judging people by the color of their skin is shallow and stupid.)

This openly racist hatred from the Left is widely encouraged and reinforced by late-night comedy shows, Saturday Night Live, stand-up comedy and other sources of “humor” that are really little more than hatred disguised as comedy. Remember when Johnny Carson ran late-night variety TV?



Related: Anti-Donald Trump: War Propaganda + Trump Destroys Leftist Judges By Reading Law Word-For-Word

A true classic, Carson was genuinely funny. But today, we get Jimmy Kimmel, a twisted, deranged Leftist who uses his late night TV platform to spew hatred and vitriol against his political enemies… all in the name of being “funny,” of course.

But it isn’t funny at all. It’s just another form of hatred disguised as political correctness. Worse, it’s turning into actual violence in the streets of America. That’s why anti-white hate crimes are the fastest-growing category of hate crimes in America, according to the FBI’s own statistics.


The Left is Hopelessly Blind to its Own Hatred

What’s so remarkable about all this is how the Left remains utterly blind to its own hatred. When UC Berkeley students penned articles in the student newspaper calling for conservative speakers to be murdered in order to halt their speech, this was widely accepted on the Left as a seemingly reasonable practice. It wasn’t deemed “hatred” at all. In fact, the Left tells itself that hating conservatives is a form of anti-hate (or “anti fascism” as the narrative goes).

According to the Left, then, if you are full of hatred for all the correct targets (Christians, solders, police, white men, etc.), that isn’t hate at all. It’s love.

This is the kind of twisted, deranged logic summarized by the Left’s mantra, “LOVE TRUMPS HATE,” which really means that if you express sufficient hatred toward Donald Trump, you will be loved by the Left, which is full of haters. Achieving acceptance and love, in other words, only requires that you hate all the same people they hate.



Related: Top 10 Most Delusional “Facts” Of The Lunatic Left-Wing Fact-Checkers

Yet the Left lives in denial about its own hate problem, refusing to acknowledge that the entire left-wing movement in America is now steeped in hatred and fantasies of murder against political enemies. Case in point? Kathy Griffin.

The Left isn’t about love, you see. It’s about bullying people with hatred, then using selective enforcement of anti-hate rules to censor and suppress all conservative voices. See this article on The Daily Sheeple: VIDEO: Angry mob of Hillary Clinton supporters attack female reporter, attempt to silence free speech.


Why Isn’t Twitter Banning Users Who Express Hatred Toward White People, Christians or the President?

Although Twitter aggressively bans users who express anything resembling hatred toward gays or transgenders, Twitter almost never bans users for expressing the same degree of hatred toward Christians, whites or President Trump.

Ever wonder why? It’s because to the Left, hatred toward Christians, whites and President Trump isn’t recognized as hate. It’s actually a form of virtue signaling to other leftists, which is necessary to be accepted and loved by the Left. Hatred, you see, is the prerequisite to left-wing love.

This is why the liberal mob has become so dangerous to society. Far from promoting love and unity, the Left has actually transformed into a dangerous cult of totalitarian thought control and demanded obedience, all powered by intense emotional hatred coupled with a total abandonment of reason.

If you do not agree with the Left on a given topic - no matter how absurd the Left’s stance - you are immediately branded as being engaged in “hate.” Once branded, you can then be censored, insulted and blacklisted from society in the name of the Left “stopping hate.”



Related: Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent
Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact


This is how Google, Facebook, YouTube and Twitter plan to make sure Democrats win the next presidential election in 2020: The Democrat candidate will be selected from one or more victim groups of the Left - transgenders, women, minorities, gays, etc. - and then any rational criticism of that candidate’s policies will be stifled via accusations of “hate speech.”

Even rational, science-based questioning of the Left’s deranged narratives earns any thinking person this same label of “hate.” For example, the Left now believes that biological sex is no longer determined by genetics. Instead, according to the Left, a person’s biological sex is now determined by a wish or a hope… and it can be changed at any moment by merely declaring such a change.

Remember, this is the same Left that has, for decades, insisted that gay people are born gay, reminding us that being gay “isn’t a choice.” A rational person might point out the glaring contradiction in these two beliefs - that gay people are “born gay” but biological sex is a “choice” - but that person would be immediately branded a purveyor of HATE for the simple reason that when it comes to left-wing narrative myths, no questions are allowed.

Raising intelligent questions, you see, is now considered an act of hate according to the Left. In fact, any challenge to the false narratives of the Left is branded HATE as a crude control mechanism to stifle speech and punish intelligent thinking.



Related: Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

The Owellian overtones in all this are, of course, too obscene to ignore: The Left has become the Ministry of Truth even when nearly everything the Left espouses is based on lies.

Remember, according to the Left, if you HATE all the correct people, you will be LOVED. In other words, “Hate = Love” to the deranged, lunatic Left.


Fake News, Fake Facts and Narrative Myths

Part of the Left’s descent into derangement and cultism is their reliance on false reality reinforcement via fake news, fake “facts,” fake science and narrative myths. The Left has historically relied on narrative myths to explain to themselves how things work, even when such myths stand in total contradiction to reality.

As mentioned above, the transgenderism myth is one such example. It involves Leftists denying biological reality to such an insane degree that transgenderism-promoting Bill Nye - who absurdly claims that “transgenderism is evolution” - even edited his own “Science Guy” shows from the 1990s to remove all the lessons about genetics, chromosomes and biological sex.



Related: President Donald Trump Interview - Fake Media; Trump Rips Clinton + CNN Launches “Facts First” Campaign
While Burying Uranium One Scandal


Quite literally, left-wing science figures are now engaged in revisionist history and selective editing of educational materials to alter the narrative in order to fit the modern-day lunacy of the Left (which has permanently departed from physical reality).

Similarly, in the world of media, the Left has constructed an elaborate narrative myth that claims President Trump colluded with “the Russians” to steal the election from the rightful President, Hillary Clinton. This narrative lacks even a shred of credible evidence in the real world, but through the construction of an elaborate media bubble, nearly all Leftists believe that myth, even when it has no basis in reality whatsoever.


Fake Hate Crimes, Fake “Documentaries” and Left-Wing Hoaxes

Fake “facts” are universally used throughout the twisted realm of Leftism to rile up hatred against intended targets. For example, a shockingly high percentage of so-called “hate crimes” supposedly carried out against blacks, Jews or Muslims eventually turn out to be perpetrated by those very same people against themselves.

The huge number of such examples makes them too numerous to list in this article, but here’s a list of just 15 “hate crime hoaxes” that were all reported as true by the left-wing media.

The left-wing media, of course, reports all hate crime hoaxes as true events. But once the perpetrator is discovered to have carried out a hoax, the left-wing media never informs its audience of the hoax.

Thus, readers of the NYT, Washington Post, CNN, etc., are left with the utterly false believe that hate crimes are happening everywhere, all the time, and that they’re all genuine hate crimes. In truth, many of them are false flag crimes.



Related: Trump: Russian Uranium Deal "Is The Biggest Story That Fake Media Doesn't Want To Follow" + Putin:
Hillary Behind “Russian Collusion” Hysteria And Elites Disrespect Trump Voters

The broadcast industry further underscores all this with staged, fake “documentary” TV shows that are all fabricated with the intention of catapulting the continued propaganda of hate crimes. A&E, for example, desperately tried to stage a KKK documentary, but they were so unsuccessful in finding actual KKK members that they had to script the whole thing and bring their own Nazi props, direct the actors to say “ni##er” on camera, and so on.

The entire thing was pure theater… not merely theater for entertainment’s sake, but theater to populate the minds of Leftists with more narrative myths that further the agenda of the Left.

The Left, in other words, has to engineer hatred in order to keep its myths alive. And when there’s not enough actual hatred to be found, they are happy to invoke total fictions to depict the necessary hatred anyway.

That’s why nearly all the so-called “white supremacists” you might see marching around in public rallies these days are actually Leftists pretending to be KKK members. After all, how hard is it, really, to don a white hood and march around with a Nazi poster in your hands, all for the CNN cameras that broadcast the staged video into the minds of Leftists everywhere?



There is Real Racism, Hatred, Intolerance and Marginalization in America… and it’s Mostly Coming From the Intolerant Left

There is real racism in America, however. There are no doubt still pockets of bygone culture where blacks or Jews are despised. But institutional racism against black people is ancient history (except in the realm of science and medicine, where there remains a specific agenda to exterminate blacks, as I’ve publicly exposed).

The real, institutionalized intolerance in America today is squarely aimed at Christians, white people and conservatives. That brand of intolerance is openly taught in the schools, encouraged at universities and reinforced through the hatred and intolerance of the left-wing media (Hollywood, late night TV, Netflix shows, etc.)

The assault against “whiteness” has become so intense across America’s universities that some indignant students have begun posting signs on campus that read, “It’s okay to be white.” This brilliant social experiment was pioneered at 4chan, eventually leading to the increasingly popular hashtag #IOTBW.

 


These signs, naturally, are widely condemned as being “racist.” “Those messages, instead of being ignored, have triggered university administrators and campus leftists into seeing the postings as outbursts of dangerous racism,” reports The Daily Caller. Indeed, the mere affirmation that it’s okay to be the skin color you were born with is now condemned by the deranged Left as a form of hatred all by itself.

“HLS [Harvard Law School] will not let that happen here. We live, work, teach, and learn together in a community that is stronger, better, and deeper because of our diversity and because we encourage open, respectful, and constructive discourse,” Harvard Law School dean Marcia L. Sells wrote in a letter to students, apparently oblivious to the obscene contradiction in her own words. To the Left, you see, “diversity” is contingent on the exclusion of whites.

Truly, to the Left, white people are incapable of being diverse, meaning the Left judges people solely by the color of their skin rather than the content of their character.

 


According to Leftists, White People Cannot be “Diverse” in Any Meaningful Way

As proof of this, Apple’s “vice president of diversity and inclusion” Denise Young Smith was recently forced to resign after daring to proclaim that white people can be diverse. “During a summit in Colombia, Young Smith, a black woman, claimed she likes to focus ‘on everyone’ and that ‘diversity goes beyond race, gender, and sexual orientation.'” reports Breitbart News.

For daring to suggest that diversity is more than skin deep, Smith was forced to profusely apologize to everyone. “I’m sorry,” she said. “More importantly, I want to assure you Apple’s view and our dedication to diversity has not change.” Weeks later, she was forced to resign.

This is precisely how the Left has earned the nickname “libtards.” To such libtards, diversity is exactly skin deep, and any person with white skin has no standing whatsoever. In other words, the Left has become a deranged cabal of intolerant, dangerous racist totalitarians.

Their self-deluded tyranny is so off the charts that they now declare people to be unworthy of participating in civil society based solely on the color of their skin - a physical trait that we’re born with, just like biological sex.



Related: Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews
Accuses Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds

An Apple spokesperson underscored the lunacy of the Left’s spiraling intolerance by saying, “We deeply believe that diversity drives innovation,” proclaiming that people should be hired based on whether they are gay, or transgender, or black rather than based on the quality of their ideas and work.

This, again, is now a key tenant of the deranged Left: That the worth of a human being is no longer measured by their ideas or contributions. Rather, their entire worth as a human being is now graded solely on how gay they are, how transgender they are, how Muslim they are, or how much the pigment in their skin diverges from whiteness.

The Left has reached the depths of insanity and intolerance, and yet they keep on digging deeper. Having once condemned racist white people for judging blacks by the color of their skin, the lunatic Left has now institutionalized the “correctness” of judging people solely on the color of their skin or their commitment to LGBT values.

This, to any rational person, is absolute proof that the Left has become a racist totalitarian regime of insane lunatics and crybullies who are desperately seeking power and control over everyone else.


Action Item: Reject the Left’s Shallow Stupidity, Intolerance, Hatred and Racism

The takeaway from all this? It’s time for all rational people to reject the Left’s skin-deep stupidity, intolerance, hatred and racism. Amazingly, it’s time to call for the Left to stop being intolerant bullies and racists.

This means speaking out against left-wing insanity at every opportunity. Some other actions you can take to help restore sanity across our society include:

Stop using left-wing tech services like Google and Facebook

Review your own behavior and make sure you are judging people solely by their character, ideas and ethics

Vote against Democrats at every election, as they are now universally running on a platform of hatred and intolerance

Stop watching left-wing Hollywood movies, TV shows and hate-filled comedians such as Jimmy Kimmel

Speak out against schools and universities that teach false anti-science myths (transgenderism) to children

Stop purchasing products and brands from companies that donate money to left-wing groups that spew hatred and intolerance


Delusional Left-wing Definitions:

Finally, understand the real terminology of the Left so you can decode their linguistic nonsense.

“Inclusiveness” means advancing the LGBT agenda while insulting straight white men and Christians.

“Tolerance” means agreeing with the Left while calling for the murder of those who oppose your ideas.

“Diversity” means a room full of people with different skin color who all obediently agree on the exact same liberal ideas.

“Equality” means allowing biological male athletes who claim to be women to beat up actual biological women in Mixed Martial Arts competitions.

“Cooperation” means silencing those who refuse to cooperate with your agenda.

“Coexistence” means getting along nicely with those who obediently conform to your beliefs.


Or, better yet, as I previously mentioned in a Natural News post that describes the philosophy of the Left:

HATRED is tolerance

CONFORMITY is diversity

CONSENSUS is fact






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Netanyahu Interrogated For Hours - Israeli Police Confirm
November 22 2017 | From: FortRuss

The Israeli police have confirmed that the country's Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, was interrogated for hours. The charges against him are so serious that they can lead to his resignation.



The Israeli Prime Minister is suspected of taking expensive gifts from representatives of the business community.


Related:
America Is Something That You Can Easily Maneuver - Bibi Netanyahu + If They Want To Burn It, You Want To Read It!

Secondly, investigators believe that Netanyahu agreed with this country's largest publishing house "Yediot Aharonot"that the government's activities should be covered in the press from a positive angle. In response, Netanyahu promised to pass a law limiting the powers of the main competitor - the Yisrael Ha-Yom newspaper.

The case of Netanyahu is being dealt with by the Lakhav-433 unit, its specialization is corruption cases.

This was the sixth interrogation of Netanyahu, and occurred round November 10th. The politician himself claims that he is not guilty, and believes that the opposition and journalists who are wishing to organize a coup in the country are to blame for the corruption scandal.

Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel &
1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Promote Terrorism Propaganda In New Zealand
November 21 2017 | From: VinnyEastwood

Vinny looks at the hypocrisy of news media and government.



The mainstream media is an utter joke and this guy is pretty good at shining a light on it.


Related:
Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump Will Be ‘Getting Rid Of People Soon’ Because He Is ‘Not Well-Served’ By His Advisers
November 20 2017 | From: Breitbart / Various

Dr. Sebastian Gorka, former deputy assistant to President Trump and Breitbart News National Security editor, appeared on Breitbart News Saturday to discuss the state of immigration reform and offer a bold prediction that President Trump will soon fire a number of top advisers who have not served him well on national security issues.



“Look, Matt, you know better than anyone that the President of the United States founded his presidential campaign on the question of illegal migration and the wall,” Dr. Gorka told SiriusXM host Matt Boyle. “It’s not an accident that Sen. Sessions was the first politician to endorse him, as Sen. Sessions was The Man when it came to stopping illegal migration.”


Related:
Catherine Austin Fitts with Alex Jones: Missing $21 Trillion — the Real Fight Between Donald Trump & the Deep State


"“The idea that suddenly that he’s now president he’s going to undermine the platform – the key platform, upon which his whole campaign was built and which propelled him into the White House – is, of course, bogus,” Gorka said confidently.

“We know people like Chuckie, we know that Nanny Pelosi, as soon as they think that they’re getting something out of the president, they’re going to blurt it out. They’re going to tweet it out. It’s just fake news,” he declared.

“The bottom line is, the president said it; he said it last week. He cut the Gordian knot. It was a Solomonic decision. He said DACA is unconstitutional. A president cannot legislate from the Oval Office. And that’s when he told his now-Attorney General Sessions to make a statement: DACA is over,” he said.

“Nevertheless, he’s a kind-hearted man. You spent many, many hours with him. You know how kind-hearted Donald Trump is,” Gorka reminded Boyle.

“He knows that criminals go to prison when you’ve caught the bad guys. We’re not going to give amnesty to gang-bangers from MS-13. But there are kids, or there were kids, who came here through no fault of their own, who will not be punished by deportation. I expect some kind of work permit system or something like that to be put in place,” he predicted.





Related: President Trump Trolls Hillary and Congratulates “Deplorables” on Election Anniversary


"“He’s told Congress, ‘Work with me.’ And the biggest part of this story – you know it, Matt, the biggest part – the president, after seven months of nothing from the GOP, has said, ‘Hey, guys, I’ve got an agenda. You don’t want to help me. There are other people I’m going to work with.’ And look at what’s happening: whether it’s Congressman Dent or it’s potential primaries, he’s sending a message to the GOP establishment,”
Gorka said.

Boyle proposed that while the mainstream media narrative has Trump swinging left under the influence of the GOP establishment, primary races around the country tell a different story, as populist conservatives who support Trump’s Make America Great Again platform are on the rise.


"“It seems like establishment Republicans are being put on notice that they either need to deliver or that there are other ways to do business,” Boyle hypothesized.

“Look, I’ve said this publicly, and I’ll say it again on your show: the president was only accidentally the GOP candidate,” Gorka responded.

“He has nothing to do with the swamp. Let’s remember, it’s the first time in American history that someone who hasn’t served as a general or an admiral, or who was not a prior politician, became the president. That’s what happened.”

“This is the anti-establishment candidate. He’s not a member of the swamp. And if the GOP thinks that they won last November the 8th, they will be very unpleasantly surprised – not just in next year’s elections, but in the numerous primaries that will occur,” Gorka warned.

“Because Donald Trump, like Brexit, is a very simple signal: Enough with politics as business as usual. Enough with the professional political class. You are not there to serve yourselves.

You are there to serve the American people. We’ve seen an attitude for twenty years-plus where somebody is elected to represent the American people, they get to D.C., and they think they are smarter than the people who elected them, and that they don’t have to keep their promises. That ended on January the 20th at 12:01,”
he declared."

Gorka said the border wall project would not be derailed by quibbling over how much of it consists of traditional barriers and fences.



Related: Trump says US should team up with Russia to solve global issues


“If you look at the geography of the United States, we will not be building a wall across the whole southern expanse because in some places, you physically can’t build a wall,” he noted. “However, the government is already prototyping the designs of walls that will be used where a wall is relevant. Sometimes, it’s going to be a fence. Sometimes, it’s going to be another kind of barrier,” he said.

“ Look, you can take this to the bank: the president will be building an impenetrable barrier across the southern border because he built his presidential campaign on that,” Gorka promised. “How it’s going to look, what color it’s going to be, how tall it’s going to be – that is a matter for the professionals to decide, but we have to seal the southern border, and the president knows it.”

Boyle pointed out that another major Trump campaign promise involved ending foreign military interventions such as Afghanistan, but he recently felt compelled to order a troop surge instead. He quoted Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) advising Trump to follow his instincts and return to his campaign position, rather than listening to interventionist advice from some elements of his national security staff.

“I am not a fan of isolationist libertarianism,” Gorka replied. “It didn’t work in 1941, and it didn’t work in 2001, September the 11th. But in this case the senator is right: the president is a supernaturally instinctual actor.”

“I saw him do this. We had at least half-a-dozen meetings at the National Security Council on Afghanistan, and in every single meeting until the recent one, after Steve and myself left the building, the president had the right instincts,” Gorka recalled, referring to both his departure from the White House and that of Breitbart News Executive Editor Steve Bannon.

“He said, ‘Why should we care? What are you talking about when it comes to descriptions of a federal government function in Afghanistan?’ He would point out from history – you remember how they called Ronald Reagan a dunce when the guy had been giving lectures on conservatism for the past 20 years?

The president is lecturing the National Security Council, President Trump, on ‘Well, you know, Alexander the Great couldn’t do it, the British couldn’t do it, and the Soviets couldn’t do it, so now we’re going to construct a federal Afghanistan?’” Gorka recalled.



Related: Trump Trashes Very #FakeNews CNN After Asia Trip


“He knows his history. I think, unfortunately, he is being pressured to follow 16 years of conventional thinking – but I have predicted already, since I left the White House, changes will be made at the highest level soon, probably before Christmas –  because the president will realize, sooner or later, that he is not being well-served by the people that are left inside the building,” he said.

“Remember one thing: almost every single senior personnel decision or action since January the 20th, when it wasn’t a resignation like myself or Steve Bannon, every other single person who was fired was fired not by the president, but by somebody who works for the president. I predict that the president will be getting rid of people soon. I look forward to that moment,” he said with relish.

Gorka said Fox News host Tucker Carlson, not known as a tremendous fan of Steve Bannon or Breitbart News, was correct when he said, “Whatever you think about Steve Bannon, he would not have been at home in a Clinton White House.”

“Which is absolutely true,” Gorka laughed. “He wouldn’t have stepped into, or been allowed into, a Clinton White House. But right now we have numerous members at the highest levels of the new administration who not only would have been at home in a Clinton White House, but would have been Cabinet members in a Clinton White House.”

“That is wrong. That’s not MAGA, and that’s going to change. That’s my prediction, Matt,” Gorka firmly declared.



Related Articles:

CIA Urges Trump to Delay Release of 3,000 Files on JFK Assassination

President Trump Meets with Putin, Trashes Hillary Clinton, and Says ‘DNC Hit Job’ Is going to Get Somebody Killed

Contact Between Donald Trump Jr. and WikiLeaks is Not Russian Collusion


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Shot Across The Bow? Rothschild Private Flight Disaster
November 20 2017 | From: DailyMail

Horror in the skies leaves four dead: Light plane and helicopter take off from flight training school moments apart only to smash into each other 1,000ft above the Rothschild family's Buckinghamshire estate just 15 minutes later.



“Federal authorities arrested the billionaire founder and owner of Insys Therapeutics Thursday on charges of bribing doctors and pain clinics into prescribing the company’s fentanyl product to their patients,” reports the Daily Caller News Foundation, one of the best sources of real journalism in America today.


Related:
George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

Emergency services rushed to scene after locals hear a huge bang over woods. An aircraft and a helicopter collided in mid-air shortly after midday today. The two people in the helicopter and two others in the small plane have died. Those who arrived at the scene said it was quickly clear that no one survived . A large cordon has been thrown around the crash site as experts investigate. Both aircraft had taken off from a nearby airfield and were flying at low altitude.

Four people have been confirmed dead after a light aircraft and a helicopter crashed in mid-air over the Buckinghamshire countryside this afternoon.  

The aircraft collided just 15 minutes after taking off from Wycombe Air Park which trains rookie pilots. Wreckage landed near the Rothschild family's Waddesdon Manor, 16 miles north-west of the airfield, just after midday.

Residents in the nearby village of Upper Winchendon heard a loud bang and could see and smell a plume of black smoke from the crash scene. The pilot of the helicopter and its single passenger, as well as the pilot and a passenger of the plane, died in the crash, which happened at around 1,000ft. 

Pictures from the scene show fragments of the helicopter's rotor-blades and the plane's fuselage scattered around the woodland floor. 



Aerial footage from above the site where the helicopter and plane collided in mid-air this afternoon. Four people, two from each aircraft, are dead following the crash at 1,000ft



Those on the scene say no one survived the crash, which left smouldering wreckage near the grounds of the Waddesdon Manor. Police have now set up evidence tents at the site.



A piece of fin, thought to be the tail-end of the small, Cessna plane involved, was visible

A plume of smoke was seen over the woodland shortly after the two aircraft came down.



The aircraft came down near Upper Winchendon near Aylesbury, to the north west of London

A local resident told MailOnline: 'My father heard a loud bang. He ran up to the scene. It was clear pretty quickly that no one has survived.' 

'My mother said a man, who I think was someone who had been out walking nearby, went running up to the manor to say there had been a crash. Everyone is now helping the emergency services.'  

At least seven fire engines and three search and rescue vehicles rushed to the scene after the first 999 call came in at 12.06pm. Police vehicles arrived at the crash site and officers have put up evidence tents in the woodland. Crash experts are attempting to piece together what happened.

Rescue workers had launched the fire brigade's drone over the fallen wreckage in a bid to locate any survivors, but no one was taken to hospital.
None of the victims had been named last night, but the dead helicopter pilot's friend and former colleague Captain Phil Croucher said: 'He was probably the most respected instructor in the country.



Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

'He achieved a very high position in the Army. If you wanted a training instructor there's no one more highly qualified.

'Almost everybody in the country has been instructed by him – most instructors have been trained by him. Everybody in the industry looked up to him.'

He was said to have been training a foreign flying student on a beginners' course when the helicopter crashed. Captain Croucher, 65, of Ayrshire, said the pilot, who worked for Helicopter Services flying school near Aylesbury, was in his sixties and had a partner and family,

He added: 'I was shocked and surprised to hear what had happened. He was a real gentleman. Of course it is an industry where this does happen. We don't stop, we just get on and do the job, he wouldn't have wanted me to stop flying.'  Flight data shows a two-seater helicopter was flying at 1,025ft in the area at the time, but suddenly went off radar shortly after 12 noon. It had only been in the air for 15 minutes. 

The plane that crashed is believed to be a Cessna 152, a popular training aircraft which has space for only one pilot and one passenger.




Police close to the crash site in the Buckinghamshire woodland today. No one on board either aircraft survived the crash

A Cessna 152 took off from Wycombe Air Park around the same time as the helicopter and disappeared from radar at the same time. The plane thought to have been involved was made in 1982. The helicopter feared to have crashed was built earlier this year. 

Both the aircraft feared to have crashed made successful loops this morning, suggesting that they were being used repeatedly for pilots' training. 

Staff from the Waddesdon Estate, which is managed by a foundation set up by the eminent Rothschild family, helped direct emergency vehicles to the scene of the tragedy as police threw up a massive cordon around the area to preserve the scene.

Waddesdon Estate gardener Len Bellis described how he found the wreckage minutes later after hearing a 'horrendous noise'. He said the Cessna was 'non-existent' but for a 5ft section of burning fuselage.

The grand country manor house, which was used in the filming of The Crown and The Queen starring Helen Mirren, is understood to have been hosting a Christmas Market at the time of the crash.  

The Cessna 152, built in 1982, is owned by Airways Aero Associations. It needed extensive repairs in 1993 after a crash in Cornwall. Staff from the Air Accident Investigation Branch have been drafted in to begin an inquiry into what led to the mid-air collision. 

One pilot said it was easy to be distracted by the estate. Writing on an internet flying forum, the 36-year-old added: 'I've been guilty of paying too much attention to pointing passengers to the Rothschild palace and not enough to a lookout.'    

This helicopter disappeared off radar at 12pm today whilst flying over Waddesdon 15 minutes after it took off from Wycombe Air Park, which has confirmed its aircraft were involved

This Cessna 152 took off from the same airfield around the same time as the helicopter This was the scene at the airfield where the planes took off this afternoon. A helicopter similar to that feared to have been involved in the crash remains on the ground

How did the mid-air crash happen? The helicopter, a 2017 French-built Guimbal Cabri G2, took off for its second flight for the day from High Wycombe at 11.47 am. According to data from Flight Radar 24, the aircraft had earlier successfully completed a 30-minute flight.



Related: Rothschild: Our New World Order Will Be A Reality In 2018

The aircraft took off and routed north over the Chiltern Hills Area of Natural Beauty. Within five minutes it was flying at 1,025 feet at 60kts approaching Princes Risborough.

The helicopter, a 2017 French-built Guimbal Cabri G2, took off for its second flight for the day from High Wycombe at 11.47 am  The helicopter, which can carry two people, continued towards Waddesdon. At 12 noon the aircraft was last seen at 1,025 feet to the east of Upper Winchendon.

Three minutes before the crash, a Cessna 152 which was built in 1982, was north west of Princes Risborough at 2,800 feet and travelling at around 70kts.

The flight tracking radar did not record the Cessna leaving Wycombe Park Aerodrome, although it is believed it departed shortly after the helicopter.   One minute before impact, the Cessna is believed to have increased its altitude to 3,700 feet, but it its final radar return moments before the accident showed it dropped down to below 2,800 feet.

Flight crash investigators will want to determine how an aircraft apparently 1,700 feet above the helicopter shortly before the crash could have been ended up being involved in a collision.

Like the helicopter, the Cessna was also on its second flight of the day. A spokesman for Thames Valley Police said:


'Officers are currently at the scene of an air accident near the village of Waddesdon near Aylesbury.

'The force is coordinating the response to the incident which was reported at 12.06pm today.

'The Air Accidents Investigation Branch has been informed and staff are en-route to the scene. Fire and ambulance services are also in attendance and preservation of life is first priority.

'In consequence of this incident it is expected that there will be some disruption to the road network around Waddesdon for the rest of the day.'

The spokesman later added: 'We're aware of a number of casualties following an incident this afternoon in Waddesdon, Aylesbury.

'There were a number of road closures following the incident, which have now been lifted. We will provide further updates when available.' Fire crews and rescue workers raced to the scene after the first reports of the crash came in.'

An air ambulance landed on a nearby field although it is not thought anyone went to hospital. Aerial footage shows police activity in woodland set back not far from a local road

A spokesman for the AAIB said a the time of the crash: 'The Air Accidents Investigation Branch is sending a team to investigate a mid-air collision involving an aircraft and a helicopter near Aylesbury.' RAF Halton, which is around 10 miles away, said no military aircraft had been involved.

A spokesman said: 'We can confirm that neither of the aircraft concerned has a connection with either our air force nor the military, and this is as much as we know at this time.' 

Today's mid-air crash happened above the grounds of a manor built for one of the world's richest families - the Rothschilds.

The billionaire banking dynasty owned Waddesdon Manor from when it was built in 1889 until they gifted it to the National Trust in 1957. The family's banking business was established by Mayer Amschel Rothschild (born in 1744) in Frankfurt in the 1760s.

The aircraft came down near the grand Waddesdon Manor. A man believed to have been walking nearby ran up to the manor to tell staff what had happened Waddesdon Manor, shown here in 1890, was built between 1874 and 1889 in the Neo-Renaissance style of a French château for Baron Ferdinand de Rothschild

The name Rothschild is derived from the House of the Red Shield ('Rot Schild') which was built by Mayer's ancestors in one of the first Jewish ghettos in the German city in the 16th century.

Through Mayer's five sons - Amschel, Salomon, Nathan, Karl and Jakob - he set up an international banking enterprise with branches in London, Paris, Vienna and Naples, as well as Frankfurt, by the 1820s.

Nathan, in particular, made huge profits via the Napoleonic Wars. He provided financial support to the Duke of Wellington and went on to loan money to English troops fighting Napoleon - netting healthy profits when the debts were repaid. 

In the 19th century, the Rothschilds owned the largest private fortune in the world.

The dynasty's wealth today has been divided among various descendants - and, in addition to banking and finance, has its interests in mining, energy, real estate and winemaking.



Related: Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

The family's banking business was established by Mayer Amschel Rothschild in Frankfurt in the 1760s

The Rothschild family is also known for its charitable activities, particularly in the arts and education. The last time Waddesdon Manor was owned by a member of the family was in 1957, when it belonged to James de Rothschild.

He bequeathed the house and its contents to the National Trust and today it is managed by the Rothschild Foundation chaired by Jacob Rothschild, 4th Baron Rothschild.

Boris Johnson met Lord Rothschild at the manor in 2014 for the opening of an exhibition Beth Rothschild, Jacob's daughter, still lives on the estate.

Born in 1964, she is a Vice President of the Wiltshire Blind Association, and she is a trustee of the Rothschild Foundation. Beth married Antonio Goffredo Tomassini in 1991. With 390,000 visitors annually, Waddesdon Manor is one of the Trust's most visited properties.

It has featured in several films and TV shows, including The Queen, which starred Helen Mirren; Downton Abbey, where it stood in for the exterior of the fictional Haxby Park; and The Crown, the biographical TV series about Queen Elizabeth II.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Tide Is Turning: Big Pharma Billionaire Arrested, Charged With Conspiracy And Bribery Of Doctors
November 19 2017 | From: NaturalNews

I almost never thought I’d see the day when a Big Pharma founder and owner was finally arrested for running a criminal drug cartel, but that day has arrived.



“Federal authorities arrested the billionaire founder and owner of Insys Therapeutics Thursday on charges of bribing doctors and pain clinics into prescribing the company’s fentanyl product to their patients,” reports the Daily Caller News Foundation, one of the best sources of real journalism in America today.


Related:
Pharma drug cartel just changed the definition of “high blood pressure” to trick HALF of U.S. adults into “treatment” with high-profit prescription drugs

Addictive drugs that include opioids, we now know, are claiming over 64,000 lives a year in the United States alone.

From the DCNF:


"The Department of Justice (DOJ) charged John Kapoor, 74, and seven other current and former executives at the pharmaceutical company with racketeering for a leading a national conspiracy through bribery and fraud to coerce the illegal distribution of the company’s fentanyl spray, which is intended for use as a pain killer by cancer patients. The company’s stock prices fell more than 20 percent following the arrests, according to the New York Post.

Kapoor stepped down as the company’s CEO in January amid ongoing federal probes into their Subsys product, a pain-relieving spray that contains fentanyl, a highly-addictive synthetic opioid. Fentanyl is more than 50 times stronger than morphine, and ingesting just two milligrams is enough to cause an adult to fatally overdose.

The series of arrests came just hours after President Donald Trump officially declared the country’s opioid epidemic a national emergency. Drug overdoses led to 64,070 deaths in 2016, which is more than the amount of American lives lost in the entire Vietnam War.

As the opioid crisis has developed, more and more states have begun holding doctors and opioid manufacturers accountable for over-prescribing and over-producing the highly-addictive painkillers.

“We will be bringing some major lawsuits against people and companies that are hurting our people,” Trump said Thursday. He also spoke about a program similar to Nancy Reagan’s “Just Say No” initiative.

“More than 20,000 Americans died of synthetic opioid overdoses last year, and millions are addicted to opioids. And yet some medical professionals would rather take advantage of the addicts than try to help them,” Attorney General Jeff Sessions said in a statement. 

“This Justice Department will not tolerate this.  We will hold accountable anyone – from street dealers to corporate executives — who illegally contributes to this nationwide epidemic.  And under the leadership of President Trump, we are fully committed to defeating this threat to the American people.



Related: FDA Approves New Digital Sensor To Ensure “Patients With Mental Health Issues” Take Their Meds


President Trump is Bringing the War to Big Pharma’s Doorstep

Under President Trump, who continues to fight to end the drug cartels and health care monopolies that are destroying this nation, we may see more and more drug companies finally facing the legal scrutiny they deserve for engaging in the mass medical murder of Americans with dangerous, deadly drugs.

And then there’s the question of vaccines, the autism cover-up and the criminal racket run by the CDC, Big Pharma and the lying mainstream media. When that medical fraud and corruption scandal blows sky-high, we may see dozens of pharmaceutical officials going to prison.


Related Articles:

Fraud, Exploitation And Collusion: America’s Pharmaceutical Industry

It takes money to try to hold Big Pharma accountable: Chuck Norris sues 11 drug companies for poisoning his wife

Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads

Jeff Bezos Wants To Be Your Medication Dealer: Amazon Goes All-In With Big Pharma To Take Over The Drug
Retail Industry & The Myth Of Drug Expiration Dates



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Another Holistic Doctor Shot Dead Along With Family In Arizona – 77th Found Dead In Past Couple Of Years
November 19 2017 | From: DCClothesline

An amazing amount of holistic doctors have faced untimely and suspicious deaths in the past couple of years, and the latest is a doctor in Arizona, who was shot in her home, along with her husband and two small children.



Dr. Annie Fairbanks, a holistic doctor practicing out of Arizona, was found shot dead in her home with husband Jason Fairbanks, 3-year-old daughter and 9-month-old son.


Related:
Holistic doctor gunned down outside organic restaurant in Colorado as war on natural health continues

AZ Central has the story:


"The shooting was at a residence, Scottsdale police Sgt. Ben Hoster said. Hoster said police believe the victims lived at the house, but he couldn’t confirm whether they were all members of the same family.

These situations are always very sad. Right now, we’re just trying to find out why or who. We’ll get there,” Hoster said.

“This is an isolated incident,” Hoster told reporters during a news conference in the neighborhood on Friday afternoon.  “We do not believe there are any outstanding suspects.”



Tina Liberty lives in the upper-middle-class neighborhood, which is a mix of single and two-story homes with stucco exteriors, tile roofs and neatly trimmed lawns.

“This is a family neighborhood. Neighbors know each other,” said Liberty, who has lived in the area for 25 years. “It scares me because this is a quiet …normal neighborhood. Then all of a sudden, it’s unbelievable.”



Related: Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes In Vaccines All Found Murdered

However, just a day later, police were claiming it was a murder-suicide.  Again, from AZ Central:


"Jason Fairbanks shot and killed his wife and children in their home near Frank Lloyd Wright Boulevard and Thunderbird Road, said Sgt. Ben Hoster, Scottsdale Police Department spokesman. He then shot and killed himself.

Hoster said the couple had been experiencing financial struggles. The two owned a Scottsdale business, Macrotherapy, specializing in physical therapy and rehabilitation.”

“He loved his family so much,” Laura Fairbanks said, describing her brother Jason as a protector and provider for his family. “He wasn’t a bad person.”

Related: Couple caught in ‘financial spiral’ jump to their deaths

Ms. Fairbanks acknowledged that finances were tight and money was not coming in as expected.

“I just wished he had asked for help,” she said. “Jason could make people laugh in ways you never thought you could. He was an extraordinary big brother.”

Still, I have to question how a man can love his family so much that he would kill them due to bad finances.  One can sort of understand a mindset that comes from depression in which someone engages in suicide thinking they will have some sort of insurance policy to provide for their family, but to murder his wife and young children and then take his own life seems very strange, not unheard of, but strange.

Humans are Free declares this to be the 77th holistic doctor to be found dead in the past couple of years, and had recounted some 60 holistic doctors deaths in 2016.



Related: Breaking: Official Autopsy Report (Linked) States Naturopath Hanged Herself in Garage, So Sorry

We’ve also covered several doctors deaths which occurred just months apart and that seemed strangely suspicious.

Many of these doctors, if not most of them, were in the holistic medicine movement.

What exactly is going on here?  Are these deaths the result of suicides, murder-suicides and random acts of crime or is there something else going on?  It would appear that these many deaths in this period of time surrounding a particular practice of medicine are very strange indeed.


Related Articles:

The Real Reason Holistic Doctors Are Are Vanishing / Being Murdered

Gates Foundation leading the way in eugenics depopulation plan to rid the world of humans

Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes in Vaccines all Found Murdered

Twelve Holistic Doctors have now died within a little over 90 Days

Amish man slapped with six-year prison sentence for growing and selling his own herbal remedies

Five Doctors Meet Untimely and Suspicious Deaths in Past Month – Five More Still Missing

Bankers, Doctors, and Dozens of Scientists Have Been Dying Mysteriously

Two Doctors Found Bound With Throats Slashed In… Boston

Two More Doctors Found Dead – That Makes 7 In a Month

Two More Holistic Doctors Found Dead – One allegedly committed Suicide on Mother’s Day



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Evidence Mounts That Plague Outbreak In Africa Is An Engineered Depopulation Bioweapon
November 18 2017 | From: NaturalNews

Thousands of people have been infected and over 143 are now reported dead from the plague outbreak that’s now threatening Africa, reports the UK Daily Mail.



“Health officials are unsure how this year’s outbreak began,” reports the paper. “Experts warn the disease spreads quicker in heavily populated areas.”


Related:
Prince William argues for urgent depopulation efforts in Africa

Isn’t it interesting that just as Prince William is calling for “urgent depopulation efforts” in Africa, we suddenly have the rapid spread of the plague from unknown origins? As Natural News previously reported, Prince William appears to be pushing for depopulation efforts across Africa in the name of environmentalism:

“Africa’s rapidly growing human population is predicted to more than double by 2050 – a staggering increase of three and a half million people per month,” Prince William explained during a recent event hosted by the Tusk Trust, a charity that is committed to protecting African wildlife.

According to The Telegraph, Prince William continued, “Urbanization, infrastructure development, cultivation – all good things in themselves, but they will have a terrible impact unless we begin to plan and to take measures now.”


Want to Eliminate Blacks? Just Release a Weaponized Disease Strain and Blame Mother Nature

What’s the quickest and easiest way for globalists to eliminate targeted human populations?



Related: Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?

Release a weaponized infectious disease
and let it spread from city to city while using the outbreak to strengthen government funding of the vaccine and pharmaceutical industries. This, of course, is a form of medical genocide.

Yet as we’ve repeatedly seen, vaccines and pharmaceuticals are now confirmed to be routinely used to reduce targeted populations rather than save lives. Just last week, for example, a bombshell science paper was released that documents the covert infertility chemical being spiked into W.H.O. vaccines administered in African nations. From Vaccines.news:


"[A] bombshell science paper has emerged that confirms the use of covert sterilization chemicals in World Health Organization vaccines deployed in Africa. Entitled, “HCG Found in WHO Tetanus Vaccine in Kenya Raises Concern in the Developing World,” the paper documents the covert deployment of an infertility chemical in vaccines that are administered to young black women in Kenya.

… [A] covert depopulation program is being run by the World Health Organization, targeting Africans for extermination via infertility chemicals administered under the guise of “vaccines.” These vaccines, notably, contain chemicals that are administered without the informed consent of the women being injected.

In fact, the women are deliberately lied to and told the injections are meant to “protect your health.” But the real reason for the shots is to exterminate blacks in the name of “science” and “medicine.”

Local governments, in other words, told young African women they needed these vaccine injections for their own health and safety. But the real agenda was to cause their bodies to kill their own unborn babies as part of a globalist depopulation agenda.

Africa is repeatedly chosen as a testing ground for weaponized depopulation viral and bacterial strains, by the way, which is one reason why so many deadly, hyper-aggressive diseases are found spreading in Africa.



African Scientist Alleges U.S. Dept. of Defense Manufactured the Ebola Outbreak of 2014

Never forget that the Ebola outbreak of 2014 took place in Africa, and to this day there are enormous questions about whether the U.S. Dept. of Defense manufactured / weaponized that Ebola strain. Dr. Cyril Broderick, a Professor of Plant Pathology, wrote in 2014 that he believes Ebola was manufactured and deliberately released in Africa as a weaponized viral strain.

His article, which originally appeared in The Liberian Observer, was later censored off that website. However, you can find his original article at InfiniteUnknown.net, or search for for “weaponized Ebola” at GoodGopher.com.

Further supporting the notion of a weaponize Ebola release in Africa, Prof. Jason Kissner wrote in 2014:


"We can now be extraordinarily confident that the U.S. government is lying, in key material respects, about the latest Ebola outbreak–and not just because it lies about nearly everything of political consequence. This article shows that there are compelling reasons to believe we are being told three big lies about Ebola.

It also offers a simple, rational, yet disturbing, explanation that very tidily accounts for all three lies. The explanation supposes that the current Ebola outbreak consists in an act of U.S.-linked bioterror.
"


U.S. Government PATENTED Ebola in 2010 and Claims Ownership Over All the Blood of Ebola Victims

Further confirming the bioweapons origins of Ebola, we also know that the “impossibly rapid vaccine response” in 2014 was completely scripted. In addition, we also know the U.S. government patented the current Ebola strain in 2010, proving it was an invention.



Related: Deconstructing The Ebola Agenda & Is the Bilderberg Group Behind Ebola?
+ The Effective Treatment For The Bioweapon That Is Ebola


Ebola vaccines were already developed in advance of the outbreak, then rapidly rolled out in a staged “reaction” to the spread of the viral strain. As documented in Natural News:


"On the very same day that vaccine maker GlaxoSmithKline is being fined $490 million by Chinese authorities for running an illegal bribery scheme across China, the media is announcing the “astonishing” launch of human trials for an Ebola vaccine.

Care to guess who will be manufacturing this vaccine once it is whitewashed and rubber-stamped as “approved?” GlaxoSmithKline, of course. The same company that also admitted to a massive criminal bribery network in the United States, where felony crimes were routinely committed to funnel money to over 40,000 physicians who pushed dangerous prescription drugs onto patients.

This is the company that is now — today! — injecting 60 “volunteers” with an experimental Ebola vaccine. “Normally it would take years of human trials before a completely new vaccine was approved for use,” reports the BBC. “But such is the urgency of the Ebola outbreak in west Africa that this experimental vaccine is being fast tracked at an astonishing rate.

Yes, it’s astonishing because it’s impossible.

As any vaccine-related virologist already knows, the process of going from an in-the-wild infection of Ebola to a manufactured vaccine ready for human trials simply cannot be achieved in a matter of a few weeks or months. Apparently, we are all to believe that a spontaneous scientific miracle has now taken place — a literal act of vaccine magic — which has allowed the criminal vaccine industry to skip the tedious R&D phases and create a vaccine ready for human trials merely by waving a magic wand.

The far more likely explanation, of course, is that all this was scripted in advance: the outbreak, the international cry for help, the skyrocketing of the stock price for Tekmira (which has received financial investments from Monsanto), the urgent call for a vaccine and now the spontaneous availability of human vaccine trials. It’s all beautifully scripted from start to finish, better than a Shakespearean tragedy played out on the international stage.

The “heroes” of this theater have been pre-ordained to be drug companies and vaccines, and it is already written in the script that vaccines will be heralded as lifesaving miracles of modern science even if they infect people and cause widespread damage as has now happened to young girls in Colombia who are being hospitalized en masse after being injected with HPV vaccines.


W.H.O. Antibiotics to be Laced with Infertility Chemicals?

The plague outbreak in Africa will be met, of course, with a wave of antibiotics “treatments” for the citizens. Where do those antibiotics come from? The World Health Organization, of course… the same nefarious depopulation group that secretly spiked Africa’s vaccines with sterilization chemicals as now confirmed by a published science paper.

“The [plague] strain can be cured with antibiotics and the WHO money will go towards paying for extra medical personnel, the disinfection of buildings and fuel for ambulances,” reports the UK Daily Mail. In other words, the WHO will be running the mass medication campaign to distribute antibiotics to more Africans.



Related: Significant Ongoing Decline In Sperm Counts Of Western Men & The Astounding Drop In Global Fertility Rates Between 1970 And 2014

This is the perfect opportunity for the WHO to spike antibiotics with infertility chemicals, thereby achieving its goal of causing spontaneous abortions, miscarriages and infertility across the demographic of young African women.

According to reports, the WHO has pledged US$5 million to this effort. This money, of course, will be put to use distributing laced antibiotics to as many young African women as possible, all in the name of “public health.”


Summary of the Early Evidence Pointing to the Likelihood that the Plague May Have Been Engineered as a Depopulation Weapon

The timing of the plague spreading, just as globalists such as Prince William are calling for depopulation across Africa.

The ongoing push for depopulation as a “climate” narrative which claims human populations must be reduced to save the planet.

The realization that Africa’s current population explosion makes it the highest priority target for government-run depopulation efforts.

The likelihood that the U.S. government was deeply involved in the Ebola trial run which tested the effectiveness of a viral bioweapon release in Africa.

The history of vaccines, bioweapons and experimental pharmaceuticals being routinely tested across African nations.

The fact that the WHO has already been caught spiking Africa’s vaccines with infertility chemicals.

The fact that the WHO — the same organization caught spIn other words, every outbreak has a long list of beneficiaries who profit from diseaseiking vaccines with infertility chemicals — will be funding the antibiotics distribution efforts in response to the plague outbreak. (Giving them the perfect chance to spike the antibiotics with infertility chemicals.)

The massive financial windfall accrued to pharmaceutical and vaccine companies stemming from any such outbreak (and subsequent media panic).
.


Medical Eugenics and the Celebration of Depopulation “Successes”

In the end, the WHO will be cheered. The pharmaceutical industry will be heralded as the savior, and governments will claim victory as yet another outbreak is eventually tamed by what we’re told is a science-based medical advancement that saves lives.



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

Yet the deeper truth that we’ve never told is how these same organizations and drug cartels are actually working to achieve global depopulation goals by any means necessary… even if it means deliberately causing an outbreak so that they can harness the public panic to deliver more infertility chemicals to more black people who are targeted for destruction.

If you don’t yet realize how blacks are systematically targeted for extermination across our planet, you don’t know the real history of science and medicine. I cover the five vectors of planned eugenics-based extermination in this mind-blowing video lecture that’s a “must watch” for all people of African ancestry.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom
November 18 2017 | From: TomatLee

What does it mean to live in a “post-truth era? Is there a broader history and context feeding that phenomenon than just Trump and the Russians? How do we address it at a deep level to serve our collective capacity to generate wisdom for our public affairs?



“Truth” shares the same Indo-European root as “trust” and “tree”.* It’s like trust and truth are grounded in the solidity and dependability that we associate with great oaks, redwoods, cedars and baobobs.


Related:
Selected Articles: Mainstream Media “Fake News”, War Propaganda

We might also reflect that trees – and, metaphorically, trust and truth – are living things that can thrive and grow – or be damaged and die.

We are in a period that is sometimes called the “post-truth era”, with a disturbing subtext that it might also be post-trust. Where do we turn for people, information, institutions that we can fully trust, that are dependably truthful – especially for ALL of us diverse people who find ourselves sharing public spaces and challenges with others we don’t understand and may even detest or fear as driven by evil designs and deranged narratives?


Dimensions of Our Predicament

Logic, reason, facts, compassion – all these seem distorted or missing in action. And lately even “reality” has become challenged.

From post-modern relativism, “false memory” research and the surreality of quantum physics to our growing technological capacity to engineer convincing apparancies (e.g., Photoshop, computer-generated imagery, virtual reality, dubbed-in voices in real time, etc.) and the generation and spread of “fake news” and “alternative facts”, it is becoming increasingly hard to know what is real and what is not – and sometimes even to be confident that reality is buried somewhere behind all the illusions!



Related: Donald Trump Versus The Main Stream Media: The President Is Beating The Press, But More Combat Is Coming & Analyzing Mainstream News Anti-Logic

All this is shaking up the worlds of social media and journalism. It turns out that even efforts to fact-check and identify fake news may ultimately backfire. But even traditionally reliable news media are often distorted by confirmation bias (favoring facts that justify what we already believe), advertising dollars, herd mentality, self-censorship to gain access, and undue focus on conflict, controversy and scandal – all of which undermine journalism’s ideal democratic role and stature.

And while it is true that some media are more biased and deceitful than others, reporting that is consistently and truly fair, honest and useful is increasingly hard to find.

Even science – once the undisputed arbiter of testable truth – is being undermined both by attacks from anti-science ideologues and exposés showing its foundational methods and trustability are more subject to hidden distortions than we realized.

Human fallibility, ego, greed, groupthink, systemic biases and outright manipulation can play outsized roles in published results**, adding to the frustrating tendency for asserted scientific “facts” to be replaced by new studies with totally different conclusions.

This last dynamic – which would be an unadulterated strength of ever-evolving scientific knowledge, were it not for the other factors mentioned – unfortunately doesn’t help the public turn to science for solid truths to depend on.



Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

In addition to all that, more people are becoming aware that expertise is often used to assert social control by delegitimating people’s experience and undermining their judgment and capacity to form bonds of common interest based on common experience.

We’re being told we cannot trust ourselves but should follow (and pay for) experts in every aspect of our lives – diet, politics, child care, education, whatever. This strengthens elite power and versions of meritocracy that make it hard for us ordinary people to gain control of our lives, individually and collectively. (See, for example, Listen, Liberal or Whatever Happened to the Party of the People? by Thomas Frank)

In the face of all this, is it any wonder that so many people retreat into the comfort and tribal muscle of sectarian narratives and pundits, reinforced by social conformity, physical and informational migration into polarized like-minded silos, and the cognitive comfort of confirmation bias?

The implications for democracy and the generation of collective wisdom are profound. How do we make collective decisions when we can’t trust our information sources, ourselves, or each other – or when we place our trust in incompatible sources and ways of thinking whose primary goals are to invalidate and defeat each other.


A Way Out

A vital principle to guide us out of this predicament is to use diversity and disturbance creatively. This principle assumes two things worth noting:

A). Diverse views are, in fact, facets of a more complex reality, the whole of which we need to better comprehend if we wish to make wise decisions that will actually work in the real world.

This applies even to views that are demonstrably false, because belief in them arises from that more complex reality and plays a role in how it unfolds. So those factors are deeply relevant and vital to take into account if we want to make real progress.

B). Diverse people bring diverse gifts to understanding the whole situation and bringing about wholesome outcomes in our shared lives. They bring different values, different perspectives, different experiences, different cognitive styles and ways of solving problems, different aptitudes and skills, different connections and resources – all of which we can use – if we are discerning, welcoming and creative enough – to help make life better for all of us.



Related: Government Versus Anarchy

The trick is to help people engage creatively with their diversity – and with any disturbances that come along with it – in ways that enhance our collective comprehension and capacity.

Fortunately, there are thousands of resources to help us do that. Hundreds of them are explored in the wise democracy pattern language.

The current spirit of partisanship and the renewed effort to empower a political “center” are all fine, as part of the complex reality in which we find ourselves. But ultimately we need to see all these stances and perspectives as resources for something far more inclusive and wise, and to build among us the capacity to access that more embracive collective wisdom to sustain our collective well-being.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Total Of 1,183 Sealed Government Indictments As Of Wednesday Morning?
November 17 2017 | From: IntelliHub

A Google “.xlxs” file recently posted online reveals that the Russian investigation and surrounding events could be coming to a head in Washington sooner than later.



A list of a total of 1183 sealed indictments and their jurisdictions was posted to the Innerweb over the past few days and the number keeps growing.


Related:
Ex CIA- Robert David Steele - Trump Counter Coup In Play, Deep State, Pedophiles, Satanist Are Toast

The “.xlsx” file posted to Google Drive reveals as of Wednesday 172 of the sealed indictments are to be issued in the Central District of California, 108 are to be issued in the District of Colorado, 99 in the Northern District of California, 35 in the District of Columbia, and the list goes on.

Although the districts in which the indictments will be issued and the number of indictments in each district are listed in the file, the indictments remain sealed at this time so there is no way of telling who or what entity is being indicted and what the person or entity is being indicted for.

However, it is anticipated that the indictments revolve around the Russian investigation into 2016 election meddling and/or possibly the Uranium One scandal that was heavily exposed by Intellihub editor-in-chief Shepard Ambellas.

You can view the listings for all 1183 of the sealed indictments which were released in the following tweet:






NSA Breach / Trump Jr. / Rothschild / Trump Major Statement

His Name Was Seth Rich - wlsearch.tk




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ten Shocking Declassified Secrets
November 16 2017 | From: Alltime10s

The government doesn't always tell us everything.



Here are 10 secrets they would have preferred to keep secret.


Related:
‘Beginning Of The End’: Leaked Secret Recordings Expose Truth About CNN & The CIA Is One Of The Main Peddlers Of Fake News: Newly-Declassified Documents






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Saudi "Deep State" Prince Bandar Among Those Arrested In Purge: Report
November 15 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / DivineCosmos / Various

Comment: This event may seem random, however it appears to be extremely poignant in terms of the ongoing efforts of the 'Alliance' that is working to take down the Cabal. David Wilcock's areticle referenced below, is an absolute must-read for those who wish to keep abreast of developments currently taking place behind the scenes.



According to a new report by Middle East Eye, Prince Bandar bin Sultan - Saudi Arabia's most famous arms dealer, longtime former ambassador to the US, and recent head of Saudi intelligence - was among those detained as part of Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman's (MBS) so-called "corruption purge" that started with the initial arrests of up to a dozen princes and other top officials last weekend.

Related:
Several of Top Saudi Officials Arrested Over Weekend Are Linked to Podesta Group


"49 top Saudi officials were arrested and hundreds more have had their bank accounts seized, beginning on November 4th.

Once we understand that these individuals were coordinating ISIS, 9/11 and other "false flag" attacks for the Cabal, the significance of these arrests becomes quite awesome.

...

This is only one of dozens of explosive news stories all suggesting... you guessed it... Something Very Big is Coming, as we forecasted in Parts One and Two.

We have been granted the privilege of sharing new briefing details that are mission-critical and have not yet appeared anywhere else in quite this form.

...

Everything is Coming to a Head

We have extensively documented evidence that the world is secretly run by a cultish, racist, genocidal and sexually perverted group we call the Cabal.

We have also presented ongoing evidence of an increasingly powerful international alliance that is working to defeat this menacing, occult power elite."

- Something Very Big, Part III: Saudi Mass Arrests Sign of Impending Cabal Defeat?

If confirmed, the arrest and detention of Bandar would constitute the most significant and high profile figure caught up in the purge - even above that of high profile billionaire investor Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal - given Bandar's closeness to multiple US administrations and involvement in events ranging from Reagan's Nicaraguan Contra program (including direct involvement in the Iran-Contra scandal), to making the case for the Iraq War as a trusted friend of Bush and Cheney, to directing US-Saudi covert operations overseeing the arming of jihadists in Syria.



Famous photograph of George W. Bush and his close confidant Prince Bandar bin Sultan

Related: Kim Dotcom: Great minds are coming together to make the world a better place

Middle East Eye issued the report based on multiple contacts "inside the royal court" and indicates further that the scale of MBS' aggressive crackdown is much larger than previously reported, and even involves the torture of "senior figures" among those detained:


"Some senior figures detained in last Saturday's purge in Saudi Arabia were beaten and tortured so badly during their arrest or subsequent interrogations that they required hospital treatment, Middle East Eye can reveal. 

People inside the royal court also told MEE that the scale of the crackdown, which has brought new arrests each day, is much bigger than Saudi authorities have admitted, with more than 500 people detained and double that number questioned.
"

And shockingly, those sources say that the longtime Saudi 'deep state' power broker and liaison with the West, Prince Bandar, is among the detained:


"One of the most famous is Prince Bandar bin Sultan, a former Saudi ambassador to Washington and confidant of former US President George W Bush.  There is no word on his fate, but Saudi authorities said that one of the corruption cases they are looking at is the al-Yamamah arms deal, in which Bandar was involved."

While no doubt Bandar's very well-known role in Saudi "oil for arms" programs which have come to define Saudi relations with the West over the past decades is a trumped up and "selective" charge (insofar as the highest levels of the state have overseen such shady dealing) the al-Yamamah deal in particular - which goes back to the mid-1980's - has been an historical embarrassment to both the UK and Saudi governments (BAE Systems was the prime British contractor involved) for the astounding level of fraudulent accounting exposed in UK courts. 



Related: Crisis in the Middle East, “Prelude to Something Bigger”

Concerning Prince Bandar's role in the al-Yamamah deal, Middle East Eye continues


"Bandar bought an entire village in the Cotswolds, a picturesque area of central England, and a 2,000-acre sporting estate with part of the proceeds from kickbacks he received in the al-Yamamah arms deal, which netted British manufacturer BAE £43bn ($56.5bn) in contracts for fighter aircraft.

As much as $30m (£15m) is alleged to have been paid into Bandar’s dollar account at Riggs Bank in Washington and the affair led to corruption probes in the US and UK, although the case was dropped in the UK in 2006 after an intervention by then-prime minister Tony Blair."

But more likely is that Bandar has been caught up in this week's MBS dragnet for his closeness to Western heads of state and foreign intelligence services.

With MBS' aggressive consolidation of power which could result in ascension to the throne at any moment, and with fate of multiple princes and officials still unknown - not the least of which is now ex-PM of Lebanon Saad Hariri - a shroud of secrecy has resulted in myriad theories concerning what is really happening behind the scenes. 

Likely, Bandar has been detained to ensure a communications blackout with Western intelligence and media until MBS' plans are complete, with the added benefit of ensuring the "anti-corruption" angle to the purges for the consumption of international media. 



Related: Senior Saudi Figures Tortured, Beaten in Purge: What Is Happening In Saudi Arabia?

Bandar (left) has been close to multiple US administrations
 spanning decades with direct involvement in events ranging from Reagan's Nicaraguan Contra program (including being named in the Iran-Contra scandal), to making the case for the Iraq War as a trusted friend of Bush and Cheney, to directing Obama-era covert operations to arm jihadists in Syria

Ironically, Bandar himself once seemed to publicly boast about receiving massive kickbacks in relation to Saudi weapons dealing, which perhaps further made him an easy and high profile target in this week's crackdown. According to a royal family profile highlighting corruption in the New York Times from early this week


"Perhaps the most famous statement on corruption in Saudi Arabia was made by Prince Bandar. In an interview with PBS in 2001, he said: “If you tell me that building this whole country, and spending $350 billion out of $400 billion, that we had misused or got corrupted with $50 billion, I’ll tell you, yes. But I’ll take that anytime.”

And the New York Times summarized the key events of the multi-billion pound weapons deal with the UK as follows:


Weapons contracts have long been a source of wealth. British media reported that Prince Bandar received well over $1 billion in secret payments from BAE Systems, the leading British military contractor, over the course of a decade. The son of founding King Abdulaziz’s personal doctor, Adnan Khashoggi, became a billionaire as an arms dealer and go-between for weapons makers and members of the royal family."



Related: David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries

Meanwhile news of Bandar's possible arrest and detention hasn't spread very widely in international media reports as of this writing, but it will be interesting to see the response in the West should the news be confirmed. Will Bandar's friends in Washington and London go to bat for him? Or will Prince Bandar quietly recede into the background of a permanent forced retirement from public life?

Most likely the latter will be the case. Regardless, for friends of the former powerful Saudi intelligence director on either side of the Atlantic and within Saudi Arabia itself, Bandar no doubt knows where all the skeletons are buried, and this alone makes him a worrisome, volatile and unpredictable figure in the midst of a transfer of power.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Roseanne Barr Hints At Child Sex Trafficking Bombshell: ‘Trump Knows… Lots of People Will Become Woke As F*ck This Week’
November 15 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various

Progressive-turned-conservative comedian Roseanne Barr suggests stunning revelations on child sex trafficking will come to light this week. 



“Lots of ppl will become Woke AF this week,” tweeted Barr.

Related:
Obama, Clinton, Podesta, Soros, Epstein, Alefantis - All Connected to Pedophilia Claims by 'Podesta Emails'



Related: See the Groundbreaking Film that Exposes Hollywood Pedophilia

Earlier in the evening, Barr tweeted about how President Trump is strongly opposed to child sex trafficking. Barr then underscored how important it is to stop the suffering of innocent children.


“I perceived Hollywood’s sexism 2B so pervasive as to not even be noticed-it was class based discrimination, with racial undertones based in anti-semitic sado-spiritual necroPedoism. 

Trump opposes child trafficking & knows exactly where The Locos is-not many ppl r brave enough2 know, or remember or contain the information-most blank out. . all that really matters is that we stop the suffering of the world’s innocent children.

We can do it bc it’s the right thing 2 do & this is The Age of Aquarius. G0D is with us now. Let’s Roll-,”
tweeted Barr.



Related: LAPD confirms they are investigating Hollywood pedophile ring after Corey Feldman files formal report

Townhall contributor Liz Corkin noted in February that the media failed to cover the Trump administration’s efforts to crackdown on child sex trafficking. Surprise, surprise.

Townhall reports:


“Since President Donald Trump has been sworn in on Jan. 20, authorities have arrested an unprecedented number of sexual predators involved in child sex trafficking rings in the United States.

This should be one of the biggest stories in the national news. Instead, the mainstream media has barely, if at all, covered any of these mass pedophile arrests. This begs the question – why?

As a strong advocate for sex crime victims, I’ve been closely following the pedophile arrests since Trump took office. There have been a staggering 1,500-plus arrests in one short month; compare that to less than 400 sex trafficking-related arrests in 2014 according to the FBI."

On Jan. 27 authorities arrested 42 in a human trafficking operation in Tennessee.

On Jan. 29 authorities announced that 474 were arrested in a statewide California human trafficking operation and 28 sexually exploited children were rescued.

108 were arrested from Jan. 18 to Feb. 5 in Illinois as part of a national sex trafficking sting operation.

 178 people were arrested in Texas for sex trafficking in sting that operated in January till Super Bowl Sunday.

16 people were arrested in January in Michigan for sex trafficking during the Detroit Auto Show.

In February, authorities arrested 11 in Virginia in a child sex sting.


Related Articles:

Corey Feldman names two of his alleged sexual abusers

Newsweek Asks: Why Are Conservatives Investigating Pedophilia?

Five MORE women come forward to accuse disgraced movie director Roman Polanski of sexual assault

Occult Worship - Hollywood's Other Dirty Secret that Everyone Knows of But No One Talks About

Not Just Women & Kids, 250 lb Linebacker, Terry Crews Files Hollywood Sex Assault Case with LAPD

Pizzagate: DC police is investigating Comet Ping Pong!

Corey Feldman returning to ‘Dr. Oz’ to reveal more abuse details

This Writer Says Rolling Stone Founder Jann Wenner Offered Him Work In Exchange For Sex

The War on Children The Comprehensive Sexuality Education Agenda

Conservative Sitcom Star Hints At Child Sex Trafficking Bombshell: ‘Trump Knows…Lots of People Will Become Woke As F*ck This Week’


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Donna Brazile Confirms Clinton Illegal Money-Laundering Scheme During 2016 Campaign
November 14 2017 | From: Infowars

Perkins Coie provided PR advice to defuse Bernie Sanders’ objections.



Donna Brazile’s book “Hacks” provides new documentation that Hillary’s campaign and the Democratic National Party, in conjunction with attorneys from Perkins Coie, violated Hillary Victory Fund rules to divert contributions intended for the state parties to pay off the massive DNC debt Obama left behind.

Related:
Donna Brazile Suggests Media Were Panicked Over Questions About Hillary’s Health

In describing how she learned about the money-laundering scam the Clinton campaign was running with the Hillary Victory Fund, Brazile confirmed Bernie Sanders was right when he blew the whistle during the campaign, accusing the Clintons of running a money-laundering scheme that deprived the state Democratic Parties of funds that had been raised for their benefit.

On Jan. 11, 2017, Infowars.com documented that attorneys from Perkins Coie who were aware of the problem advised Hillary’s campaign of public relations responses to defuse Sanders’ criticism

Unravelling how Donna Brazile’s narrative provides confirmation the DNC was aware Bernie Sanders was right in exposing how the Clintons had created a money-laundering scam to violate Hillary Victory Fund rules began when the Clinton campaign realized Barack Obama left the DNC broke, some $15 million in debt after the 2012 election


Obama Left DNC in Debt

On page 33, Brazile admits the Hillary Victory Fund was used to pay off the DNC debt left by Obama.  There, Brazile wrote:


"Obama left the party $24 million in debt – $15 million in bank debt and more than $8 million owed to vendors after the 2012 campaign and had been paying that off very slowly. Obama’s campaign was not scheduled to pay it off until 2016. Hillary for America and the Hillary Victory Fund had taken care of 80 percent of the remaining debt in 2016, about $10 million, and had placed the DNC on an allowance."

On pages 34-35, Brazile correctly notes the appeal of the Hillary Victory Fund was that the fund increased the amount an individual donor could contribute:


"Individuals who had maxed out their $2,700 contribution limit to HFA [Hillary for America] could write an additional check for $353,400 to the Hillary Victory Fund—that figure represented $10,000 to each of the thirty-two states’ parties who were part of the Victory Fund agreement—$320,000—and $33,400 to the DNC. The money would be deposited in the states first, and transferred to the DNC shortly after that."

Brazile’s first problem occurred when she realized that Hillary’s campaign had begun controlling the disbursement of the Hillary Victory Fund before Hillary became the nominee.  On page 35, Brazile continues the narrative, writing:


"Wait,” I said. “That victory fund was supposed to be for whoever was the nominee, and the state party races. You’re telling me that Hillary has been controlling it since before she got the nomination?”

Gary said the campaign had to do it or the party would collapse.

“That was the deal that Robby struck with Debbie,” Gary said. “It was to sustain the DNC. We sent the party nearly $20 million from September until the convention, and more to prepare for the election.”

Gary Gensler, the former undersecretary of the Treasury under Clinton and chair of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under Obama, told Brazile when she replaced Debbie Wasserman Schultz as head of the DNC that the DNC was at that time still $2 million in debt.  Robby Mook was Hillary’s campaign manager.


Hillary Victory Fund’s Celebrity Scheme

The Clinton campaign realized early in the game that top-dollar millionaire and billionaire Democratic Party donors wanted to contribute several hundred thousand dollars to Hillary’s campaign, but were constrained by FEC limits to individual and spousal contributions that can lawfully be made to a candidate.



Related:
President Donald Trump Interview - Fake Media; Trump Rips Clinton + CNN Launches “Facts First” Campaign While Burying Uranium One Scandal

The Hillary Victory Fund, however, was created to utilize the Supreme Court decision McCutcheon v FEC that allowed mega-donor fundraising schemes through funds like the Hillary Victory Fund to throw out aggregate limits on what a donor might give to the party in a given year.

For instance, in an email exchange in November 2015, Podesta expressed irritation that the Clinton campaign wanted him to “hit up his clients” to contribute $33,400 per person, or between $66,000 to $100,000 per couple, to attend a Hillary Victory Fund event in New York City, joining Hillary and Bill Clinton for dinner, in an “intimate evening” designed to feature “a memorable performance” by Sting.




The Man Trying To Disbar Hillary & Comey

The legal system is working in favor of corrupt politicians, not we the people.

Ty Clevenger says we are living in a time of “radical subjectivism” in our lawless “legal” system. The man who wants to get Hillary & Comey disbarred for violating the law & committing perjury is pushing FOIA requests to get to the bottom of their crimes and Mueller’s obstruction.







Other celebrity events involved the Democrats charging $353,000 for an April 16, 2016, dinner for two seats at the head table with Hillary Clinton, actor George Clooney, and Clooney’s wife, attorney Amil Clinton.

Eleven sponsors each gave more than $100,000 to attend a Hillary Victory Fund Elton John concert at Radio City Music Hall on March 3, 2016, with Hillary and her family, former President Bill Clinton and daughter Chelsea Clinton.

In other instances, senior DNC officials scrambled to arrange special “packages” for high-dollar donors, as indicated by an email exchange in which DNC officials discussed what “special convention package” can be given to reward Wharton associate professor Eric Schoenberg for sending a $75,000 wire transfer from his Fidelity account to help pay the costs of the DNC convention in Philadelphia.

These emails indicate Schoenberg had already received tickets to a Rock and Roll Hall of Fame event for a previous $25,000 contribution to the DNC.



Related: Podesta Email: “And Then The Bundys Showed Up”

Key to keep in mind is that under FEC laws, all that the Hillary for America primary campaign could accept from an individual donor was a maximum of $2,700 for the primary election and an additional $2,700 for the general election.

But by setting up the Hillary Victory Fund as a joint committee between the Hillary campaign and the 32 state party committees, the super-wealthy could contribute as much as $712,220, with $356,100 for the primary phase of the campaign, and a second $356,100 for the general campaign after the primaries were over.

What Donna Brazile realized after she took over the DNC when Debbie Wasserman Schultz resigned over the WikiLeaks email scandal was that Hillary Clinton diverted the Hillary Victory Fund money away from the states in an apparent money-laundering scheme that forced the states to wire the money back to the DNC almost as soon as the Hillary Victory Fund had wired to the states their portions.

Finally, Brazile realized that Hillary’s campaign devised and implemented this scheme only after the DNC agree to allow Hillary before she was the nominee to control the DNC, in exchange for diverting to the DNC from the states the states’ share of the Hillary Victory Fund proceeds.




Perkins Coie Gives PR Advice

In an email exchange in April 2016, Graham Wilson, a Perkins Coe attorney, advised officials at the DNC to be circumspect in responding to questions being asked by Politico reporter who suspected the DNC was using the Victory Fund to circumvent campaign finance contribution limits.

Specifically, Politico reporter Kenneth Vogel was investigating whether the Clinton campaign had developed a strategy to use the Hillary Victory Fund to raise money for state DNC operations as a means of dramatically increasing legally campaign contribution limits, even though the DNC never intended to pass the money back to the states

In particular, Vogel was asking the following: “Of the $3.8 million that HVF [Hillary Victory Fund] has transferred to the state parties through 3/31/16, $3.3 million has been transferred almost immediately to the DNC. That means that through 3/31 the state parties have kept $500k – or less than 1 percent – of the $61 million raised by the HVF. Why so little?”

What Vogel correctly suspected was this: “Based on these numbers, are Hillary Clinton and her allies overstating their support for state parties?”



Related: Hillary Clinton ‘Cover Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department According To NBC News Report + Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison

Wilson’s advice was for the DNC to tell Vogel the DNC at the national level “for critical investments in infrastructure, maintaining the DNC’s national voter file, and bolstering our research, communications and digital capabilities, all of which will help elect Democrats up and down the ballot in November and help strengthen state parties across the country.”

In the email exchange with the outside counsel, the DNC also made clear the DNC was running the money through Amalgamated Bank, one of the largest union-owned banks in the United States, owned by the SEIU – a union strongly supporting the Democratic Party and Hillary’s candidacy.

One particularly hilarious email exchange documented the DNC had so much money coming in to the campaign that a $50,000 check from a top contributor could not be found simply because campaign officials were confused whether the check had been sent directly to the DNC office in Washington, or to Amalgamated Bank to be deposited in a DNC account.

An email from the DNC included in the WikiLeaks Podesta email file makes clear Amalgamated Bank was the bank where funds were wired to the DNC General Fund.


Politico Blows the Whistle

An article published by Kenneth Vogel and Isaac Arnsdorf in Politico on May 2, 2016, the suspected money-laundering scheme was revealed.

By including the 32 states with state committees, the DNC could solicit checks of $350,000 from super-rich Hillary supporters into the Hillary Victory Fund that allowed the DNC to host extravagant fundraisers featuring the ability to interact personally with Hillary.

Had the scheme to include the state parties not been concocted, the limit on an individual contribution to the Hillary Victory Fund would have been in the range of $30,000 – not large enough to be of serious interest to Hillary or her well-heeled wealthy supporters in Hollywood and New York City.

So, what the DNC did was to wire Hillary Victory Fund money to the states one day, with the agreement the states would wire the money back to the Hillary Victory Fund the next day in an apparently obvious scheme designed to circumvent the caps placed by FEC campaign laws and regulations on individual contributions.



Related: Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala & Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA

The Politico article concluded the following: “Between the creation of the victory fund in September and the end of last month, the fund had brought in $142 million, the lion’s share of which - 44 percent - has wound up in the coffers of the DNC ($24.4 million) and Hillary for America ($37.6 million), according to a POLITICO analysis of FEC reports filed this month. By comparison, the analysis found that the state parties have kept less than $800,000 of all the cash brought in by the committee — or only 0.56 percent.”

Politico commented the Hillary Victory Fund through April 2016 had transferred $3.8 million to the state parties, but most of that cash ($3.3 million, or 88 percent) was transferred back to the DNC, usually within a day or two.

The money-laundering accusations focused on the fact the Hillary Victory Fund only wired money to the states for a few hours when the exceptions granted the Hillary Victory Fund were predicated on the mega-donations flowing to the state parties for the state parties to use for their own benefit.


Bernie Sanders Cries Foul

On May 2, 2016, Bernie Sanders’ campaign manager Jeff Weaver charged Hillary’s campaign was engage in a “money-laundering” conduit that required state party leaders to keep less than 1 percent of the millions raised by the Hillary Victory Fund, even though Clinton’s campaign was relying upon the states to shut up and go along.

“Secretary Clinton is looting funds meant for state parties to skirt fundraising limits on her presidential campaign,” Weaver charged. “We think the Clinton campaign should let the state parties keep their fair share of the cash.”

An article published in Wisconsin during the campaign made clear many prominent contributors to Hillary’s campaign used the Hillary Victory Party state-funding scam to contribute over $300,000.

The list included the following:

Haim Saban, $343,400 and Cheryl Saban, $353,400: Israeli-American media magnate who is currently head of Univision.

Alice Walton, $353,400: #`6 on the Forbes List of World Billionaires and heiress to the Walton empire.

George Soros, $343,400: Creator of Open Society Foundation, also donated $8 million to the leading Super PAC supporting Hillary’s presidential campaign.

Jeffrey Katzenberg, $353,400: Former chair of Disney Corp and CEO of DreamWorks Animation.

B. Pritzker, $330,000 and Mary Pritzker, $330,000: Hyatt Hotel heir. Brother to Penny Pritzker, former Secretary of Commerce.


Brazile Confirms Politico Was Right

Returning to Brazile’s book, her narrative proves the DNC did nothing when she realized the Clinton’s were diverting money from states to pay off DNC debt large-dollar contributions to the Hillary Victory Fund that were only justified by rules specifying



Related: Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused

On page 94 of her book, Brazile makes clear that once she took over control of the DNC, she realized the Clinton campaign had formulated an agreement with Debbie Wasserman Schultz that allowed the Clinton campaign to take over control of the DNC, in exchange for paying off the DNC debt Obama had left behind.


"When I got back from Martha’s Vineyard I at last found the document that described it all: the Joint Fund-Raising Agreement between the DNC, the Hillary Victory Fund, and Hillary for America.

The agreement - signed by Amy Dacey and Robby Mook with a copy to Marc Elias - specified that in exchange for raising money and investing in the DNC, Hillary would control the party’s finances, strategy, and all the money raised.

Her campaign had the right of refusal of who would be the party communications director, and it would make final decisions on all the other staff. The DNC also was required to consult with the campaign about all other staffing, budgeting, data, analytics, and mailings.”

On page 97, Brazile confesses the following:


"The funding arrangement with HFA and the victory fund agreement was not illegal, but it sure looked unethical. If the fight had been fair, one campaign would not have control of the party before the voters had decided which one they wanted to lead. This was not a criminal act, but as I saw it, it compromised the party’s integrity.

In the debate that continues, with campaign finance experts agreeing the Clinton fundraising efforts fell into a “grey area,” very possibly violating FEC campaign finance laws.

“It clearly goes against what was intended for the joint fundraising committees,” said Larry Noble, the general counsel of the Campaign Legal Center, who served for 13 years as general counsel at the Federal Election Commission, as reported by Politico.

“This is clearly a solicitation for Hillary Clinton,” and not in the way joint fundraising committees were intended to be used, Noble remarked.



Related: Maltese professor who claimed Russia had "compromising material" on Clinton goes missing


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Words Can “Cut” Your Soul And Are More Powerful Than Swords
November 14 2017 | From: EsotericKnowledge / Omnithought / Various

For millennia, tyrannical governments controlled by the Elite or Dark Magicians have used swords and other physical weapons to enslave people.



What the Dark Magicians have known for a long time is that physical weapons (e.g., swords and guns) are not the best tools to use for controlling and enslaving people. The reason is that when their agents use physical weapons to enslave people, it makes it hard for them to hide the fact that they are forcing people to be slaves.


Related:
The Power of Etymology and the Secrets of Spelling

Today, the Dark Magicians have nearly perfected their system of slavery. Through trial and error, the Dark Magicians have discovered that the best form of slavery is stealth slavery. In the past, the Dark Magicians found out that using swords and physical weapons to force people to work for them without pay was not very efficient.

Instead of forcing people to work for them without pay, the Dark Magicians discovered that when they domesticated people to think that they are free and tricked them to work for paper money, they can use the power of words written on contracts to bind people to the terms and conditions of those contracts. This allows them to enslave people without their knowledge.

The reason that stealth slavery is the best form of slavery is because it tricks people to think that they are sovereign. This allows the Dark Magicians to control the people of the world with little resistance. Another reason that stealth slavery is the best form of slavery is because when the masters can trick the slaves to think that they are free, the masters can get more productivity and creativity out of the slaves.




Occult Secrets of Grammar

Here is a short video that resonates well with my book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words.



Related:
The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

The video reveals that all letters of the English alphabet were formed through an eight-pointed star superimposed on a square and circle. It also explains why words can be used to cast magic spells. If you are interested in the power of words and word magic, the following video should be of great interest to you.









The increase of productivity and creativity of the slaves can generate more wealth, allowing the masters to collect more taxes to finance their slavery system. This is exactly what is happening to us today. The best tool to use to trick us to agree to be slaves, so that the Dark Magicians can use us to generate wealth for their control system is the language system, which is made of words.

Words are more than just a bunch of shapes and lines because when spoken out loud they transform into frequency and vibration. In the occult world, certain words are used along with rituals and sacred geometries to direct and control energy to manipulate and control reality to a significant degree.

This process of using words, rituals, and sacred geometries to control and direct energy is known as magic. Once you "innerstand" this at a deep level, you should know that word magic rules the world. Be aware that I am not talking about fake magic tricks.


Why Words Are More Powerful Than Swords

Words are powerful because when spoken out loud they carry energy, sound and frequency, which are some of the building blocks of matter. Furthermore, they carry information that can be used as knowledge to create or destroy things.



Related:
How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

When you acquire the right knowledge and experience it into wisdom, it becomes very powerful and can be used to expand your consciousness and spiritual power. This is why knowledge is power!

Did you notice that the term words is an anagram for the term sword? Switch the letter “s” in the term words to the front and you get the term sword. Words are like swords because they can be used to "cut" you. In a way, words are more powerful than swords for the reason that they can cut you at the deepest level of your soul. This is why the Bible verse Hebrews 4:12 says;


"For the word of God is living and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the division of soul and spirit, and of joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.

Words are more powerful than swords because they can be used to transmit the codes of reality. They have this power because they are symbols of thought; therefore, words are, in a sense, the physical manifestations of thought. Because words are symbolic expressions of thought, they can be used to channel and express our thoughts, making them very effective communication tools.



Related:
Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

Words also have the power to stimulate thoughts and ideas and express them into physical forms. Furthermore, when words are spoken out loud, they can be used to create sacred geometry, which is one of the fundamental building blocks of matter.

Because of these qualities, words play a major role in creating the current reality of Earth. In other words, when you speak words, you are literally creating worlds through using the power of energy to produce sound to create sacred geometry.

The following videos show evidence of how sound creates sacred geometry, which is one of the fundamental building blocks of the material world.

Cymatics: Science Vs. Music - Nigel Stanford




Cymatics: Sacred Geometry Formed by Sound





The Term Word Means Source

In Greek, the term word means logos. The word logos is defined as “the source that controls the universe, the written word or inspiration of God, or a logic and rational argument.” In ancient Greek philosophy, the word logos is defined as “the controlling principle in the universe.”

Today, the concept of logos can be found in every religion, such as Christianity. To find the concept of logos in Christianity, all you need to do is read the Gospel (God-spell) of John of the Bible. In the King James Bible verse John 1:1, it says "In the beginning was the Word".

What you need to know about the King James Bible and most other Bibles is that they were translated from Greek. As a result of that, the deeper meaning of the term word in the Bible verse John 1:1 is logos, which is “the source that controls the universe”. In other words, "In the beginning was the Source". This is the Source that created the Laws and Forces of Nature.


Why Words Can "Cut" Your Soul

When you speak words, you are using the power of energy to produce sound to create sacred geometry. You are also charging the words with the power of your emotion, intention and thought, giving words the power to heal or harm people at the energy and physical levels.



Related:
The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

The words that can harm you deeply or "cut" your soul/spirit are curse words and words that are charged with harmful intention, such as the word kill.

When you yell at people using curse words, you are literally cursing them with dark magic spells. In other words, you are using words like swords to cut their souls. The word cut is defined as "to penetrate with or as if with a sharp-edged instrument or object".

In other words, curse words are used to penetrate the soul, making it vulnerable to being controlled by dark magic spells. They did not call them curse words for no reason. Do you innerstand now why words can cut your soul and are more powerful than swords?


Related Articles:

Words Are Magic Spells: Why You Practice the Occult Every Day

Do You Believe In Magic? - Real Stories

Why Your “Name” Is a Mark or Symbol of Slavery

Words, Words, Words

Why the Power of Natural Law Can Nullify Magic Spells

Why Contract Law Has the Power to Make Politicians Liable for Their Actions

Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

The Occult Definition Of Convict And The Hidden Role Of Judges


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Space Fence: Connecting The Surveillance And Transhumanist Agendas
November 13 2017 | From: FreedomArticles / Various

The Space Fence is a massive, planetary-wide, space surveillance system currently being constructed that aims to monitor you all the way down to your DNA.



Officially, the Space Fence is, according to Wikipedia, a 2nd generation space surveillance system being built (started in 2014) by the US Air Force and Lockheed Martin to track artificial satellites and space debris.

Related:
Ex-Facebook President Warns App Exploits Psychological ‘Vulnerability’

Its budget is US$1.594 billion, it’s expected to be operational in 2019 and the Space Fence facility will be located in the Marshall Islands along with an option for another radar site in Western Australia.

The Space Fence is a resurrection of a program started by Reagan in the 1980s called SDI (Strategic Defense Initiative), commonly known by its nickname “Star Wars.” However, like many exotic weapons of the New World Order, it has a cover purpose and a real purpose.

This article exposes the grander implications of the Space Fence – and how it connects to other technology that could be used to enslave you.



What is the Space Fence?

Although the USAF and Lockheed Martin tell us that the purpose of the Space Fence is to detect, track and catalog space debris, we must acknowledge that the MIC (Military Intelligence Complex) is at the helm of the New World Order and is routinely engaged in psychological operations against the rest of the population.



The Space Fence is not just to track and catalog space debris. It’s an overarching program that connects the geoengineering, surveillance and transhumanist and AI agendas

Related: New Wearable Technology May Revolutionize IoT

The Space Fence is the answer to the prayers of a control-freak conspiratorial class. It will have the capacity to surveil everything on Earth. Like Skynet in the fictional Terminator films, it could become surveillance beyond comprehension. How? 

The Space Fence is designed to operate in LEO (Low Earth Orbit). It is designed to be one big interconnected machine, run by AI and joined to current (weaponized) technology by interacting with cell phone towers, Gwen Towers, Nexrad Towers, metal particulates and more to create a giant wireless network that manipulates us through the ionization of our atmosphere.

According to Elena Freeland, author of Chemtrails, HAARP, and the Full Spectrum Dominance of Planet Earth who is soon to release a book on the topic, the Space Fence will eventually develop into a conductive Saturnian ring around the Earth’s equator.

From there, it could be used to facilitate a complete lockdown on planetary communications (including our DNA communications, since we are electrical creatures), in line with the MIC’s C4 objectives (Command, Control, Communications and Computers). Freeland states that the Space Fence will have the power to totally transform the entire environment of the planet. It thus is a tool of the AI/Transhumanist agenda to merge man into machine.



Everyone loves the acronym of HAARP – but it was just one installation/project. These days it’s more accurate to call these weapons “ionospheric heaters”. According to HAARP insider Billy Hayes, there are 200+ of them worldwide

Related: To Fight Revenge Porn, Facebook Is Asking to See Your Nudes


Space Fence: Ionization and Conductivity

The Space Fence seems to tie many aspects of the worldwide conspiracy together. Two aspects to pay attention to are ionization and conductivity.

To ionize is to create polarity within a substrate. Some things are naturally non-ionized, so to ionize them is take them out of their natural state. To make something conductive is to change it so that it can conduct electricity.

The NWO controllers have been unleashing a torrent of light and heavy metals (aluminum, barium, strontium and more) into our environment – and thus into our bodies – for decades via industrial output, chemical-laden products, vaccines and chemtrails.

Ionization and conductivity crop up again and again when investigating the Space Fence. The reason the NWO conspirators are so obsessed with these concepts is because they have weaponized them. Ionization is linked to weather control. Ionospheric heaters (the most famous of which is HAARP) are now deployed around the world to heat and ionize layers of the atmosphere.



Related: Sean Parker unloads on Facebook "exploiting" human psychology

Once ionized, it can be directed in line with geopolitical goals of the controllers, which can equate to earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods and droughts. In 2014, we were told that HAARP was being shut down, however since HAARP-like technology is the ultimate weapon of the globalists, does anyone in their right mind really think they are just going to give it away due to lack of funding or because they are supposedly finished with it?

Former HAARP insider Billy Hayes (who worked on constructing the original installation in Gakona, Alaska) claims there are over 200 HAARP-like facilities around the world which are fully operational.

Conductivity is linked to both mind control and holographic manipulation (a la Project Bluebeam). It is theorized that, with nano metal particulates everywhere including inside of people’s bodies, the masses are easier to mind control, since the metals act as receivers of wireless transmissions.

There is evidence that the more metal particulates in the air, the easier it is to project holograms onto it (e.g. see the 36:30 minute mark of this Elena Freeland presentation). As this Leak Project video revealed, HP (Hewlett Packard) is literally releasing billions if not trillions of nano sensors (smart dust) into the environment. Is one of the purposes to prepare for a Project Bluebeam scenario?



A close up of a plasma ball, showing electrified plasma gas

Related: Former Facebook investor's damning words on tech giant


Our Ionized Atmosphere: Plasma, the 4th State of Matter

The ionization of our skies means that the air is transformed into plasma, the 4th state of matter. Plasma is defined as “an ionized gas consisting of positive ions and free electrons in proportions resulting in more or less no overall electric charge, typically at low pressures (as in the upper atmosphere and in fluorescent lamps) or at very high temperatures (as in stars and nuclear fusion reactors).”

In simple terms, it is ionized air. Plasma keeps our atmosphere thick. It is a medium where electrons can be moved around. Altered plasma means dramatic earth changes via the troposphere and magnetosphere. According to Freeland, the Space Fence will also ionize the outer part of our planet.

Was the SDI only put on hold until they worked how to ionize the atmosphere (see Bernard Eastland’s patents for HAARP), then re-activated?

In this context, you can look at Space Fence as the controlling hub which is designed to capitalize upon and control the tremendous transforming and terraforming of our planet which is happening right before our eyes. How can inundating our world with billions of metal particulates, nano chips and smart dust possibly be a good idea?



Chemtrails: one of several delivery systems. Fancy some black heavy metals for dinner?

Related: Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering


Space Fence Delivery Systems: Chemtrails, GMOs, Vaccines

The Space Fence is not only connected to HAARP; it’s also connected to geoengineering / chemtrails, GMOs and vaccines. How?

Because all of these things are delivery systems by which metal nanoparticles are injected into our atmosphere, water, food, air and, in the end, our bodies. Look at chemtrails – now coming out of ships as well as planes – infusing the air with all sorts of toxic metals like aluminum, barium and strontium, as well as synthetic biological lifeforms.

Look at GMOs – all sprayed with toxic metallic and synthetic pesticides which invades our bodies. Look at vaccines – the injection of aluminum, mercury and more straight into our bloodstreams. The net effect of all of this is to create one huge wireless metallicized network to surround, engulf and permeate us.



Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs


Final Thoughts: Ultimate Aim of the Space Fence

In conclusion, it’s vital to look just beyond the Space Fence project and see the bigger picture. The Space Fence involves absolute control over space, chemtrails, nanotechnology, terraforming, genetic alteration, transhumanism and AI.

The endgame is to control our nervous systems and our very DNA. The question for an awakened humanity is now: what can we do to thwart this agenda?


Related Articles:

SJ Railways / Chip it to Ride

Olympic Athletes Could Soon Face Being Microchipped ‘Like Dogs’ To Compete

Proof That Any iPhone App With Camera Permission Can Secretly Record You

Superhumans: Chips inserted in brains will give us mind-blowing abilities within years

Donald Trump: Vladimir Putin told me Russia didn't meddle in US election


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Kremlin: Putin And Trump To Meet On Sidelines Of APEC Summit ‘One Way Or Another’ & Breaking Bad Star: ‘F*ck You’ If You Want Trump To Fail
November 13 2017 | From: Tass / Infowars / Various

The Kremlin is receiving contradictory reports from our the US side, Peskov says.



Protocol services continue to deliberate on a possible full-fledged meeting between Russian and US Presidents Vladimir Putin and Donald Trump on the sidelines of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in Vietnam, nevertheless the two leaders are bound to communicate one way or another, Kremlin Spokesman Dmitry Peskov said on Friday.

Related:
Art Of The Deal: To Understand Trump, You Have To Read His Book


"The protocol services are still discussing this. There still is no clarity here. We are receiving contradictory information from our US colleagues," Peskov told reporters.

"One way or another, the meeting will take place on the sidelines," he added.

According to ABC News, White House Press Secretary Sarah Sanders confirmed earlier reports that the much anticipated formal meeting between Putin and Trump at the APEC summit won’t take place due to the leaders’ busy schedules.

However, Sanders said there was still a chance that the two presidents would interact on the sidelines in an informal manner.


Related Articles:

Trump Picks Powell To Be Next Fed Chair

2017 is Now Officially the Best Year Ever in DOW History

Melania Trump Cuts First Lady Spending in Half After Shameless Diva Michelle Obama

Roger Stone Reveals His Incredible Conversation With President Trump

Gold Star Widow Releases Trump’s Call After Husband Was Killed In Afghanistan

Trump Looking to Release JFK Assassination Files

Breaking Bad Star: ‘F*ck You’ If You Want Trump To Fail

“If he fails, the country is in jeopardy.”

Actor Bryan Cranston had stern words Monday for opponents of President Trump who are rooting for his administration to fail.

Related: President Trump’s Economy: Unemployment at 17 year Low, 1.4 Million New Jobs, More Americans Working than Ever Before

In an interview with The Hollywood Reporter, the Breaking Bad star voiced his displeasure with Trump but warned that a failed presidency would be catastrophic for the country.


"President Trump is not the person who I wanted to be in that office, and I’ve been very open about that,” Cranston said. “That being said, he is the president.”

The Malcolm in the Middle actor, who once pledged to leave the U.S. if Trump became president, argued the success of the country was more important than feeling vindicated.


“If he fails, the country is in jeopardy,” Cranston stated. “It would be egotistical for anyone to say, ‘I hope he fails.’”

“To that person I would say, fuck you. Why would you want that? So you can be right?”

Cranston, also known for his frequent appearances on popular 90s sitcom Seinfeld, said he is rooting for success despite his feelings toward the commander in chief.



Related: Poll: 82 Percent Of Trump Voters Would Vote The Same Way Today


“I honestly do… And if you’ve got a good idea that helps the country, oh man, I’m gonna support you,” Cranston stated.

The Emmy Award-winning actor also spoke out against partisan politics that pit Americans against one another.


“I don’t care if you’re a Republican and I’m a Democrat or whatever, I don’t care,” Cranston said. “A good idea’s a good idea. Let’s do that.

We’ve got to get away from this idea that our country is political football, and someone with a different opinion is the enemy. Assume they love this country as much as you do, and there’s always room for improvement. How can we make it better?”

Cranston is currently promoting his role in the Richard Linklater film Last Flag Flying about three Vietnam veterans on a road trip together.


Related Articles:

Trump’s Nominee For NASA Chief Could Remake The Agency

Enough Is Enough: POTUS Trump Calls On Deep State to Release “ALL” Remaining JFK Assassination Files

President Trump on Texas Massacre: ‘Fortunately Somebody Else Had a Gun’

Alex Jones Recruited By Covert-Ops Patriots to Execute Counter-Coup Against Hillary Clinton

Trump Condemns Kim: Dictator Has ‘Committed Crimes Against God, Mankind’

Vladimir Putin and Donald Trump approved a joint statement on Syria


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal
November 12 2017 | From: StrategicCulture / SweetDoseOfReality / Various

The Myth of European Democracy: A Shocking Revelation.



It’s an open secret that the “Soros network” has an extensive sphere of influence in the European Parliament and in other European Union institutions.

Related:
Antifa, Soros, NYT Busted

The list of Soros has been made public recently. The document lists 226 MEPs from all sides of political spectrum, including former President of the European Parliament Martin Schulz, former Belgian PM Guy Verhofstadt, seven vice-presidents, and a number of committee heads, coordinators, and quaestors.

These people promote the ideas of Soros, such as bringing in more migrants, same-sex marriages, integration of Ukraine into the EU, and countering Russia. There are 751 members of the European Parliament. It means that the Soros friends have more than one third of seats.

George Soros, a Hungarian-American investor and the founder and owner of Open Society Foundations NGO, was able to meet with President of the European Commission Jean-Claude Juncker with “no transparent agenda for their closed-door meeting”, and pointed out how EU proposals to redistribute quotas of migrants across the EU are eerily familiar to Soros’s own self-published plan for dealing with the crisis.

The billionaire financier believes that the European Union should receive millions of immigrants from the Middle East and Northern Africa, provide each one with an annual 15,000 EUR in aid, and resettle these migrants in member-states where they do not wish to go and are not necessarily welcome.

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán has accused the EU of “eating out of the hand” of Soros. He believes that the billionaire open borders campaigner is behind the attacks on Hungary.



Related: Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

The reason is the government’s attempts to take legal action over a new law which requires foreign-supported ‘civil society’ organizations - many funded by Soros - to list their big overseas donors in a public register and be transparent about their funding sources in their publications. The Hungarian government is applying efforts to close the Budapest-based Central European University founded by Soros.


“The whole of the European Union is in trouble because its leaders and bureaucrats adopt decisions like this,” said Orbán. “The people support the ideal of the European Union.

At the same time, they can’t stand the leadership of the EU, because it insults the Member-States with things like this, and it abuses its power. Everyone in Europe can see that. This is why the European leadership is not respected.”

The Visegrad group is trying to stand tall under the EU pressure on migrants’ policy. The European Commission of Migration and Home Affairs is pushing a new bill to make migrants quotas obligatory. At least 30 Soros supporters work for the commission.

Many people listed in the document are known for attacks on Russia. For instance, Rebecca Harms, a MEP from German Green Party, regularly calls the European Parliament to toughen the sanctions regime against Moscow. Guy Verhofstadt blames Russia for almost each and every thing going wrong in Europe.

His article Putting Putin in his Place made a lot of noise last year. In 2012, former Croatian Primer Tonino Picula, who was the head of an observer mission from the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), slammed the Russian presidential election of 2012 as unfair, saying it was “skewed” in Vladimir Putin’s favor.

The Soros list sheds light on the question of what makes the EU leadership implement policies, which run counter to the interests of Europeans. The answer is corruption.



Related: Soros Transfers $18 Billion To His Open Society Foundations

The politicians bribed by Soros dance to his tune. They fight against the attempts of national leaders to protect the interests of their peoples.

Quite often those who oppose such policies have to face the resistance of political elites of their own countries. The standoff between Hungarian PM Orbán and the Soros network is a good example to illustrate how it works. The European Parliament under the influence of Soros friends is pushing Europe to suicide by letting millions of migrants in.

It shows that the much-vaunted European democracy is a façade to hide the activities of power structure close to feudal system with local lord holding the reins. It can hardly be called the power of people. The publication of Soros list provides a clue to understanding who rules the EU and who instigates anti-Russia sentiments in Europe.

Actually, this is the case when EU member countries like Hungary happen to be in the same boat with Russia opposing the very same US-based forces, while protecting their sovereignty and independence. This is the time for Europeans to think about transforming the system to do away with outside pressure.




Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

The real #Russiagate includes a syndicate of globalist power-players, including Evelyn de Rothschild, George Soros and John McCain.


Paul Manafort is only a cog in the greater New World Order machinery that is slowly taking control over all the resources on the planet.

Related:
Russiagate Was A CIA / Media Invention + Trump To The Future





Related: Huffington Post Yanks Article On Russiagate Hysteria By Award Winning Journalist Joe Lauria – So Here It Is


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

MI6, MI5, GCHQ In Court Over Mass Surveillance Practices + Distrustful U.S. Allies Force Spy Agency To Back Down In Encryption Fight
November 12 2017 | From: Infowars / Reuters / Various

Agencies clearly breaching EU citizens’ right to privacy.



The legality of British intelligence services’ mass surveillance programs will be assessed by the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR) on Tuesday.

Related:
CIA: Our founding fathers never wrote the Central Intelligence Agency into our Constitution—and with good reason

The agencies are accused of breaching the European Convention’s fundamental right to privacy.

The intelligence services face three different cases at the ECHR brought by Big Brother Watch, the Bureau of Investigative Journalism (TBIJ) and their reporter Alice Ross, and other NGOs.

The court will evaluate the lawfulness of government spy agencies snooping on citizens and sharing personal information with the United States and other foreign governments, something that first came to light thanks to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden.

The UK’s mass surveillance program had in the past been ruled unlawful by the Investigatory Powers Tribunal (IPT) in London as it breached the fundamental right to privacy under Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights.

GCHQ was also found guilty of spying both on Amnesty International and on South African non-profit Legal Resources, retaining and scrutinizing their data.



Related: Ex-Pentagon Advisor Reveals How CIA Killed Western Politicians During Cold War

One of the cases, brought by 10 different civil rights groups, has already been heard by the IPT and referred to the seven judges in Strasbourg.

The other two cases, brought by Big Brother Watch and the TBIJ and sent directly to the court, involve allegations of the government breaching freedom of expression.

The group of NGOs bringing one of the claims includes Liberty, Amnesty International, Privacy International, the American Civil Liberties Union and groups from Pakistan, South Africa and Egypt.

The Big Brother Watch case is supported by the Open Rights Group and English Pen.




They all claim their communications may have been intercepted because of the sensitive nature of their activities, with the right to freedom of expression and privacy being infringed, and confidentiality and protection of their sources undermined.

The government argues that its practices do not amount to mass surveillance but bulk data collection, which it argues is necessary to track down criminals and terrorists.

In response to submissions made ahead of the hearing by Big Brother Watch, a UK government representative said:


“The interception of a communication as it flows through a fibre optic cable does not entail a substantial invasion of privacy… unless that communication is selected for examination: in other words, unless a human examines it or may potentially examine it.”

Nick Williams, Amnesty International’s senior legal counsel, said:


“This case concerns the UK, but its significance is global. It’s a watershed moment for people’s privacy and freedom of expression across the world.”



Related: Freedom Articles: 20 Ex-Intelligence Officers Honored for Confronting the US Military-Intelligence Complex

Martha Spurrier, director of Liberty, said:


“Our organizations exist to stand up for people and challenge abuse of power. We work with whistleblowers, victims, lawyers, journalists and campaigners around the world, so confidentiality and protection of our sources is vital.

The UK government’s vast, cross-border mass surveillance regime – which lets it access millions of people’s communications every day – has made those protections meaningless.”

Rachel Oldroyd, of TBIJ, said:


“Without adequate restrictions, the interception and mass collection of communications data by the UK government’s surveillance operations, such as those carried out by GCHQ, restricts the operation of a free press, and this has a chilling effect on whistleblowers seeking to expose wrongdoing.”









CIA’s “Operation Gladio” with Paul Williams

Watching the Hawks’ Sean Stone sits down with award-winning journalist and former FBI counter-terrorism consultant Paul L. Williams to learn more about “Operation Gladio” and the CIA’s historic affinity for propping up paramilitary groups across the world.

Related: HP Showed Russia Pentagons Cyberdefense Software

Williams shares his experiences researching the murky history of Washington’s relations with the enigmatic Fethullah Gülen, an exiled Turkish statesman and clergyman, as well as documenting the CIA’s connections to the Taliban, ISIS, and far-right extremists in Europe and Latin America.

Finally, we evaluate the modern-day implications of this complicated web of relationships.






Distrustful U.S. Allies Force Spy Agency To Back Down In Encryption Fight

An international group of cryptography experts has forced the U.S. National Security Agency to back down over two data encryption techniques it wanted set as global industry standards, reflecting deep mistrust among close U.S. allies.

In interviews and emails seen by Reuters, academic and industry experts from countries including Germany, Japan and Israel worried that the U.S. electronic spy agency was pushing the new techniques not because they were good encryption tools, but because it knew how to break them.

Related: Reality Check: Why McAfee Says FBI Really Wants To End Encryption, Not Hack Just One iPhone

The NSA has now agreed to drop all but the most powerful versions of the techniques - those least likely to be vulnerable to hacks - to address the concerns.

The dispute, which has played out in a series of closed-door meetings around the world over the past three years and has not been previously reported, turns on whether the International Organization of Standards should approve two NSA data encryption techniques, known as Simon and Speck.

The U.S. delegation to the ISO on encryption issues includes a handful of NSA officials, though it is controlled by an American standards body, the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

The presence of the NSA officials and former NSA contractor Edward Snowden’s revelations about the agency’s penetration of global electronic systems have made a number of delegates suspicious of the U.S. delegation’s motives, according to interviews with a dozen current and former delegates.

A number of them voiced their distrust in emails to one another, seen by Reuters, and in written comments that are part of the process. The suspicions stem largely from internal NSA documents disclosed by Snowden that showed the agency had previously plotted to manipulate standards and promote technology it could penetrate. Budget documents, for example, sought funding to “insert vulnerabilities into commercial encryption systems.”



Related: The Key To Ending Mass Surveillance? Maths

More than a dozen of the experts involved in the approval process for Simon and Speck feared that if the NSA was able to crack the encryption techniques, it would gain a “back door” into coded transmissions, according to the interviews and emails and other documents seen by Reuters.


“I don’t trust the designers,” Israeli delegate Orr Dunkelman, a computer science professor at the University of Haifa, told Reuters, citing Snowden’s papers. “There are quite a lot of people in NSA who think their job is to subvert standards. My job is to secure standards.”

The NSA, which does not confirm the authenticity of any Snowden documents, told Reuters it developed the new encryption tools to protect sensitive U.S. government computer and communications equipment without requiring a lot of computer processing power.

NSA officials said via email they want commercial technology companies that sell to the government to use the techniques, and that is more likely to happen when they have been designated a global standard by the ISO.

Asked if it could beat Simon and Speck encryption, the NSA officials said: “We firmly believe they are secure.”


The Case of the Dual Elliptic Curve

ISO, an independent organization with delegations from 162 member countries, sets standards on everything from medical packaging to road signs. Its working groups can spend years picking best practices and technologies for an ISO seal of approval.

As the fight over Simon and Speck played out, the ISO twice voted to delay the multi-stage process of approving them.

In oral and written comments, opponents cited the lack of peer-reviewed publication by the creators, the absence of industry adoption or a clear need for the new ciphers, and the partial success of academics in showing their weaknesses.

Some ISO delegates said much of their skepticism stemmed from the 2000s, when NSA experts invented a component for encryption called Dual Elliptic Curve and got it adopted as a global standard.



National Security Agency (NSA) headquarters in Ft. Meade, Maryland

Related: The Great SIM Heist: How Spies Stole The Keys To The Encryption Castle

ISO’s approval of Dual EC was considered a success inside the agency, according to documents passed by Snowden to the founders of the online news site The Intercept, which made them available to Reuters. The documents said the agency guided the Dual EC proposal through four ISO meetings until it emerged as a standard.

In 2007, mathematicians in private industry showed that Dual EC could hide a back door, theoretically enabling the NSA to eavesdrop without detection. After the Snowden leaks, Reuters reported that the U.S. government had paid security company RSA $10 million to include Dual EC in a software development kit that was used by programmers around the world.

The ISO and other standards groups subsequently retracted their endorsements of Dual EC. The NSA declined to discuss it.

In the case of Simon and Speck, the NSA says the formulas are needed for defensive purposes. But the official who led the now-disbanded NSA division responsible for defense, known as the Information Assurance Directorate, said his unit did not develop Simon and Speck.


“There are probably some legitimate questions around whether these ciphers are actually needed,” said Curtis Dukes, who retired earlier this year.

"Similar encryption techniques already exist, and the need for new ones is theoretical", he said.


ANSI, the body that leads the U.S. delegation to the ISO, said it had simply forwarded the NSA proposals to the organization and had not endorsed them.


From Jaipur to Hamilton

When the United States first introduced Simon and Speck as a proposed ISO standard in 2014, experts from several countries expressed reservations, said Shin’ichiro Matsuo, the head of the Japanese encryption delegation.



Related: Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

Some delegates had no objection. Chris Mitchell, a member of the British delegation, said he supported Simon and Speck, noting that “no one has succeeded in breaking the algorithms.” He acknowledged, though, that after the Dual EC revelations, “trust, particularly for U.S. government participants in standardization, is now non-existent.”

At a meeting in Jaipur, India, in October 2015, NSA officials in the American delegation pushed back against critics, questioning their expertise, witnesses said.

A German delegate at the Jaipur talks, Christian Wenzel-Benner, subsequently sent an email seeking support from dozens of cryptographers. He wrote that all seven German experts were “very concerned” about Simon and Speck.


“How can we expect companies and citizens to use security algorithms from ISO standards if those algorithms come from a source that has compromised security-related ISO standards just a few years ago?” Wenzel-Benner asked.

Such views helped delay Simon and Speck again, delegates said. But the Americans kept pushing, and at an October 2016 meeting in Abu Dhabi, a majority of individual delegates approved the techniques, moving them up to a country-by-country vote.

There, the proposal fell one vote short of the required two-thirds majority.

Finally, at a March 2017 meeting in Hamilton, New Zealand, the Americans distributed a 22-page explanation of its design and a summary of attempts to break them - the sort of paper that formed part of what delegates had been seeking since 2014.



Related: GCHQ Hired New Zealand Firm For Mass Hack Capabilities - Snowden Leak

Simon and Speck, aimed respectively at hardware and software, each have robust versions and more “lightweight” variants. The Americans agreed in Hamilton to compromise and dropped the most lightweight versions.

Opponents saw that as a major if partial victory, and it paved the way to compromise. In another nation-by-nation poll last month, the sturdiest versions advanced to the final stage of the approval process, again by a single vote, with Japan, Germany and Israel remaining opposed. A final vote takes place in February.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Rich And Famous In The Paradise Papers
November 11 2017 | From: Yahoo / Various

Apple, Bono and Queen Elizabeth II are just a few of the big names and companies revealed in the Paradise Papers leak to have shifted money across the globe to cut tax.



The spotlight on the tax affairs of the rich and powerful comes after a trove of documents was released by the US-based International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), detailing secretive offshore deals that, while not illegal, are embarrassing for those concerned.

Related:
Paradise Papers: The Shadowy World Of Big Money

Here, according to the papers, are some of the most well-known names caught up in the controversy:


Politics

Britain's Queen Elizabeth II has, through the Duchy of Lancaster which provides her income and handles her investments, placed around £10 million ($13 million, €11.3 million) of her private money in funds held in the Cayman Islands and Bermuda.

The funds were reinvested in an array of businesses, including controversial rent-to-own retailer BrightHouse which has been accused of exploiting the poor.

Her son, Prince Charles, has invested millions of pounds in offshore funds and businesses, including a Bermuda-based sustainable forestry company once run by a close friend.



Related: The Paradise Papers: Queen’s Private Cash-Stash Exposed

US Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross holds a 31 percent stake in maritime transport company Navigator Holdings through a complex web of offshore investments. Navigator Holdings runs a lucrative partnership with Russian energy giant Sibur, linked to President Vladimir Putin's inner circle. Russia is subject to US sanctions.

In Canada, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau's top fundraiser and senior advisor Stephen Bronfman, heir to the Seagram fortune, moved some $60 million to an offshore haven in the Cayman Islands.

Brazil's economy and agriculture ministers, Henrique Meirelles and Blairo Maggi, are also cited in offshore companies in tax havens.


Celebrities

U2 frontman Bono is shown in the leak to own a stake in a Maltese company that bought in 2007 a Lithuanian shopping mall via a Lithuanian holding company, which may have broken tax rules by using an unlawful accounting technique.



Related: Climate Clown Caught By Paradise Expose

Pop diva Madonna bought shares in a medical supplies firm, the New York Times said. Radio France meanwhile said she had invested in a firm that gained from taxes on virtually non-existent capital gains.

Britain's four-time Formula One champion Lewis Hamilton avoided paying taxes on a private jet, receiving a £3.3 million VAT refund in 2013 after it was imported into the Isle of Man, a low-tax British Crown Dependency.

Colombian singer Shakira who lives in Barcelona, was domiciled in the Bahamas for tax reasons and transferred 31.6 million euros earned in royalties to Malta, France's Le Monde newspaper said.


Multinationals

Technology giant Apple shifted much of its offshore wealth from Ireland to the Jersey tax haven in the British Isles to adapt to the tightening of Irish tax laws in 2015.



Related: Paradise Papers: Global Elite’s Offshore Tax Havens Exposed In Financial Leak

US sportswear giant Nike used a loophole in Dutch fiscal law to reduce, via two companies based in the Netherlands, its tax rate in Europe to just two percent compared to the 25 percent average for European companies.

The taxi-hailing app Uber and the manufacturer of Botox, the Allergan pharmaceutical laboratory, allegedly used similar methods to Nike.

The Paradise Papers also reveal that Russian companies with links to the Kremlin invested hundreds of millions of dollars in Twitter and Facebook.

The Internet giants are already under fire, notably in the US Congress, for the use of their platforms to spread Russian rumours during the 2016 US presidential election.

Related: Everything you need to know about the massive Paradise Papers leak


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

What Is Real Wealth?
November 11 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Wealth is founded on Trust / Currency versus Money:



Most people think currency is money. If someone gives you cash, presumably it is thought of as money. It is not.

Related:
A Failing Empire, Part 2: De-Dollarisation - China and Russia's Plan From Petroyuan To Gold

Cash is simply a currency, a medium of exchange that is used to purchase something that has value, namely an asset or service. The word currency is derived from the word current – electricity – a current must move or else it will die. A currency does not store value in itself. Rather, it is a medium to transfer value from one asset to another.

Money has, unlike currency, value within itself. Money is always a currency in that it can be used to purchase other items that have value, however currency is not always money as explained above; it doesn’t have intrinsic value. The basic definition of money is; income-energy received for energy given.

The following statement illustrates this definition. The rectangle of paper representing a one-hundred-euro bill is not worth one hundred euros! The piece of paper represents the value of one hundred euros that is stored somewhere else, waiting to be purchased; the fact that a rectangle of paper, or currency, represents value in and of itself, was true only in the past, when the world was on a gold standard.



Related: President Trump: Replace The Dollar With Gold As The Global Currency To Make America Great Again

Today every bill is backed by nothing other than air or what commonly is called ‘good faith’ and the credit worthiness of the ‘issuer’ the Central Bank. In other words, authorities have the ability to create money at will without anything to back it up, in plain language money-printing or counterfeiting, but governments call it fiscal policy, and this together is called ‘fiat currency’, which is not money.

So, money is not what people think it is. Nowadays money is ‘currency’ invented and created by Governments or for that matter, the Central Banks, to steal from the people, by taxation without approval of parliament, by means of inflating the currency and consequently reducing people’s purchasing power by lowering the nominated ‘intrinsic’ value.



Money Has Value of its Own, Currency Doesn’t:

The abstract viewpoint is; Currency is a metaphysical technology that facilitates the development of trust, which in essence is what money is.

Trust that exists between two or more individuals is the true source of all wealth, allowing everyone to create on his/her own and naturally transpiring through the environment.

In other words; Wealth, in all its forms, is something of value created by people in unison with nature.

Currency, in this sense, is a social lubricant that enables two or more people to work together on some project, objective, or agenda. The objective might not be intrinsically valuable to the people involved - they might not be willing to cooperate merely to accomplish the purpose alone - but the motivation arises by offering them money, which gives them a valuable stake in the business.



Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Generally speaking, people tend to participate in things they find valuable, which is money, as an effective motivator.

Thus, even with respect to debt-based money, which is money “printed out of thin air” it is people’s faith and trust that gives any monetary system power. If people don’t derive some kind of value from the use of money, they won’t use it.

But what makes a society benevolent is that the people within it have a genuine interest in placing their trust solely in honourable projects. On the flipside of the coin, when morality, ethics, and justice are lost, people can be bribed into malevolence through the promise of money. And this is essentially where the world is today. The powers that be, the elite, use us like cogs in a wheel to keep the systems of control alive, which we willingly participate in, mainly through the use of their created money.


Wealth is by Nature Valuable:

Personal wealth is by nature valuable for an individual and potentially for others. For example, a musician plays a piece of music that is inherently valuable to the musician but also valuable to others who listen to it, because in some way it is beautiful, inspiring, or expressive.

In nature, wealth needs to be tamed or refined, often through the collective works of individuals. When a group of people mutually agree that they value something, like farming food for their community, they can work together to bring that value into existence. The formal process for creating a mutually agreed model of value is called trust.

Money is a symbol of trust; people in a nation trust in the money the nation employs, enabling them to exchange these symbols amongst themselves.



Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Because money is a symbol of value that can be traded for other things, people can be encouraged into group projects by offering them money. If someone doesn’t see the value of doing something innately, simply for the act of doing so, they can nevertheless be motivated to participate and “rewarded” for their efforts with money.

Value is measured by what people really want and freely choose, it will not make the world poorer.

5,000 years ago gold was introduced as a money. It is money people could trust. Not a promise by someone, as it is today. This “gold money” was something very different. It was something people could count on. It made it easy to settle a transaction right on the spot. No need to remember who owed what to whom. No need to speak the same language or worship the same religion. This “gold money” was worth something in itself; intrinsically.


Gold is True Global Money:

Gold, as opposed to paper currency, is a proven form of sound money. People have bought and sold goods and services with it for thousands of years. It has survived every kind of financial crisis. And it has survived countless paper currencies. Gold’s value and by the same token silver’s value are stable.



Related: Liens Filed Against The Federal Reserve: The Key To Trump Ending The Fed & Returning The Gold Standard?

They are not going to plunge 25% or more over the course of a few days. There also isn’t a central authority in the world that controls PHYSICAL GOLD’S price or its supply. It’s a truly global currency. That’s why gold is still the best way to protect yourself from reckless governments and central banksters.


What is Real Wealth?

Money, right? Currency, gold, silver, you name it. Money is only real wealth because you can use it to buy whatever you want. Money in any form is in actual fact only the means to acquire real wealth. It is the instrument for opportunity and time to pursue your goal.

The conventional view that wealth is money and leisure is upside down. Let’s imagine the owner of a vault has conventional treasures: jewels, gold coins, etc. If the “wealth” stays in the vault, what’s the point of owning this “wealth”? The secret satisfaction of being “wealthy”?



Related: Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer

If “wealth” is only an internal state, then let’s measure friendship and being needed/wanted with the metrics of “wealth.” Do you see the point; if “wealth” is merely an internal state of satisfaction, then a vault full of “money” is a poor metric.

What money buys is what real wealth truly is, which is freedom and the control over one’s life. This control over one’s life is called action. Action is defined as “the capacity of an actor to act in a given environment.” This may not seem like a profound concept, but another way to describe action is that action is the opposite of helplessness.


Forms of Wealth:

People with activity or drive define themselves and their identity. They shape the world they inhabit, rather than passively awaiting whatever circumstances may be delivered.

In the real world, people with drive are driven. They move on when things no longer work for them in a particular situation.

Action is not just the opposite of of helplessness; it’s also the opposite of victimhood, i.e. the state of being in which others are held responsible for all of one’s trials and tribulations.

Action and auto responsibility are two sides of the same coin: each manifests the other.

Opportunity is a form of wealth - and so is the ability to take opportunities that arise. Though there is a random element to opportunity – i.e. getting lucky. However, the ability to take the opportunity is not a matter of luck. It requires a specific appetite for risk, perseverance, the ability to discern how best to use the opportunity, and access to the capital required to exploit the opportunity.

Capital is a type of wealth that isn’t limited to “money”: Character traits are capital, social networks are capital, experience is capital, knowledge is capital. All of these forms of capital are often more important than “money” capital.



Related: Shocking Hillary Quotes + Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil

As for “money” buying leisure; Leisure in abundance is a disaster for the vast majority of people. Humans are designed to be needed by others, to be part of something greater than themselves, and to gain dignity and pride by doing useful work – whether they are paid “money” for this work or not.

This is why so many of those with the “money” to have endless leisure are miserable. Their lives are an endless treadmill of frivolous consumerism, neurotic pettiness, hypochondria, expressing their infinite heartaches to counsellors, and saddest of all, medications in abundance to relieve the ennui and the deadweight of their purposeless existence.

“Money” is only useful if it is a means to acquire real wealth, which is the activity, opportunity and time to pursue your ideals.

There are many people who can spend $600,000 a year on various things, i.e. their “lifestyle”, who don’t feel “wealthy” – and if they don’t have activity and time for work which is meaningful to them, they aren’t wealthy: they’re as impoverished as the person earning a fraction of their income.


Real Wealth Doesn’t Need Much Money:

Real wealth doesn’t actually require a vast horde of “money.” It requires some money, but how much depends on the cost of activity, opportunity and time. For those with few needs and the right priorities, the cost is minimal.



Related: Declassified Emails Reveal NATO Killed Gaddafi To Stop Libyan Creation Of Gold-Backed Currency

As for acquiring capital – the most important types of capital don’t require much money; determination, self-discipline, organisation, a voracious appetite for knowledge and work, an insatiable curiosity, a generous heart, a knack for friendship, the purposeful pursuit of goals – these are the tools to acquiring real wealth.


Money Can’t Solve the Core Problems of Humanity:

People, through no direct fault of their own, accept the mistrust of the government as an unchangeable fact; “This is just the way things work!” It is assumed that governments can be nothing but corrupt, and as such, people don’t realise they can be forces of change to address this problem of trust.

As each one takes on the burden of self-education in law and trust, they become a single unit of honesty that can one day unite with others to form a truly honest and fair society.

In short, just because human history has been plagued by tyrannies and corrupt governments this doesn’t in the least prevent us from forming truly benevolent governments. Such a benevolent body, should be built from the ground up, it should be anarchically founded on a population of educated and vigilant people, who know how to form trusting relationships as individuals and as a collective.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Our world is plagued by dishonesty, unfairness, and wholesale rejection of the truth; the founding principle of life.

In our world today Might is right, it’s the order of the day; lawlessness; where the law of the jungle and survival of the “fittest” are the primary criteria for oppression and success. And yet, despite the poverty stricken status of the human realms of trust, there is nothing stopping us from turning the ship of civilisation around and righting our course toward prosperity and abundance.

All the money in the world can’t solve the core problem humanity faces; the destruction of social trust and the capacity for individuals to restore the greater human family.


Restore the Trust:

The Cabal, for all their power through technology, their abundance of monetary wealth, and their seemingly limitless capacity to pollute and distort the minds of humans are practically powerless without the trust of their subordinates.

Even they, in their ivory towers of splendour and opulence, need a population of trusting serfs – puppets – to act as pawns for their games of domination and control.

The powers that should not be know that trust is the blood that flows through the veins of the entire social enterprise and as a result, they have worked tirelessly to ensure that we, the people never restore trust amongst ourselves.

Since we cannot trust each other, we end up placing our trust in the corrupt power structure, growing increasingly dependent on the very people who have destroyed our trust.

This is why history has been marked by the endless divisive movements, religions, creeds, sexuality and wars, all designed to destroy the human family and social trust.



Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

The most dangerous thing to these morally void fools who have managed to climb the pillars of egocentric personal power, is an awakened individual and their potential to restore honour, relationship, and trust with others of like mind.

One of the best weapons against tyranny is the love of truth, and the willingness to work in trust with others.

Trust, honour, and respect are what make all relationships work. In this sense, good faith is what money really is. If trust is broken with someone, they likely won’t want to work with them in the future. Humanity, on the whole, betrays trust, acts dishonourably and is pathologically disrespectful, making cooperation very difficult.

To solve this problem, a false form of trust is needed, a kind of forced cooperation, otherwise known as debt. That is why all money today is debt-based. Restore trust, honour, and respect, and credit-based ‘money’ can return; otherwise known as the love of faith in one’s fellowman.


The Consequences of Scarcity Are All Around Us

We are deprived of physical affection from birth, leading to lifelong personality pathology and longing for emotional acceptance.

We are materially deprived of healthy food and clean products.

We are intellectually deprived of the truth and the self-empowerment that comes therefrom. And,

We are spiritually deprived of the healing power of fellowship, the restorative bestowment of genuine human interaction, and the transcendent joy of exploring cosmic meanings and values as a unified people.





Each Human Being Has Been Effectively Reduced to a Starving Rat

We spend our modern technologically enhanced lives in overcrowded towns and cities, connected to thousands of people through social media, all the while feeling more alone, disconnected and destitute than ever before.

We chase dreams of perfect romantic love; as portrayed in movies, TV shows, and books, to compensate for the profound state of loneliness, deprivation of intimacy and chronic feelings of

We yearn for true meaning in life and personal attainment, indulging in entertainment laden with cosmological archetypes and spiritual overtones, all the while denying the spiritual nature of existence.

We fulminate against anyone labelled as the enemy by social engineers in the mainstream media, feeling a sense of righteous empowerment as a result.



The result of these seemingly endless cycles of lack and dependence is the effectiveness of the elite’s divide and conquer - the destruction of the human family.



The elephant in the room isn’t that the Cabal or the globalists exist. It’s not that extra-terrestrials or spiritual forces are here and are likely trying to help us. It’s not even that fraud, deception, and lies are the backbone of our broken civilisation.

It’s that we, the people continue to allow their programs of division and self-disempowerment to run our lives. We continue to act without trust, honour and righteousness, even within the awakening community.


The Real Source of Wealth:

But this seems to be coming to an end, as more and more people rediscover the source of true wealth: love, trust, righteousness, good health and fellowship.

The desire for material wealth in most people reflects the fact that our basic human needs aren’t being met. But if we can, as a people, come together to solve this problem and build trust in the process, we’ll become immune to the rat-in-the-trap social program. We will transcend the Rat Race!

Related: Nothing is as it seems - Capitalism multiplies wealth


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dotcom Wins Confidential Settlement For Dawn Raid In 2012
November 10 2017 | From: RadioNewZealand

The internet entrepreneur Kim Dotcom and his ex-wife have reached a confidential settlement with police over a "military-style" raid in 2012.



Mr Dotcom is currently fighting extradition to the United States on multiple criminal charges related to his former file-sharing website Megaupload, including copyright infringement and money-laundering.

Related:
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative

In a statement issued earlier today, Mr Dotcom said he believed the raid by armed police was a "Hollywood-style publicity stunt tailored to appease United States authorities".

He said he and Mona Dotcom wanted vindication in the High Court but have decided a trial would not be in the best interests of their children.

In a statement, Mr Dotcom said officers had caused damage to the property.


"Mona Dotcom, who was seven months pregnant with twins, and the Dotcom children were traumatised. Neither the Dotcoms nor their guests were allowed to talk to each other or their lawyers for an unreasonable period.

Today, Mona and I are glad to reach a confidential settlement of our case against the New Zealand Police.

"We have respect for the Police in this country. They work hard and have, with this one exception, treated me and my family with courtesy and respect. We were shocked at the uncharacteristic handling of my arrest for a non-violent internet copyright infringement charge brought by the United States, which is not even a crime in New Zealand.

They could have easily knocked at our door at a reasonable hour and advised me of my arrest. Instead, due to what I believe was a misguided desire to cater to the United States authorities and special interests in Hollywood, a simple arrest became a Hollywood-style publicity stunt tailored to appease US authorities.

We sued the police because we believed their military-style raid on a family with children in a non-violent case went far beyond what a civilised community should expect from its police force. New Zealanders deserve and should expect better."

A police spokesperson confirmed a confidential settlement was reached with the Dotcoms, bringing to an end the civil proceedings, which were set down for a five week trial in Auckland.

She said this avoided the significant costs which would have been incurred had the trial proceeded.

Related: GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

George W. Bush Bashes Cheney, Rumsfeld: ‘They Didn’t Make One F****** Decision’
November 10 2017 | From: Breitbart / Infowars

Former President George W. Bush went off on his former vice president and defense secretary, stating bluntly that “they did not make one f****** decision.”



Bush made the inflammatory remark about his former colleagues in Mark K. Updegrove’s book The Last Republicans: Inside the Extraordinary Relationship Between George H. W. Bush and George W. Bush, which is scheduled to be released November 14.

Related:
Early Comey Memo Accused Clinton of Gross Negligence on Emails

The 43rd president pushed back against critics who claim he did not make major decisions during his presidency, and that former Vice President Dick Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld made most of the important decisions in the White House.

They “didn’t make one f****** decision,” Bush claimed. “The fact that there was any doubt in anyone’s mind about who the president was, blows my mind.”

Updegrove’s book describes the relationship between the younger Bush and his father, but his book is making headlines ahead of its November 14 release.

Other excerpts from the book that are already public quote both former presidents making disparaging statements about President Trump.

The elder Bush attacked Trump’s leadership style and called the current president a “blowhard.”

The younger Bush also made his disdain for Trump known recently in an October speech at the George W. Bush Institute, where he rejected Trump’s ideology and defended globalism.



Related: Smoking Gun Emails: Bush And Blair Secretly Plotted War On Iraq In March 2002



George W Bush Shows His True Anti-American Colors

W promoted globalism over nationalism in his latest speech.


After promoting the WMD conspiracy to get us embroiled in decades of war costing thousands of lives, George W Bush bashes Americans as conspiracy theorists.




Related:
Donna Brazile Unleashed! Clinton Campaign Treated Me Like “Slave” – Blasts Egomaniacs Obama & Wasserman Schultz


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Labour May Target 'Extremist' Views On Vaccination & Brave Australian Doctor Attacked After Telling Truth About Vaccines
November 9 2017 | From: OtagoDailyTimes / YourNewsWire / Various

One of the freedoms enjoyed by "extremist'' religious people in New Zealand may be curtailed under a Labour-led Government.



Health spokesman and Dunedin North MP David Clark said he would support New Zealand following Australia and banning unvaccinated children from child care centres and preschools.

Related:
How The US Government Is Hiding Vaccine-Related Deaths + MIT Scientist Shows What Can Happen To Children Who Receive Aluminum Containing Vaccines

However, the implications of the move would be properly investigated before it was implemented, Dr Clark said.

"Not that long ago most people thought smoking in bars was acceptable,'' he said.

Dr Clark, who has a degree in theology and is a Presbyterian minister, said children's rights were "paramount'' in healthcare.


"The rights of children always have to be protected.''

"There are good examples where fringe religions would hold that you can do things to children which most of society would find abhorrent, and I am not at all apologetic about wanting to override those things.

There might be a need to curtail extremist religious views [in terms of vaccination],'' Dr Clark said.

University of Otago preventive and social medicine senior lecturer Dr Richard Egan, an authority on spirituality in health, said there was growing awareness of the importance of spirituality in healthcare.

Dr Egan had not formed a view on the proposed ban on unvaccinated children. "This would be an interesting consideration which I hadn't thought about.''

People did not have to be part of an official religion to practise spirituality. "There's something called secular spirituality - 88% of New Zealand doesn't go to church, synagogue or mosque. We're radically secular in New Zealand.''



Related: European Court Issues Common Sense Ruling On The Link Between Vaccines And Disease + Robert Kennedy, Jr. Is Right About Vaccines: A Medically Induced 'Holocaust' Is Now Upon Us

Healthcare should be patient and family-led, Dr Egan said.

Yesterday, Labour Party leader Andrew Little told Breakfast a ban would be "well worth looking at here''.

Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull is pushing for a nationally consistent rule on vaccination which would see unvaccinated children excluded from early childhood centres and preschools.

In the Southern District Health Board area, 94% of children were vaccinated at the age of 8 months in 2015-16. The Government target is 95%.

Comment: There are more than 40 related articles attached to these two stories. The testimonies, studies and other evidence is so staggeringly overwhelming, and continues to mount at such a rate, that only the completely ignorant are vaccinating themselves and their children. Mainstream media / establishment medical indoctrination IS failing, but the wilfuly ignorant sheeple and sellout 'professionals' are yet to comprehend the truth.


Related Articles:


New York Times confirms Natural News investigation: Mumps now spread mostly by vaccinated children

New vaccines will permanently alter your DNA

VAXXED Inc Magazine

Brave Australian Doctor Attacked After Telling Truth About Vaccines

Studies Confirm (Yet Again) Link between Mercury and Autism

The Great Vaccine Con

Flu shots scientifically proven to weaken immune response in subsequent years… researchers stunned

Former pro-vaxer launches book on the Great Vaccine Con- a shocking expose’ on how the vaccine industry has been involved in a large-scale medical fraud

Second Mom in a Week Faces Possibility of Jail for Refusing to Vaccinate Her Child

Court Sets Ominous Precedent, Tells Mother, ‘Vaccinate Your Son or Go to Jail’

Medical Doctor and Mother Relates How Vaccines Killed her 6 Month Old Baby Daughter

Flu Vaccination During Early Pregnancy Linked to Nearly Eightfold Risk of Miscarriage

Two baby triplets found dead in crib morning after after ‘Wellness Visit’

Major Report: Flu vaccine proven to be in fact and Antifertility vaccine by major verified scientific group

CDC Suggest Miscarriages May Be Linked To H1N1 Vaccine

There's Dumb, Dumber, and Then There's Pro-Vaxxers

Aussie flu deaths - All were vaccinated against flu

vaccinesrevealed.com



Brave Australian Doctor Attacked After Telling Truth About Vaccines

A brave Australian doctor has penned an extraordinary open letter, published in the nation’s largest newspaper, taking the sword to Big Pharma and the culture of mainstream media deception fueling the vaccine debate. 

Australia has some of the harshest laws in the world designed to punish vaccine skeptics and those who demand vaccine safety testing. Doctors are routinely struck off the registrar, and parents who refuse to vaccinate their children are roundly condemned and publicly mocked by a fully corrupted mainstream press.

Related: Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination

The once free and open-minded nation is rapidly becoming a corporate controlled intellectual prison, with young Australians losing their right to a natural childhood, as enjoyed by previous generations. But from within this rapidly evolving prison system, a rebellion, led by brave doctors, is forming.

Jon Rappaport reports: Australian MD John Piesse has stepped out of the shadows and reported his findings and research on vaccine damage. The government is investigating him. They may strip his license. The press is attacking him mercilessly.

He isn’t backing down.

His stance is certainly heroic, but remember that every doctor takes an oath to do no harm to his patients. Without question, there are many other doctors who know the truth, first-hand, about what vaccines really do. But they stay silent.

Some of these doctors don’t vaccinate their own children… but they continue to inject toxic chemicals and viruses into their young patients. That is a crime and betrayal of the first order.



Related: Twenty Vaccine Facts You Need To Know To Make An Informed Decision

Here, in full, is a letter Dr. Piesse recently wrote to The Age. Read it. Study it. Understand it. This isn’t the unhinged raving of a madman, as the press would have you believe.

This is basic truth that every parent should have and own:


"I have been encountering cases of vaccine injury for over 40 years. In June it was a happy, healthy nearly 5-year-old whose parents were required to put her on a catch-up schedule, in order to get her into kindergarten. She won’t be going to kinder.

She’s in a wheel-chair, brain-damaged. Her life ruined. Then came a friend’s father who died after a flu vaccine, and last week a 4 year old boy, made autistic by a catch-up schedule.”


“In 1988, the US National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program was created. It has paid out over US$3.5 billion to the vaccine-injured. The NVICP was set up to protect vaccine manufacturers from ruinous costs of litigation by vaccine-damaged people.

It was deemed preferable to have ‘unavoidably unsafe’ vaccines than no vaccines. Unfortunately the protection provided to vaccine manufacturers also reduced incentives to develop safer vaccines in USA.”


“Vaccines contain health-damaging ingredients, not the least aluminium – a known neurotoxin implicated along with mercury, in brain damage as in autism, developmental delay, ADHD, and learning difficulties. Aluminium is also a powerful promoter of auto-immune diseases.

Vaccines can claim to be mercury-free if their mercury content is below a still-toxic threshold. Most influenza vaccines contain mercury – also a neurotoxin. In addition, polysorbate 80 in vaccines increases the permeability of the blood brain barrier and potentiates the risks of these neurotoxins.

The known presence of carcinogenic viruses in the MMR vaccine, has been covered-up. Vaccines also contain formaldehyde, a known carcinogen.”


“Proof of vaccine safety requires rigorously conducted clinical studies comparing vaccinated versus truly unvaccinated children for health outcomes. Are there any such studies that confirm that vaccinated children are not worse-off than those unvaccinated?

No. There are none. Hence, child vaccines are unproven for safety – an inconvenient truth for a profession that prides itself on being scientific.”


“One analysis indicated that national infant mortality rates were proportional to the number of vaccine doses (Miller NZ 2011), contradictory to the claim that ‘vaccination saves lives’.”

“From mid-2015, parents who wished not to vaccinate their children, started to converge on my practice seeking assistance with gaining exemption from the penalties directed at non-vaccinators by the No Jab No Pay and No Jab No Play Legislation.”

“Analysis up to the end of 2016 of parent’s reasons for not vaccinating, indicated that 64% of 166 parents knew of vaccine-damaged individuals in their own family. The study of ‘Adversomics’ confirms polymorphic and genomic susceptibility factors common to vaccine-damaged individuals and their families. (Poland GA 2015).

40% of unvaccinated children had pre-existing health problems that parents considered would make them more at risk of harm from vaccines. 60% of unvaccinated children were very healthy, but only 6% of the vaccinated children.

There were no cases of autism in 212 unvaccinated children, but 8 autism cases in the 50 vaccinated children (16%), and 36% with ASD [autism spectrum disorder], compared to 1.4% in the unvaccinated.”


“As yet there are no large-scale vaccinated versus truly unvaccinated studies of the sort needed prove that vaccines do or do not cause autism.”

“So where does the widespread belief that vaccines do not cause autism derive? In a nutshell: from an over-whelming quantity of ‘manufactured science’ of low quality, scientific fraud, and ignoring evidence supporting causality.

Few doctors and politicians are aware of the pivotal scientific fraud committed in the US Centers for Disease Control. A study of the MMR vaccine in black American babies showed a 2.5 fold higher level of autism in babies given the MMR vaccine at 12 months of age compared to 3 years. The CDC refused to publish these findings but manipulated the data to disguise the undeniable association found.

The fraudulent data was then published (DeStefano F 2004 ) and promoted as the final statement on the question. Thereafter the official line was that vaccination did not cause autism. 5000 vaccine-damaged children had their applications in the Vaccine Court for compensation quashed after this deception.

But [CDC] whistle-blower William Thompson released the true unabridged data which was published briefly until pressure from the CDC forced its retraction (Hooker B 2014)”


“A recent study of home-school students showed a 6.6 fold increase in neurodevelopmental disorders in the vaccinated group over the unvaccinated. Autism spectrum disorders were 4.7 times more prevalent in the vaccinated children (Mawson AR 2017).”

“So long as doctors and governments continue to be hood-winked into believing that vaccines do not cause autism, no action will be taken to stop the alarming surge in the autism epidemic. A tragedy that need not happen if we demand good science and safe vaccines.”

Who is next?

Who is the next doctor to step into the light and tell the truth, regardless of the consequences?


"Whether ’tis nobler in the mind to suffer

The slings and arrows of outrageous fortune,

Or to take Arms against a Sea of troubles,

And by opposing end them…”
.

In this case, “Arms” means the truth. Because if it spreads far enough, from many doctors, there will be an end to the high mounds of intentional lies that compose official science, which is fake science—designed to put children under the gun, under the needle.


Related Articles:

Erin Crawford, Gardasil HPV vaccine trial participant, tells her story

TheVaxxedChannel - some Gardasil / HPV vaccine stories here:

My own VAXXED/UNVAXXED study NZ story: The great length they go to injure/inject children in their own home!

These Doctors Are Being Killed To Save Your Children from Genocide

Linda Tells about her children and difficulties dealing with medical professionals

He has Autism - That's No Excuse

Florida Teen Suffers Debilitating Narcolepsy

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. calls for extradition of CDC vaccine criminal mastermind Poul Thorsen to face charges of criminal scientific misconduct

Vaccination now scientifically linked to learning disabilities in children; vaccinated children show 520% increased risk compared to non-vaccinated

To my friends in Australia: the vaccine war deepens

CDC-funded study confirms flu shots linked to spontaneous abortions… vaccine experts rush to explain away the findings

HPV Vaccine Consent - Rob Verkerk PhD

Vaccines are Unavoidably Unsafe - by Dr John Piesse

A modern day witch hunt in Australia

Meryl Dorey Interview (Australian vaccine fascism)

Man Made Epidemic-Movie (re autism)

Exclusive: mind-boggling FDA confession about the smallpox vaccine

Rubella Vaccine Created Allergies & Gut Issues In Healthy 14 Year Old Girl

Vaccination Research: Mom Shares Vaccine Horrors And Won’t Vaccinate

Hope it doesn't happen to you: Every parent of a vaccine injured child was once pro-vaccine or ignorant

Florida Congressman Bill Posey: CDC Whistle-blower Discloses Vaccine Deception

Posey Questions CDC on Autism Research

Congressman Dan Burton grills FDA rep on vaccines and autism

STAT News: An interview with Robert Kennedy Jr. on vaccines


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Biologist Believes That Trees Speak A Language We Can Learn
November 9 2017 | From: QZ / Various

I’m in a redwood forest in Santa Cruz, California, taking dictation for the trees outside my cabin. They speak constantly, even if quietly, communicating above - and underground using sound, scents, signals, and vibes.



They’re naturally networking, connected with everything that exists, including you.

Related:
The Health of Trees and The Natural World Is Closely Linked To Our Own State of Health

Biologists, ecologists, foresters, and naturalists increasingly argue that trees speak, and that humans can learn to hear this language.

Many people struggle with this concept because they can’t perceive that trees are interconnected, argues biologist George David Haskell in his 2017 book The Songs of Trees. Connection in a network, Haskell says, necessitates communication and breeds languages; understanding that nature is a network is the first step in hearing trees talk.

For the average global citizen, living far from the forest, that probably seems abstract to the point of absurdity. Haskell points readers to the Amazon rainforest in Ecuador for practical guidance.

To the Waorani people living there, nature’s networked character and the idea of communication among all living things seems obvious. In fact, the relationships between trees and other lifeforms are reflected in Waorani language.

In Waorani, things are described not only by their general type, but also by the other beings surrounding them. So, for example, any one ceibo tree isn’t a “ceibo tree” but is “the ivy-wrapped ceibo,” and another is “the mossy ceibo with black mushrooms.”



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

In fact, anthropologists trying to classify and translate Waorani words into English struggle because, Haskell writes, “when pressed by interviewers, Waorani ‘could not bring themselves’ to give individual names for what Westerners call ‘tree species’ without describing ecological context such as the composition of the surrounding vegetation.”

Because they relate to the trees as live beings with intimate ties to surrounding people and other creatures, the Waorani aren’t alarmed by the notion that a tree might scream when cut, or surprised that harming a tree should cause trouble for humans.

The lesson city-dwellers should take from the Waorani, Haskell says, is that “dogmas of separation fragment the community of life; they wall humans in a lonely room. We must ask the question: ‘can we find an ethic of full earthly belonging?’”



There’s room at the Redwood Inn

Haskell points out that throughout literary and musical history there are references to the songs of trees, and the way they speak: whispering pines, falling branches, crackling leaves, the steady hum buzzing through the forest. Human artists have always known on a fundamental level that trees talk, even if they don’t quite say they have a “language.”


Redefining Communication

Tree language is a totally obvious concept to ecologist Suzanne Simard, who has spent 30 years studying forests. In June 2016, she gave a Ted Talk (which now has nearly 2.5 million views), called “How Trees Talk to Each Other.”

Simard grew up in the forests of British Columbia in Canada, studied forestry, and worked in the logging industry. She felt conflicted about cutting down trees, and decided to return to school to study the science of tree communication.

Now, Simard teaches ecology at the University of British Columbia-Vancouver and researches “below-ground fungal networks that connect trees and facilitate underground inter-tree communication and interaction,” she says. As she explained to her Ted Talk audience:


"I want to change the way you think about forests. You see, underground there is this other world, a world of infinite biological pathways that connect trees and allow them to communicate and allow the forest to behave as though it’s a single organism. It might remind you of a sort of intelligence.”



Related: Research Reveals Plants Can Think, Choose & Remember

Trees exchange chemicals with fungus, and send seeds - essentially information packets - with wind, birds, bats, and other visitors for delivery around the world. Simard specializes in the underground relationships of trees. Her research shows that below the earth are vast networks of roots working with fungi to move water, carbon, and nutrients among trees of all species.

These complex, symbiotic networks mimic human neural and social networks. They even have mother trees at various centers, managing information flow, and the interconnectedness helps a slew of live things fight disease and survive together.

Simard argues that this exchange is communication, albeit in a language alien to us. And there’s a lesson to be learned from how forests relate, she says. There’s a lot of cooperation, rather than just competition among and between species as was previously believed.

Peter Wohlleben came to a similar realization while working his job managing an ancient birch forest in Germany. He told the Guardian he started noticing trees had complex social lives after stumbling upon an old stump still living after about 500 years, with no leaves.



Related: The Trees Will Teach You Telepathy + Now You Can Hear Chemistry?

“Every living being needs nutrition,” Wohlleben said. “The only explanation was that it was supported by the neighbor trees via the roots with a sugar solution. As a forester, I learned that trees are competitors that struggle against each other, for light, for space, and there I saw that it’s just [the opposite].

Trees are very interested in keeping every member of this community alive.” He believes that they, like humans, have family lives in addition to relationships with other species. The discovery led him to write a book, The Hidden Life of Trees.

By being aware of all living things’ inter-reliance, Simard argues, humans can be wiser about maintaining mother trees who pass on wisdom from one tree generation to the next.

She believes it could lead to a more sustainable commercial-wood industry: in a forest, a mother tree is connected to hundreds of other trees, sending excess carbon through delicate networks to seeds below ground, ensuring much greater seedling survival rates.


Foreign Language Studies



Biology’s philosophers in dialogue

Related: The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees

Seedling survival is important to human beings because we need trees. “The contributions of forests to the well-being of humankind are extraordinarily vast and far-reaching,” according to the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization 2016 report on world forests (pdf).




David Wilcock explains the science researc h behind plant communication in his book "Source Field Investigations"

Forests are key to combating rural poverty, ensuring food security, providing livelihoods, supplying clean air and water, maintaining biodiversity, and mitigating climate change, the FAO says. The agency reports that progress is being made toward better worldwide forest conservation but more must be done, given the importance of forests to human survival.

Most scientists - and trees - would no doubt agree that conservation is key. Haskell believes that ecologically friendly policies would naturally become a priority for people if we’d recognize that trees are masters of connection and communication, managing complex networks that include us.

He calls trees “biology’s philosophers,” dialoguing over the ages, and offering up a quiet wisdom. We should listen, the biologist says, because they know what they’re talking about. Haskell writes, “Because they are not mobile, to thrive they must know their particular locus on the Earth far better than any wandering animal.”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Paradise Papers: The Shadowy World Of Big Money
November 8 2017 | From: ProjekteSueddeutsche

The latest offshore data leak pries open the door on the wheeling and dealing of the super-rich and major corporations.



Appleby is a market leader in the offshore business, with annual revenues of $100 million, 470 employees and offices in nearly every major tax haven.

Related: Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad

Appleby was founded in Hamilton, the capital of Bermuda. The building the law firm occupies there today may be unspectacular, but its roster of clients is not. It includes princesses, prime ministers and Hollywood stars, along with some of the world’s richest oligarchs from Russia, the Middle East, Asia and Africa.

Appleby likes to boast that its operations are absolutely clean and professional. But now Read the story: The Firmthe law firm is at the center of the Paradise Papers, an international investigative reporting project that leads directly into the shadowy world of big money. The Süddeutsche Zeitung obtained close to 13.4 million documents.

They demonstrate how some clients use offshore companies to mask criminal activity or conceal money from dubious sources. The documents, for instance, expose previously unknown links between a secretary in U.S. President Donald Trump’s cabinet and Russian oligarchs. In fact, information on more than a dozen of Trump’s advisers, cabinet members and major donors can be found in the leaked data.


A Network that Spans the Globe

The documents show how corporations like Nike, Apple, Uber and Facebook have found ways to reduce their taxes to astoundingly low rates.



Related: Key Responds To Cook Islands Allegation By Panama Papers Leaker

The Paradise Papers also provide evidence of assets in tax havens held by Read the story: Henry and the Queen the British queen , the rock star Bono and Stephen Bronfman, the chief fundraiser for Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau. They reveal the extent to which political elites exploit this secretive world: More than 120 politicians from almost 50 different countries are involved in one way or the other.

In Germany, the trail leads to around 1,000 clients, beneficiaries or otherwise involved persons – although those links do not automatically imply illegality. Among those using offshore structures are billionaires, aristocrats, entrepreneurs, heirs, investors, individuals convicted of fraud and past politicians, but also companies like car rental giant Sixt, postal service provider Deutsche Post, the hotel chain Meininger, Siemens, Allianz, Bayer and Deutsche Bank. The Süddeutsche Zeitung is covering every instance in which there is an obvious public interest.

The documents offer a glimpse into a world that has been custom-tailored to fit the needs of major corporations, the rich and the super-rich. They crack open the door to an industry that promises utmost secrecy, exposing a previously invisible network that spans the globe.



Related: Panama Papers: The Gift That Keeps On Giving & The Controversial Mexican Construction Tycoon Put $100m Into New Zealand Trusts, Report Says

The Paradise Papers show how inextricably linked the offshore world and industrialized nations have become. As part of the reporting for this project, economist Gabriel Zucman quantified the size of this discreet realm and found that multinational corporations shift more than 600 billion euros a year through tax havens.

But tax havens don’t only help corporations avoid taxes – they do the same for private individuals, too. And besides skirting taxes, wealthy people can also circumvent laws they find bothersome, whether they concern inheritances, liability issues or even creditor protection.


"There is this small group of people who are not equally subject to the laws as the rest of us, and that’s on purpose,” said sociologist Brooke Harrington, a certified wealth manager and Copenhagen Business School professor who is the author of “Capital without Borders: Wealth Managers and the One Percent.”

These people “live the dream” of enjoying “the benefits of society without being subject to any of its constraints.”

Two groups of people that are conspicuously absent from the Paradise Papers are those with average salaries and low-wage earners. After all, before anyone can profit from the offshore system, they have to be able to afford it.

Ultimately, though, this system comes at a cost to everyone else. It deprives national economies of billions in tax revenues that are critical for things like keeping hospitals running, creating daycare facilities and making our streets safer.

The dimensions of the problem are illustrated in one of Zucman’s calculations: The super-rich have parked 7.9 trillion euros in tax havens.



Related: Panama Papers Have Caught UK Politicians Off Guard + John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust?

The offshore system exaggerates wealth and exacerbates poverty. Business deals in developing nations in particular often include suspiciously favorable conditions – to the detriment of local populations. Documents from this leak show how the Swiss commodities giant Glencore exploited political power structures in Democratic Republic of the Congo with the help of an Israeli businessman.

A reconstruction of events surrounding the jostling for mining licenses arouses suspicion that bribes were paid to one or more Congolese politicians or officials during the negotiations. The Paradise Papers shed light on this shadowy world. They illuminate the nexuses of the globalized economy and peek behind the closed doors of the rich and powerful.


Not One, But 21 Leaks

The new leak is comprised of information from 21 different sources. The Süddeutsche Zeitung was provided with confidential documents from two firms that specialize in providing services for offshore companies. The first is the aforementioned Appleby.

The other is the smaller fiduciary company Asiaciti Trust, headquartered in Singapore. The Süddeutsche Zeitung also received internal data from company registers in 19 tax havens, including Bermuda, the Cook Islands and Malta. The Paradise Papers are, in effect, an amalgamation of 21 different collections of data.

To protect its sources, the Süddeutsche Zeitung will provide no details regarding how the information reached the newspaper, who provided it or when it was received.



Related: The Very Nasty Truth About The Panama Papers?

As with the Panama Papers before it, the Süddeutsche Zeitung shared the data with the You can also read ICIJ's reportingInternational Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ) in Washington. And once again, an international team of reporters spent close to a year working to filter out the best stories.

Media organizations publishing the Paradise Papers include the New York Times, the Guardian, the BBC, Le Monde and La Nación, among many others.

In total, more than 380 journalists from 96 media outlets in 67 countries were involved. In Austria, it was ORF and the Vienna-based weekly magazine Falter; in Switzerland, the Tages-Anzeiger and the Sonntagszeitung; in Germany, besides the team at the Süddeutsche Zeitung, public broadcasters Norddeutscher Rundfunk (NDR) and Westdeutscher Rundfunk (WDR) were also on board.


The Message the New Leak Sends

The team How the SZ conducted its research and reportingverified the authenticity of the documents with the aid of numerous sources. These included publicly accessible company registers, archives, court documents, material from previous leaks, interviews with tax experts, lawyers, investigators and government agencies.

The message of the new leak is clear: No politician, major corporation, sanctions violator, tax evader or behind-the-scenes puppet master can rest assured that their surreptitious business dealings will stay out of the public eye. Whatever happens in the dark corners of the world of international finance can always be brought to light.

And without further ado: the Paradise Papers.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World
November 8 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Our economic system is based on consumption: The more stuff we buy, the more money moves in the economy, and hence the more the economy grows.



If we stopped consuming, the economy would collapse and result in unemployment, poverty and violence.

Related:
The World’s Best Economist

Not surprisingly, we believe that consumerism is good for us, and there’s even an entire industry - the advertising industry - dedicated to making us want to consume without end.

Yet, as I explain in the video below, consumerism is actually ruining our lives and the world, and unless we change our way of living, we’re soon going to face the tremendously negative impacts of our consumer behavior.







Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The UN Admits That The Paris Climate Deal Was A Fraud + UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States
November 7 2017 | From: Investors / Infowars

Global Hot Air: Here's a United Nations climate report that environmentalists probably don't want anybody to read.



It says that even if every country abides by the grand promises they made last year in Paris to reduce greenhouse gases, the planet would still be "doomed."

Related:
Massive US Senate Document On National And Global Weather Modification

When President Obama hitched America to the Paris accords in 2016, he declared that it was "the moment that we finally decided to save our planet." And when Trump pulled out of the deal this year, he was berated by legions of environmentalists for killing it.

But it turns out that the Paris accord was little more than a sham that will do nothing to "save the planet."

According to the latest annual UN report on the "emissions gap," the Paris agreement will provide only a third of the cuts in greenhouse gas that environmentalists claim is needed to prevent catastrophic warming. If every country involved in those accords abides by their pledges between now and 2030 - which is a dubious proposition - temperatures will still rise by 3 degrees C by 2100. The goal of the Paris agreement was to keep the global temperature increase to under 2 degrees.

Eric Solheim, head of the U.N. Environment Program, which produces the annual report, said this week that "One year after the Paris Agreement entered into force, we still find ourselves in a situation where we are not doing nearly enough to save hundreds of millions of people from a miserable future. Governments, the private sector and civil society must bridge this catastrophic climate gap."



Related: The Global Warming Scam, Paris Climate Agreement And NWO Global Rule

The report says unless global greenhouse gas emissions peak before 2020, the CO2 levels will be way above the goal set for 2030, which, it goes on, will make it "extremely unlikely that the goal of holding global warming to well below 2 degrees C can still be reached."

Not to worry. The UN claims that closing this gap will be easy enough, if nations set their collective minds to it.

But this is a fantasy. The list of what would need to be done by 2020 - a little over two years from now - includes: Boosting renewable energy's share to 30%. Pushing electric cars to 15% of new car sales, up from less than 1% today. Doubling mass transit use. Cutting air travel CO2 emissions by 20%. And coming up with $1 trillion for "climate action."

Oh, and coal-fired power plants would have to be phased out worldwide, starting now.

According to the report, "phasing out coal consumption … is an indispensable condition for achieving international climate change targets." That means putting a halt to any new coal plants while starting to phase out the ones currently in use.



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of Speech In Paris

Good luck with that. There are currently 273 gigawatts of coal capacity under construction around the world, and another 570 gigawatts in the pipeline, the UN says. That would represent a 42% increase in global energy production from coal. Does anyone really think developing countries who need coal as a cheap source of fuel to grow their economies will suddenly call it quits?

So, does this mean the planet is doomed? Hardly. As we have noted in this space many times, all those forecasts of global catastrophe are based on computer models that have been unreliable predictors of warming. And all of the horror stories assume the worst.

What the report does make clear, however, is that all the posturing by government leaders in Paris was just that. Posturing. None of these countries intended to take the drastic and economically catastrophic steps environmentalist claim are needed to prevent a climate change doomsday.  As such, Trump was right to stop pretending.

Whether you believe in climate change or not, the Paris climate accord amounted to nothing, or pretty close to it. Even the UN admits that now.


Related Articles:

No, Michael Mann, Global Warming Didn't Cause Hurricane Harvey's Devastation

By Leaving Paris Climate-Change Deal, Trump Will Do U.S. Economy A 'Yuuuge' Favor

The Paris Climate Deal Was A 'Fraud' And A 'Sham' ... Until Trump Decided To Ditch It

Inventor of Cloud Seeding Created ‘Weather Weapons of War’

Geostorm – Hollywood Introduces Weaponized Weather and Geoengineering to a Dumbed Down Public



UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States

Another victory for the Trump administration.

Recently, the State Department issued this statement notifying UNESCO Director-General Irina Bokova of the U.S. decision to withdraw from the organization.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The FBI’s Forgotten Criminal Record
November 7 2017 | From: Infowars

President Trump’s firing of FBI chief James Comey on May 9 spurred much of the media and many Democrats to rally around America’s most powerful domestic federal agency.



But the FBI has a long record of both deceit and incompetence. Five years ago, Americans learned that the FBI was teaching its agents that “the FBI has the ability to bend or suspend the law to impinge on the freedom of others.”

Related:
FBI Informant’s Lawyer - Obama Admin ‘Threatened’ My Client And His Career

This has practically been the Bureau’s motif since its creation in 1908.

The bureau was small potatoes until Woodrow Wilson dragged the United States into World War I. In one fell swoop, the number of dangerous Americans increased by perhaps twentyfold. The Espionage Act of 1917 made it easy to jail anyone who criticized the war or the government. In September 1918, the bureau, working with local police and private vigilantes, seized more than 50,000 suspected draft dodgers off the streets and out of the restaurants of New York, Newark, and Jersey City. The Justice Department was disgraced when the vast majority of young men who had been arrested turned out to be innocent.

In January 1920, J. Edgar Hoover - the 25-year-old chief of the bureau’s Radical Division - was the point man for the “Palmer Raids.” Nearly 10,000 suspected Reds and radicals were seized. The bureau carefully avoided keeping an accurate count of detainees (a similar pattern of negligence occurred with the roundups after the 9/11 attacks).

Attorney General Mitchell Palmer sought to use the massive roundups to propel his presidential candidacy. The operation took a drubbing, however, after an insolent judge demanded that the Justice Department provide evidence for why people had been arrested.

Federal judge George Anderson complained that the government had created a “spy system” that “destroys trust and confidence and propagates hate. A mob is a mob whether made up of government officials acting under instructions from the Department of Justice, or of criminals, loafers, and the vicious classes.”



Related: Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused

After the debacle of the Palmer raids, the bureau devoted its attention to the nation’s real enemies: the U.S. Congress. The bureau targeted “senators whom the Attorney General saw as threats to America. The Bureau was breaking into their offices and homes, intercepting their mail, and tapping their telephones,” as Tim Weiner recounted in his 2012 book Enemies: The History of the FBI.

The chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee was illegally targeted because the bureau feared he might support diplomatic recognition of Soviet Russia.

Hoover, who ran the FBI from 1924 until his death in 1972, built a revered agency that utterly intimidated official Washington. The FBI tapped the home telephone of a Supreme Court clerk, and at least one Supreme Court Justice feared the FBI had bugged the conference room where justices privately discussed cases.

In 1945, President Harry Truman wrote in his diary, “We want no Gestapo or Secret Police. FBI is tending in that direction…. This must stop.” But Truman did not have the gumption to pull in the reins.

The bureau’s power soared after Congress passed the Internal Security Act of 1950, authorizing massive crackdowns on suspected subversives. Hoover compiled a list of more than 20,000 “potentially or actually dangerous” Americans who could be seized and locked away at the president’s command.



Related: A Former FBI Whistleblower “Sang Like A Canary” About One World Government And Pedophilia

Hoover specified that “the hearing procedure [for detentions] will not be bound by the rules of evidence.” “Congress secretly financed the creation of six of these [detention] camps in the 1950s,” noted Weiner. (When rumors began circulating in the 1990s that the Federal Emergency Management Agency was building detention camps, government officials and much of the media scoffed that such a thing could never occur in this nation.)

From 1956 through 1971, the FBI’s COINTELPRO program conducted thousands of covert operations to incite street warfare between violent groups, to get people fired, to portray innocent people as government informants, and to cripple or destroy left-wing, black, communist, white racist, and anti-war organizations. FBI agents also busied themselves forging “poison pen” letters to wreck activists’ marriages.

The FBI set up a Ghetto Informant Program that continued after COINTELPRO and that had 7,402 informants, including proprietors of candy stores and barbershops, as of September 1972. The informants served as “listening posts” “to identify extremists passing through or locating in the ghetto area, to identify purveyors of extremist literature,” and to keep an eye on “Afro-American type bookstores” (including obtaining the names of the bookstores’ “clientele”).

The FBI let no corner of American life escape its vigilance; it even worked to expose and discredit “communists who are secretly operating in legitimate organizations and employments, such as the Young Men’s Christian Association and Boy Scouts,” as a 1976 Senate report noted.



Related: Trump: “Guilty” Hillary Was “Saved” By FBI Head

The FBI took a shotgun approach to target and harass protesters partly because of its “belief that dissident speech and association should be prevented because they were incipient steps toward the possible ultimate commission of an act which might be criminal,” the Senate report observed.

That report characterized COINTELPRO as “a secret war against those citizens [the FBI] considers threats to the established order.”

COINTELPRO was exposed only after a handful of activists burglarized an FBI office in a Philadelphia suburb, seized FBI files, and leaked the damning documents to the media. The revelations were briefly shocking but faded into the Washington Memory Hole.

FBI haughtiness was showcased on national television on April 19, 1993, when its agents used 54-ton tanks to smash into the Branch Davidians’ sprawling, ramshackle home near Waco, Texas. The tanks intentionally collapsed 25 percent of the building on top of the huddled residents.



Related: John Podesta In A Frenzy Converting $40B Clinton Foundation Assets Into Gold, Diamonds & Artwork + Leaked Documents On Spying Show Former FBI Director Comey Shared Secret Intel On Americans With Private Parties

After the FBI pumped the building full of CS gas (banned for use on enemy soldiers by a chemical-weapons treaty), a fire ignited that left 80 children, women, and men dead. The FBI swore it was not to blame for the conflagration. However, FBI agents had stopped firetrucks from a local fire department far from the burning building, claiming it was not safe to allow them any closer because the Davidians might shoot people dousing a fire that was killing them.

Six years after the assault, news leaked that the FBI had fired incendiary tear-gas cartridges into the Davidians’ home prior to the fire’s erupting. Attorney General Janet Reno, furious over the FBI’s deceit on this key issue, sent U.S. marshals to raid FBI headquarters to search for more Waco evidence.

From start to finish, the FBI brazenly lied about what it did at Waco - with one exception. On the day after the Waco fire, FBI on-scene commander Larry Potts explained the rationale for the FBI’s final assault: “These people  had thumbed their nose at law enforcement.”


Terrorism

FBI counterterrorism spending soared in the mid to late 1990s. But the FBI dismally failed to connect the dots on suspicious foreigners engaged in domestic aviation training prior to the 9/11 attacks. Though Congress had deluged the FBI with almost $2 billion to upgrade its computers, many FBI agents had ancient machines incapable of searching the web. One FBI agent observed that the bureau ethos is that “real men don’t type….

The computer revolution just passed us by.” The FBI’s pre–9/11 blunders “contributed to the United States becoming, in effect, a sanctuary for radical terrorists,” according to a 2002 congressional investigation. Former National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft groused that “the safest place in the world for a terrorist to be is inside the United States; as long as they don’t do something that trips them up against our laws, they can do pretty much all they want.”

Sen. Richard Shelby in 2002 derided “the FBI’s dismal recent history of disorganization and institutional incompetence in its national security work.” (The FBI also lost track of a key informant at the heart of the cabal that detonated a truck bomb beneath the World Trade Center in 1993.)



Related: Trump On FBI Backing Off: Clinton Being ‘Protected By A Rigged System’ + Clinton's Guilt a 'Moot Point' - 'She Cannot Take the Oval Office'

The FBI has long relied on entrapment to boost its arrest statistics and publicity bombardments. The FBI Academy taught agents that subjects of FBI investigations “have forfeited their right to the truth.” After 9/11, this doctrine helped the agency to entrap legions of patsies who made the FBI appear to be protecting the nation.

Trevor Aaronson, author of The Terror Factory: Inside the FBI’s Manufactured War on Terrorism, estimated that only about 1 percent of the 500 people charged with international terrorism offenses in the decade after 9/11 were bona fide threats. Thirty times as many were induced by the FBI to behave in ways that prompted their arrest.

In the Liberty City 7 case in Florida, FBI informants planted the notion of blowing up government buildings. In one case, a federal judge concluded that the government “came up with the crime, provided the means, and removed all relevant obstacles” in order to make a “terrorist” out of a man “whose buffoonery is positively Shakespearean in scope.”

The FBI’s informant program extended far beyond Muslims. The FBI bankrolled a right-wing New Jersey blogger and radio host for five years prior to his 2009 arrest for threatening federal judges. We have no idea how many bloggers, talk-show hosts, or activists the FBI is currently financing.



Related: Elites Move To Sacrifice Clintons Just Like Weinstein + Crooked Former FBI Head Mueller Hand Delivered Uranium To Russians On Airport Tarmac

The FBI’s power has rarely been effectively curbed by either Congress or federal courts. In 1971, House Majority Leader Hale Boggs declared that the FBI’s power terrified Capitol Hill:


“Our very fear of speaking out [against the FBI] … has watered the roots and hastened the growth of a vine of tyranny….

Our society cannot survive a planned and programmed fear of its own government bureaus and agencies.”

Boggs vindicated a 1924 American Civil Liberties Union report warning that the FBI had become “a secret police system of a political character” - a charge that supporters of both Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump would have cheered last year.

The FBI has always used its “good guy” image to keep a lid on its crimes. The controversy swirling about Comey’s firing should spur the American people, media, and Congress to take the FBI off its pedestal and place it where it belongs - under the law.

It is time to cease venerating a federal agency whose abuses have perennially menaced Americans’ constitutional rights. Otherwise, the FBI’s vast power and pervasive secrecy guarantee that more FBI scandals are just around the bend.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win
November 6 2017 | From: JonRappoport / Infowars / Various

Rule by technocracy - that is the subject of this article. In such a future, there would be no politicians. They would have been made extinct…



Huxley’s 1932 novel about a World State and its version of Utopia is still one of the most important and relevant novels of our time.

Related:
Totalitarian Collectivism

It is the companion piece to Orwell’s 1984. The overt brutal force has been removed from the equation in Brave New World. Instead: all births are synthetic, hatched in artificial womb factories, with accompanying genetic manipulation; no more nuclear families; no more monogamy; education is achieved through hypnotic sleep-learning; a caste system is engineered so the lower, less intelligent classes are happy with their lot, and the upper-level “alphas” occupy the top positions; the castes have little interest in associating with each other.

Technocracy has triumphed. The theme of life, the basic theme, is Pleasure. Pleasures of the senses. Not of the mind, not of constructive action, certainly not of imagination. Pleasure keeps the citizens of the World State occupied…and if that fails, the ultimate backup is a drug called Soma, which relieves anxiety and depression and stimulates “happiness.”



Related: Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact

There are many people living among us today who would opt for that life in a heartbeat. They would see no downside.

“Well, of course. Sign me up. I’ve been trying to find that pleasure all along. I’ll take it.”

The 1932 technocrats of Brave New World found a key. Why should they waste time trying to inflict pain on the population as a control mechanism? Why should they risk rebellion and revolution? Go “positive.” Give people pleasure. Absolutely.

All older forms of government fade away. They were just crude experiments in the foothills of the one and only revolution: technology deployed to pacify the world.

By the way, in Brave New World, no one reads books. They’re unnecessary. They make no sense. The “better life” is already a living fact. What possible benefit could a book deliver?



Related: Collective consciousness: con job for the ages

Every time I read Brave New World I see complacent animals grazing in pastures. That’s the picture. Human animals at peace in the fields. Nothing to care about. Nothing to think about. Just bend and chew. Don’t worry, be happy.

As Patrick Wood mentions in his fine and highly recommended book, Technocracy Rising, Huxley began writing Brave New World as a parody of other utopian novels of his time, but he became fascinated with his own ideas along the way, and set his mind to the task of fleshing out a technological end-game civilization.

Brave New World reveals a landscape in which people would be unable to turn around and throw off what has been done to them. They would not consider it. They would have no basis for comparison. They would have no cultural memory.

They are living in a universal super-welfare state. Their needs are satisfied - especially the central need: pleasure. It isn’t gained or worked for. It’s given. It’s a fact as basic as rain and sun. It’s there. It’s the shortest distance between the present moment and the next moment.

Isn’t this the fairy tale told about rich and famous celebrities? They can wake up in the morning thinking about pleasure that is immediately there for the taking. They have the means. They have the time. They have the opportunity. In Brave New World, everyone is that kind of creature. By necessity. There is no real choice. Their most base desires are their only desires. Their horizon is shortened.

Here are several choice quotes from Huxley’s masterwork:


"Hot tunnels alternated with cool tunnels. Coolness was wedded to discomfort in the form of hard X-rays. By the time they were decanted the embryos had a horror of cold. They were predestined to emigrate to the tropics, to be miner and acetate silk spinners and steel workers.

Later on their minds would be made to endorse the judgment of their bodies. ‘We condition them to thrive on heat,’ concluded Mr. Foster. ‘Our colleagues upstairs will teach them to love it’.”

“Feeling lurks in that interval of time between desire and its consummation. Shorten that interval, break down all those old unnecessary barriers.”

“No pains have been spared to make your lives emotionally easy – to preserve you, so far as that is possible, from having emotions at all.”

“A gramme [of the pleasure drug Soma] is better than a damn.”

The foundation of Brave New World conditioning: with enough basic pleasure, there is no need to think, to contemplate, to assess, to investigate; there is no need to imagine new realities because the current one is more than sufficient; there is no need to rebel because when a person is attuned to pleasure as the highest value - and he has pleasure - what is there to object to?



Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

Lee Silver, a molecular biologist at Princeton, has written a book, Remaking Eden (1998), about the future of gene science in society. This is how he sees things playing out:


"The GenRich - who account for ten percent of the American population - all carry synthetic genes. All aspects of the economy, the media, the entertainment industry, and the knowledge industry are controlled by members of the GenRich class….

Naturals work as low-paid service providers or as laborers. [Eventually] the GenRich class and the Natural class will become entirely separate species with no ability to crossbreed, and with as much romantic interest in each other as a current human would have for a chimpanzee.

Many think that it is inherently unfair for some people to have access to technologies that can provide advantages while others, less well-off, are forced to depend on chance alone, [but] American society adheres to the principle that personal liberty and personal fortune are the primary determinants of what individuals are allowed and able to do.

Indeed, in a society that values individual freedom above all else, it is hard to find any legitimate basis for restricting the use of repro-genetics. I will argue [that] the use of reprogenetic technologies is inevitable. [W]hether we like it or not, the global marketplace will reign supreme.”

Of course, in the future Huxley describes in Brave New World, there is no marketplace. The powers-that-be have built a World State. It is run by a scientific elite. They have left behind all traditional forms of governing.

That is all. That is enough.

This vision of technocracy clarifies the agenda. The New World Order eventually travels light years beyond political tyranny. What need is there for laws or courts or traditional office holders or even the inside game of bribery and special favors?

They were old; this is new.

Make a list of people, down through history, you would consider the most important heroes and geniuses. In the Brave New World, such people would be inessential. They would not exist. They would be programmed out of the equation. Gone. Erased.

Technocracy becomes the ultimate form of governance. The ultimate form of Globalism. The solution to conflict.



Related: Globalisation is world tyranny

What has really been “solved?” THE INDIVIDUAL. He is the thorny outlier, the person who says NO. The person who has his own ideas and his own vision.

He becomes “nice.” He becomes agreeable. He becomes polite. He becomes a member of the group. He gives up the ghost.

HE DOESN’T EVEN KNOW HE’S SURRENDERING, PIECE BY PIECE.

He doesn’t realize he’s forsaking himself for a world of shallow pleasure.

The struggle of centuries, to liberate the individual from the group and from the king and the priest class, is gradually reversed. The “new wisdom” says: go back, go back into the group.

Here is another gem, from Gregory Stock, former director of the program in Medicine, Technology, and Society at the UCLA School of Medicine:


"Even if half the world’s species were lost [during genetic experiments], enormous diversity would still remain.

When those in the distant future look back on this period of history, they will likely see it not as the era when the natural environment was impoverished, but as the age when a plethora of new forms - some biological, some technological, some a combination of the two - burst onto the scene.

We best serve ourselves, as well as future generations, by focusing on the short-term consequences of our actions rather than our vague notions about the needs of the distant future.”

The primary assumption here is that species are replaceable. If one species dies out, another can be created. As for the individual, he doesn’t count at all. He’s not even on the radar.



Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

So who will put him on the radar? Our leaders? Brain researchers and molecular biologists?

That task falls to individuals themselves. In order to gain a glimpse of hope, the individual needs to discover he has power. He is not a tiny creature in a sea of collective reality.

The collective is the illusion.

In our time, the individual discovering his own power and its true scope is the work of a lifetime. This is why I write.

This is the actual Brave New World.

Individual power. The power to invent new Reality.

How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Once we wake up to how the game is being played, then we will have a real shot at changing things.



For decades, the elite have been pulling the strings behind the scenes in both major political parties. That is why nothing has ever seemed to change very much no matter which party has been in power.

Related: Rumor: Public Mass Arrests of Cabal Operatives Starting Soon Says 4Chan Insider

The agenda of the elite has always seemed to march forward, and ordinary people like us have always been frustrated that we can’t seem to make a difference. But now a shift seems to be taking place.

Donald Trump took on the establishment in both major parties, and he miraculously won the presidency. Down in Alabama, the elite spent more than 30 million dollars to defeat Roy Moore, and he still defeated Luther Strange. A political awakening is taking place, and I can’t wait to see what happens during the mid-term elections in 2018.

In Part I and Part II of this series, I talked about how the elite use debt as a tool of enslavement. In Part III, I went over how the elite use the colossal media corporations they own to control what we think. Today, I want to talk about their influence in the realm of politics.

In Washington D.C., it is well understood that the game of politics is all about the money. If I win my election, and online polling suggests that there is a ton of enthusiasm for my campaign, I will be expected to spend most of my time on the phone raising money.

As a freshman member of Congress, at orientation it will be explained to me that I am supposed to spend approximately four hours a day doing fundraising, and that is why the House and Senate floors are so empty most of the time.



Related: Antifa Leader Says Constitution ‘Not Relevant’

By law, members of Congress cannot make fundraising calls from their offices, and so both parties have huge call centers just across from the Capitol. Especially around lunch and dinner times (because those are some of the best times to reach people), those call centers are packed as members of the House and Senate run through lists of potential donors.

And it isn’t just about raising money for their own campaigns. As a freshman member of Congress I would be expected to raise at least $200,000 for the NRCC (the National Republican Congressional Committee). If I don’t pay my dues, I would get into big trouble with party leadership.

But you know what? I have already pledged that I am not going to participate in this very corrupt system. If I am sent to Congress, I am going to spend my time doing the job that the people of Idaho sent me there to do.

So will Paul Ryan and the others in leadership get very upset with me for not “paying my dues”? Of course.

But it is time for some of us to take a stand and do what is right. Congress has become a cesspool of filth and corruption, and it is time to flush the toilet.

Because if we don’t fight this corrupt system, the influence of money in politics will just get worse and worse. Today, the elite pour millions upon millions of dollars even into small campaigns, and in 2016 it took an average of more than 10 million dollars to win a U.S. Senate seat


"While the White House may not have gone to the biggest spender, an awful lot of House and Senate seats did - as usual. And it was pricier than ever to win them.

This election cycle, an average winning Senate candidate had spent $10.4 million through Oct. 19 (reflecting the latest reports filed with the Federal Election Commission).

That’s a $1.8 million increase over the same period in the 2014 cycle. By the end of last cycle, the number rose to $10.6 million, and a similar uptick is expected this time once post-election and year-end reports are filed."

Once you win, the pressure to raise money for your next campaign never ends.

The elite know this, and they use this pressure to influence votes. Prior to a big vote, lobbyists will make it abundantly clear how they want certain members of Congress to vote, and if they vote the “right way” those members of Congress will be rewarded.



Related: Stealth socialism: follow the money

Just across from the U.S. Capitol there are clubs where fancy receptions are regularly held. If you vote the “right way” on a particular bill, you may be invited to one of these receptions, and there will be big, fat donation checks waiting there for you.

Of course most members of Congress have learned how to play the game, and this is why it is nearly impossible to defeat incumbents. Over the past six decades, the re-election rate for members of the House of Representatives has consistently been well over 80 percent, and according to the UVA Center for Politics incumbents actually did far better than that in 2016…


"This election cycle, 393 of 435 House representatives, 29 of 34 senators, and five of 12 governors sought reelection (several of the governors were prohibited from seeking another term).

Of those, 380 of 393 House members (97%), 27 of 29 senators (93%), and four of five governors (80%) won another term. These members of Congress and governors not only won renomination, but also won in November.
"

Since World War II, the overall success rate for Senate incumbents has been 84 percent, and the overall success rate for House incumbents has been 94 percent.

Incumbents are almost always armed with huge war chests and most of them have tremendous name recognition, and so toppling them is not easy.

Fortunately, there is no incumbent in my race because Raul Labrador is running for governor. So the race is completely wide open, and right now my campaign has the most enthusiasm by far. If you would like to help me flush the toilet in Washington, I would encourage you to visit MichaelSnyderForCongress.com.



Related: Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations

If we don’t fight back, we will never break the stranglehold that the elite have on our political system.

Every generation of Americans has had to stand up and fight for liberty and freedom, and now it is our turn. This particular battle will not be fought with guns and bullets, but rather with ideas, values and principles.

We are part of a movement that is sweeping the nation. Good men and women are rising up to run in federal, state and local races all across the country, and it is absolutely imperative that we all get behind them and support them.

Related:Wilders Slams EU, Migrant Invasion In Defiant Speech At Globalist Conference


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake News
November 6 2017 | From: RT / Infowars / Various

Google has partnered with an organization largely funded by billionaire George Soros to “fact-check” news stories, a move that could affect search results for certain news agencies.



Erica Anderson, Partnerships Manager at Google News Lab, announced Thursday that the company will partner with the International Fact-Checking Network (IFCN) at the Poynter Institute to “fact-check” news stories that appear on the search engine.

Related:
Facebook Bans Infowars From Livestreaming Videos



Related: Julian Assange: Facebook Colluded with Clinton


"With so much information available around the clock and across devices, being able to understand at a glance what’s true and what’s false online is increasingly important,” Anderson said in a statement.

She said Google will work with the IFCN in three ways: increase the number of fact-checkers by holding “global fact-check workshops” and offering stipends for new fact-checking organizations; expanding the IFCN Code of Principles into new regions; and providing fact-checking tools to the IFCN community at no charge.

The code of principles requires news agencies to obey five commitments to ensure news agencies remain honest, transparent and nonpartisan. There are 36 signatories to the Code of Principles, including the left-leaning Washington Post Fact Checker and other fact-checking organizations from around the world.

Alexios Mantzarlis, the director of the IFCN at Poynter released a statement, saying the 12-month partnership will “enable the IFCN to encourage more fact-checking around the world, while also helping raise the standards and impact of existing initiatives."



Related: Israel backs Hungary’s anti-Soros campaign, saying financier ‘continually undermines Jewish State’

The Poynter Institute for Media Studies is openly funded by Soros’ Open Society Foundations. Soros, a veteran billionaire vulture capitalist, supported former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton during the 2016 presidential election.

Soros was recently criticised for transferring nearly $18 billion to his Open Society Foundations, making it the second largest charity in the US after the Bill and Melinda Gates’ Foundation. The charity has been accused of inciting so-called “color revolutions” to install governments friendly to the US.  

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said through a statement that certain Soros funded organizations “defame the Jewish state and seek to deny it the right to defend itself.”

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban also accused Soros of using his money to fund liberal NGOs influencing the European Union to accept asylum seekers in order to create a "new, mixed, Muslimized Europe.”

The Poynter Institute also receives funding from the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the National Endowment for Democracy and the Omidyar Network, which is the nonprofit for liberal billionaire and  eBay founder, Pierre Omidyar.

The Google-Poynter partnership was announced days before executives from Google, Facebook and Twitter are scheduled to testify before the Senate and House Intelligence Committees on alleged Russian meddling in the 2016 presidential election.



Related: Twitter bans all RT advertising, citing ‘election interference’

Facebook, which has come under scrutiny for their part in spreading false news stories during the election, has also partnered with the Poynter Institute to launch its “disputed” news tag on stories deemed false by fact-checking organisations working with the social media giant.

Stories flagged by Facebook users as ‘fake news’ are passed on to these fact- checkers for verification. If the fact-checkers agree that the story is misleading, it will appear in news feeds with a "disputed" tag, along with a link to a corresponding article explaining why it might be false.

Google News Lab previously partnered with The Poynter Institute to introduce a Fact Check tag that labels news articles the company determines might contain fact-checks in order to “help readers find fact-checking in large news stories.”




Related: Breitbart-Bashing ADL Announces Command Center to ‘Combat Hate Online’



USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake News

Alex Jones talks with Mike Cernovich about the way Google is attempting to crush the free press of America.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Corey Feldman Calls LAPD To Out Pedophiles During Dr. Oz Appearance & ‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin Spacey Hit With Additional Accusations Of Sexual Misconduct
November 5 2017 | From: PageSix / Breitbart / Various

Corey Feldman called the LAPD to name the pedophiles he says targeted him and other child stars, such as Corey Haim, on Dr. Mehmet Oz’s show, sources tell us.



Feldman recently had a contentious interview on “Today” regarding a plan he has to name the accused pedophiles only after he raises $10 million online to make a film on the topic.

Related:
As We Predicted, Mainstream Media Trying to Normalize Pedophilia

The mother of Haim, his late pal and co-star, publicly objected to the fundraising idea, saying, “He doesn’t need $10 million to do it.” But “Dr. Oz encouraged [Feldman] to call the LAPD again after child abuse claims. He revealed two new names,” an insider told Page Six.

Feldman tells Oz in an interview: “This guy on his ­MySpace page and his Facebook page has got pictures of me and Corey Haim. He still taunts it and flaunts it.” He then says in a clip on the phone to the LAPD, “I’m going to give you the names of everybody . . . everybody I’ve got knowledge of, and I would like you to start putting the pressure on all of them.”

Feldman tells Oz of one accused pedophile, “They’re living in Mexico . . . I found that out a week-and-a-half ago. I had a very lovely fan - I don’t even know that they’re a fan or just somebody that cares about this topic. But somebody on my Twitter feed posted a video saying, ‘This is the guy.’”

Feldman has canceled a tour to focus on his campaign to out pedophiles who prey on child actors in Hollywood.



Related: Alphy Hoffman Of ‘Alphy’s Soda Pop Club’ Deletes Dodgers-Based Twitter Page After Corey Feldman’s Dr. Oz Talk



Corey Feldman Opens Up About His Plan To Expose Hollywood Pedophiles


On the heels of the Harvey Weinstein scandal, former child star Corey Feldman is trying to fund a film he says will expose a ring of pedophiles in the movie industry. In an exclusive interview on TODAY, Feldman tells Matt Lauer, “It will be a very true story, we will have every name.”

 


Related Articles:

Tony Podesta Resigns from Podesta Group as Mueller Probe Heats Up

Hollywood Elite Strike Back: Arrest Warrant Issued For Rose McGowan: “Are They Trying To Silence Me?”

UK Defense Secretary Michael Fallon resigns amid Westminster ‘sex pest’ scandal

Tony Podesta Resigns as Mueller Closes in on Clinton Circle

Pray for Corey Feldman’s safety and courage as he prepares to name the powerful pedophiles that dominate Hollywood

Podesta Indicted Nov 3rd, Huma Nov 6th! Anon Megadump




‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin Spacey Hit With Additional Accusations Of Sexual Misconduct

As if Netflix did not already have enough problems with its recent settlement of a sexual harassment case, actor Kevin Spacey, the two-time Oscar-winner who launched the streaming network into the original programming business with House of Cards, is facing additional accusations of sexual misconduct.



Sunday night, 46-year-old actor Anthony Rapp accused Spacey of making a sexual advance on him as a 14-year-old boy.


Related: Seven Men Have Now Accused Kevin Spacey Of Sexually Harassing Or Assaulting Them

Spacey did not deny the allegations. In a statement, the 58 year-old apologized, said he did not remember the incident and blamed anything that might have happened on “drunken behavior.”

Spacey also came out as a “gay man” and suggested there might be other allegations in his past. “I know that there are other stories out there about me and that some have been fueled by the fact that I have been so protective of my privacy,” he wrote.

About 12 hours later the Daily Mail reports on additional allegations against Spacey. Former news anchor Heather Unruh said Spacey attacked someone “close to her.” She refused to elaborate about the identity of the alleged victim but called for an investigation.

More from the Daily Mail:


"Several people now claim to know people who have been treated inappropriately by Spacey, including while he was artistic director of London’s Old Vic theatre.

Nadine West‏ tweeted: ‘KS [Kevin Spacey] groped my young male friend when they were both working at the Old Vic. Was apparently always known as one to avoid. Sadly unsurprised’.

Jennie Rigg-ormortis‏ replied and said: ‘Have heard similar from more than one source. Hope more people come forward, but understand if they feel they can’t’."

Spacey was the artistic director at the Old Vic Theater from 2003 to 2015.

Spacey just finished filming Gore, another Netflix production about the life of Gore Vidal.


Related Articles:

Kevin Spacey Accused of Attempted Rape of 15-Year-Old Boyfriend: ‘He’s a Pedophile’

Kevin Spacey Flew on ‘Lolita Express’ With Bill Clinton


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Elites Move To Sacrifice Clintons Just Like Weinstein + Crooked Former FBI Head Mueller Hand Delivered Uranium To Russians On Airport Tarmac
November 5 2017 | From: Infowars / TheGatewayPundit / Various

MSM setting up downfall of Clintons to make persecution of Trump not seem political.



Because the Clintons are guilty of the crimes the elites are accusing Trump of committing, it’s likely the criminal couple will soon suffer the same fate as Harvey Weinstein to make the persecution of Trump not seem “political.”

Related:
POTUS Trump Blasts Hillary Clinton For ‘Money Laundering’ - Asks Where The Heck Is Sessions’ DOJ?

Already the mainstream media, which one year ago promoted Hillary Clinton as a “glowing goddess,” is slowly but surely publishing headlines linking the Clintons to the Russian Uranium One scandal.

This suggests that the globalists in control of mass media are fixing to dump the Clintons much like how Harvey Weinstein was burned, albeit the latter for sexual improprieties instead of political scandals.

Just look at this article from The Hill demanding a “special counsel on Hillary Clinton’s Russia scandal:”


"There was more than enough smoke for the FBI to investigate official government favors in exchange for big donations to the Clinton Foundation, but agents ran into a hyper-politicized Attorney General in Loretta Lynch, whose public integrity section said it ‘did not have enough evidence to move forward,’ according to Washington Post in October 2016.

Last week, blockbuster allegations surfaced in The Hill shedding light on what was happening inside the Obama administration and FBI while Russia was seeking control of massive amounts of our uranium supply.

It turns out that the Obama administration inexplicably approved the uranium deal with Russia even though the FBI was investigating a massive corruption scheme that included bribery, extortion and other felonies involving Russia’s nuclear energy industry in the United States.
"

This level of accurate reporting, at the expense of the Clintons, is unprecedented for The Hill, which was once a major Clinton cheerleader.

Of course, accurate reporting has never been the mainstream media’s modus operandi.  So what’s the real gameplan here?

Easy: to sacrifice the Clintons to advance the anti-Trump agenda.



Related: The Amazing True Story Of How Hillary Clinton Secretly Cheated Bernie Sanders Out Of A Fair Shot At The Democratic Nomination

Remember, the power elites have no real loyalty to the Clintons. The Clintons served them, not the other way around, and now the crime duo is presenting a problem because the Clintons are guilty of just about everything they’re accusing Trump of doing.

So here’s what’s likely their next move: Burn the Clintons for their crimes to set a precedent to accuse Trump of similar criminality while claiming it isn’t politically motivated.

This is exactly what they did with the Weinstein scandal, and remember at one point the fallen producer was seen as “untouchable” just like the Clintons. But will it work? Unlikely.

President Trump simply lacks the criminal nature of the Clintons, and the mainstream media lacks the influence to manipulate the public into believing otherwise. Comment: This is wrong. Trump is very well aware of the Cabal operations that have been undertaken by the Clintons. It's all about timing in dealing with these criminals.

This is one of the few plays the elites still have left, but considering that their playbook is obsolete, what difference at this point does it make?

Related: "A Shocking Truth": Donna Brazile Accuses Clinton Campaign Of "Rigging" Primary



Crooked Former FBI Head Mueller Hand Delivered Uranium To Russians On Airport Tarmac

Every day more information is coming out on the Uranium One deal that leads to more and more questions concerning the corruption in the Justice Department and Obama Administration. 



The US gave 20% of its uranium to the nation Democrats describe as America’s number one enemy - Russia.

Related: Hillary-Linked Podesta Group Got $200K Lobbying for Uranium One – Including While Hillary Was Secretary of State

As reported at zerohedge.com in June 2017:


"Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton facilitated the transfer highly enriched uranium (HEU) previously confiscated by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) during a 2006 “nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices,” a newly leaked classified cable shows."

The classified cable released by WikiLeaks was authored by Hillary Clinton’s State Department on August 17th, 2009.  In the cable it states:


"Over two years ago Russia requested a ten-gram sample of highly enriched uranium (HEU) seized in early 2006 in Georgia during a nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices. The seized HEU was transferred to U.S. custody and is being held at a secure DOE facility. In response to the Russian request, the Georgian Government authorized the United States to share a sample of the material with the Russians for forensic analysis."

The cable also states that, “Given Russia’s reluctance to act so far, FBI Mueller’s delivery of this sample will underscore to Russia our commitment to follow through on this case.”  It continues in stating, “Embassy Moscow is requested to alert at the highest appropriate level the Russian Federation that FBI Director Mueller plans to deliver the HEU sample once he arrives to Moscow on September 21.”



Related: Bill Clinton Met with Vladimir Putin at His Home in Russia Before Uranium One Deal and After Being Bribed

The cable summarizes that, “We regret that the April visit by Director Mueller could not take place due to a scheduling conflict.” and makes a final request that, “We require that the transfer of this material be conducted at the airport, on the tarmac near by the plane, upon arrival of the Director’s aircraft.”

Now knowing that the Obama Administration and Hillary Clinton hid the FBI investigation into the Uranium One deal, this cable brings on new meaning and leads to numerous questions.

Why did Obama and Clinton agree to provide this uranium delivered by Mueller to Russia in the first place?

An article by the Atlantic from April 2008 tells the fascinating story of the smuggler in the country of Georgia who was arrested trying to sell uranium to potential buyers.  The smuggler,  Oleg Vladimirovich Khintsagov, on January 31, 2006, was apprehended by authorities carrying 100 grams of highly enriched uranium tucked into a plastic bag in his tattered leather coat.

A sample of the uranium captured during this sting operation was provided to the Russians who analyzed it and determined that it was indeed highly enriched uranium (HEU). 



Related: It Begins: House Opens Probe Into Obama-Era Uranium One Deal

In the Atlantic article it states that the Russians at first didn’t respond to requests from Georgia on the uranium and at no time asked for the uranium back.  As a matter of fact the Russians worked hard to deny that the uranium came from Russia in the first place. 

So why did the Obama Administration hand deliver 10 grams of HEU to Russia in 2009 and when did Russia begin asking for another sample of the uranium and why did the memo not mention that the Russians had already obtained a sample of this uranium and determined that it was HEU?

Another question is why did Clinton’s Secretary of State request that FBI Director Mueller deliver the sample of HEU to Russia and why was the transfer in April cancelled and postponed to September?

Of all people, why would the Head of the FBI be selected to transfer uranium to Russia?  It would seem that the US has a number of individuals who could perform this transfer and it would seem that FBI Director Mueller would have enough on his plate in the US.  When Mueller couldn’t make the transfer in April the transfer was postponed to September so Mueller could be there.

The fact that Mueller needed to perform the transfer should raise numerous red flags.  It’s been widely reported about Mueller’s conflicts of interest with his recent appointment as special counsel in the Russia investigation. 



Related: WH Chief of Staff John Kelly Calls for Special Counsel on Hillary Russian Crimes – Where the Hell Is Jeff Sessions?

This past week information was reported that prior to the Obama administration approving the very controversial deal in 2010 giving Russia 20% of America’s Uranium through the approved sale of Uranium One, the FBI had evidence that Russian nuclear industry officials were involved in bribery, kickbacks, extortion and money laundering in order to benefit Vladimir Putin, says a report by The Hill.

From Tuesday’s report we found out that the investigation was supervised by then-U.S. Attorney Rod Rosenstein, who is now President Trump’s Deputy Attorney General, and then-Assistant FBI Director Andrew McCabe, who is now the deputy FBI director under Trump.  We also know that former FBI Director Robert Mueller was the Head of the FBI at this time and was involved in this deal.

Sara Carter of Circa News interviewed Victoria Toensing, a lawyer for an FBI informant who said her client “is not only afraid of the Russian people, but he is afraid of the US government because of the threats the Obama administration made against him.”  The individual in question faces criminal charges put in place by Obama’s Justice Department if he talks about the FBI investigation.

Mueller was hand picked by Hillary Clinton’s State Department to deal uranium to Russia.

This whole deal smells so bad.  Why has Mueller not recused himself from the Russia investigation?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump’s Release Of JFK Files Necessitates Another False Flag Event
November 4 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Infowars

The Trump government is allowing the release later this month of the JFK assassination files being marooned by the Bushes during their time in the White House. It would be a wakeup call for the mainstream non-conspiracy analysts.



US President Donald Trump says he will allow the release of classified documents relating to the assassination of President John F Kennedy, shot dead while visiting Dallas, Texas in 1963.

Related:
JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention

The documents were due to be disclosed by the National Archives later this month, however there were some media reports that Trump would not approve the publication of all of the files.

In a tweet sent early Saturday, Trump indicated he will allow the release, “subject to the receipt of further information”. It’s not clear what “further information” the president is referring to.

In 1992, then-US President George H. W. Bush signed into law the John F Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act, compelling the US National Archives to publish documents surrounding Kennedy’s death within 25 years.

However, there was a get-out clause in the act which stated public disclosure could be delayed if it threatened “military defense, intelligence operations, law enforcement, or conduct of foreign relations.”

A report by Politico Magazine, which cited Trump administration insiders, suggested the president could block some documents from seeing the light of day. A US government spokesperson reportedly told the magazine that the White House is working “to ensure the maximum amount of data can be released to the public”.



Related: Trump to allow release of classified JFK assassination files

But the Deep State operatives are already hard at work in trying to prevent the problems which may arise from knowing the full story of the crime of the 20th century.

On top of the fundraising event that no less than the five living ex-presidents are in attendance, a more destructive event is already being scheduled.


Oklahoma City: Location of Next False Flag?

Note: Obviously, a false flag did not take place on October 30 - however this is interesting because it illustrates how these 'events' are set up.



Related: POTUS Trump Explains Why The Release Of JFK Assassination Files Was Delayed

It is well known that false flag events are usually carried out through the mechanism of organising a drill which is then suddenly turned ‘live’.

Such drills require crisis actors to play various roles, especially the ‘victims’ of the event.

Therefore, when we saw this advert calling for crisis actors for a ‘training event’ in Oklahoma City at the end of this month, our suspicions were raised:


"Role-Player Registration: Oklahoma
Human Domain Solutions, LLC
OKLAHOMA – VIGILANT GUARD DISASTER RESPONSE TRAINING EXERCISE

Human Domain Solutions (HDS), LLC is now hiring ​Casualty Role Players (CRP)​ to participate in an Oklahoma Vigilant Guard training event October 30, 2017 thru November 2, 2017 at Warr Acres Fire Training Center in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

​This exercises will be an Oklahoma emergency response to a simulated incident involving contamination elements. CRPs will be moulaged (injury makeup and fake blood) to portray various physical and emotional injuries and conditions, and will go through medical triage, decontamination, and medical treatment several times during each day of the exercises.

Arrival times will be early morning, and the exercises will run between 6-8 hours each day. CRPs will wear cut-away prop clothing and will be washed in decontamination lines to simulate the cleaning off of contamination substances.

This is an excellent opportunity to show appreciation for these brave men and women of the National Guard. Those who have participated in past National Guard disaster preparedness exercises have found it very rewarding: you get to support this important state and community service–and get paid while doing so.

ELIGIBILITY:​ There is no security clearance requirement, so it is open to all, but criminal background checks and U.S. employment eligibility checks will be accomplished. All personnel must have appropriate ID and be without criminal background.

IDs are scanned by security personnel and persons with felony convictions will not be allowed on site. Priority will be given to those with previous experience with role playing, acting, military, and/or first responder/disaster response experience. We also look for diversity amongst our CRPs, including gender, ethnicity, age, body type, disability, and foreign language ability – American Sign Language (ASL) and British Sign Language (BSL) speakers are also highly desired.

Due to a potentially strenuous decontamination process, and varying outside temperature, CRPs may not have a life-threatening or serious medical conditions.

Here is some information on the company behind this advert:

Human Domain Solutions, LLC

A Virginia based Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business (SDVOSB) and Certified HUBZone Company

www.humandomainsolutions.us

HDS is a Virginia-based small business specializing in professional services, consulting, staffing, national security Role Playing, and training in the core areas of the Human Domain: Foreign Area Officer and Specialist (FAO) programs; Human-Derived Intelligence (HDI) (CI/HUMINT); Language, Region, and Culture (LRC); Security Assistance and Building Partnership Capacity (BPC); Disaster Preparedness and Response; and support to Special Operations Forces (SOF).

HDS is a Veteran-Owned Small Business (VOSB), Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business (SDVOSB), and a Historically Underutilized Business (HUBZone).

The HDS founder and Managing Director is Kurt M. Marisa, Colonel, USAF (ret.), a career intelligence and international affairs officer and recognized operational and academic expert in the areas of CI/HUMINT, FAO activities, LRC, Foreign Military Sales (FMS), and Foreign Materiel Acquisition (FMA). He is a Federal Language Consultant with the National Language Service Corps (NLSC).

Since 2009, he has served as President of the Foreign Area Officer Association (FAOA)–the non-profit professional association for FAOs, Defense Attachés, and other DoD international affairs specialists–and publisher of The FAOA Journal of International Affairs.

Here is a powerpoint presentation explaining what Vigilant Guard is:



Related: Finally, The CIA Admits Covering Up JFK Assassination



Related: English newspaper ‘tipped off’ 25mins before JFK assassination, documents show





Related: Is Donald Trump too scared to name George Bush Sr. and P2 Freemasons as Kennedy assassins?

We have no further information on this event in Oklahoma City, it is our hope by publishing what we have, in order to raise awareness, that we are making a false flag event far less likely as people will be aware beforehand that something of that nature was going to take place and that makes it far harder to get away with lying to the public that it was a real event.




Roger Stone Breaks Down JFK Document Release From NYC


The deep state is terrified of the public finding out the truth about the JFK assassinationn.

Roger Stone and Rob Dew discuss the upcoming release of secret documents regarding the JFK assassination and explain what the revelations will mean for America. The roles of LBJ, George H.W. Bush, Rafael Cruz and others will finally be exposed.



Related Articles:

DoD Plans Solar-Storm-Based National Blackout Drill During Antifa Protests In November

The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

JFK At One Hundred

JFK, CIA, Mafia and Fidel Castro – Trump can finally allow the truth to emerge from the shadows

CIA Considered Bombing Miami and Killing Refugees to Blame Castro

Trump To Allow Release Of 3,000 Never Before Seen Documents On JFK Assassination

1967: USS Liberty attacked by submarine USS Amberjack – Crew member blows whistle



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Homelessness Reveals The 'Blatant Failure' Of Capitalism: New NZ PM
November 4 2017 | From: Sputnik

New Zealand’s newly-elected prime minister has called capitalism a “blatant failure” that has failed low-income people in the country and around the world.



Jacinda Ardern, who will take office next month after the New Zealand First Party agreed to form a center-left government with her Labor Party, aims to limit the systemic problem of homelessness plaguing New Zealand. 

Related:
Is Jacinda Ardern a Tranny?

In her first interview since becoming the new prime minister, Ardern told The Nation that "wages are not keeping up with inflation."

"What is the point of economic growth when we have some of the worst homelessness in the developed world?" she stated.

Ardern, 37, suggest that prior New Zealand governments have failed the country's people.


"When you have a market economy, it all comes down to whether or not you acknowledge where the market has failed and where intervention is required.," she said.

"Has it failed our people in recent times? Yes," Ardern asserted, adding, "How can you claim you've been successful when you have growth roughly three percent, but you've got the worst homelessness in the developed world?"

The new prime minister offered that her government would use more than the simple measure of gross domestic product (GDP) to measure economic success, observing that life is much more complicated than a mere financial statistic, cited by Newshub.co.nz.



Related:
Over Half of Germans View Capitalism as a 'Negative Phenomenon', Poll Shows


"We need to make sure we are looking at people's ability to actually have a meaningful life, an enjoyable life, where their work is enough to survive and support their families." 

Her newly-formed New Zealand coalition government will include child poverty reduction targets in the country's laws and increase the minimum wage to $16.50, with the intention of increasing it again at an unstated point in the future.


"We have to make sure we balance the need to see that wage increase whilst at the same time ensure that we give enough notice so we can ensure the cushioning for those who are paying those wages. $16.50 is our first step. We'll look to move beyond that over time," Ardern said. 

Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

All The Biggest Lies About Climate Change And Global Warming Debunked In One Astonishing Interview
November 3 2017 | From: NaturalNews

Everything you’ve been told about global warming, climate change and carbon dioxide by the mainstream media - and mainstream “science” - is an outright lie.



Far from being a dangerous poison, carbon dioxide is a miraculous life-giving nutrient that plants need to thrive. Rising carbon dioxide is actually helping “green” the planet, as any legitimate science already knows.

Related:
Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

Without CO2 in the atmosphere, nearly all life on the planet would collapse, including both human life and plant life. (See my numerous science videos, below, which explain all this in detail.)

Now, an eye-opening interview has emerged that features István Markó, an organic chemistry researcher and professor at the Université catholique de Louvain. He was recently interviewed by Grégoire Canlorbe, a science journalist and out-of-the-box thinker. I’m publishing parts of the interview below, and I encourage you to read the full interview at GregoireCanlorbe.com.

All the words below are from István Markó, except the subhead titles, which are mine:


The Truth About Carbon Dioxide

Again, CO2 is not, and has never been, a poison. Each of our exhalations, each of our breaths, emits an astronomical quantity of CO2 proportionate to that in the atmosphere (some >40,000 ppm); and it is very clear that the air we expire does not kill anyone standing in front of us.

What must be understood, besides, is that CO2 is the elementary food of plants. Without CO2 there would be no plants, and without plants there would be no oxygen and therefore no humans. The equation is as simple as that.



Related: New Climate Study Throws Wrench In Global Warming Debate: "Our New Technical Paper... Will Likely Be Ignored"

Plants need CO2, water, and daylight. These are the mechanisms of photosynthesis, to generate the sugars that will provide them with staple food and building blocks. That fundamental fact of botany is one of the primary reasons why anyone who is sincerely committed to the preservation of the “natural world” should abstain from demonizing CO2.

Over the last 30 years, there has been a gradual increase in the CO2 level. But what is also observed is that despite deforestation, the planet’s vegetation has grown by about 20%. This expansion of vegetation on the planet, nature lovers largely owe it to the increase in the concentration of CO2 in the atmosphere.

If we study, however, what has been happening at the geological level for several million years, we realize that the present period is characterized by an extraordinarily low CO2 level. During the Jurassic, Triassic, and so on, the CO2 level rose to values sometimes of the order of 7000, 8000, 9000 ppm, which considerably exceeds the paltry 400 ppm that we have today.



Related: Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

Not only did life exist, in those far-off times when CO2 was so present in large concentration in the atmosphere, but plants such as ferns commonly attained heights of 25 meters. Reciprocally, far from benefiting the current vegetation, the reduction of the presence of CO2 in the atmosphere would be likely to compromise the health, and even the survival, of numerous plants.

To fall below the threshold of 280 or 240 ppm would plainly lead to the extinction of a large variety of our vegetal species.

In addition, our relentless crusade to reduce CO2 could be more harmful to nature as plants are not the only organisms to base their nutrition on CO2. Phytoplankton species also feed on CO2, using carbon from CO2 as a building unit and releasing oxygen.

By the way, it is worth remembering that ~70% of the oxygen present today in the atmosphere comes from phytoplankton, not trees: contrary to common belief, it is not the forests, but the oceans, that constitute the “lungs” of the earth.






The Truth About the “Greenhouse Effect”

About the supposed link between global warming and CO2 emissions, it is simply not true that CO2 has a major greenhouse effect. It is worth remembering, here too, that CO2 is a minor gas.

Today it represents only 0.04% of the composition of the air; and its greenhouse effect is attributed the value of 1. The major greenhouse gas in the atmosphere is water vapor which is ten times more potent than CO2 in its greenhouse effect. Water vapor is present in a proportion of 2% in the atmosphere.



Related: Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered

Those facts are, in principle, taught at school and at university, but one still manages to incriminate CO2 alongside this learning, in using a dirty trick that presents the warming effect of CO2 as minor but exacerbated, through feedback loops, by the other greenhouse effects.





How Status Quo Science Brainwashes People and Turns Them Into Obedient Robots Who Spout Scientific Nonsense

I believe in science: I mean that I believe in the possibility of objectively knowing reality through science. I believe that there are truth and falsehood, that science allows us to distinguish between the two, and that truth must be known; that scientific knowledge must be placed in the hands of the population.

I also believe in freedom. I believe that every man is entitled to lead his life and to manage his goods as he sees fit, that he is the only possessor of himself, and that statist socio-economic control is as morally reprehensible as it is harmful in its social, economic, and environmental consequences.

I note two things distressing me: firstly, the population is increasingly misinformed scientifically; and secondly, the media and governments take advantage of this to propagate a theory that is doubtful, namely that of anthropogenic warming, and to promote coercive measures on its behalf.

Few people take the time to get vital information about the actual CO2footprint; and few people, more generally, are still interested in science. I deeply regret that our Western societies have succeeded in cultivating such mistrust of science: such a reluctance to have confidence in its capacity to know the world objectively and to transform it positively.



Related: Global Warming Scientifically illegitimate - The Carbon Con: Free energy is around the corner

The theory of anthropogenic warming claims to be scientific; but if people accept this theory, if they hold it to be true, it is clearly not out of interest for science. Such a fragile theory, in view of the CO2 facts I have presented to you above, could never have been accepted by people who truly care about science; and who possess a deep understanding in that field.

In my eyes, there are two main reasons - or if you prefer, two main types of feelings - that make people let themselves be seduced by the theory of anthropogenic warming so readily. In the first place, the Catholic religion is in decline in the Western world; and what I call ecologism comes to replace it.

In the second place, Westerners have a pronounced taste for self-flagellation; and the theory of anthropogenic warming provides justification for that tendency, possibly anchored in our Judeo-Christian heritage. So, on the one hand, we have religious feelings: faith in a new system of thought, which is ecologism; the veneration of a new divinity, which is benevolent and protective Nature.

On the other hand, we have a feeling of guilt, expressed in our conviction that, if the climate warms up, it is our fault; and that if we do not immediately limit our CO2 emissions, we will have sullied and disfigured our planet.






Rising Ocean Levels and Melting Ice Caps

Over the last 12,000 years, what we have witnessed is an oscillation between warm and cold periods, thus periods with rising and declining sea levels. Incontestably, sea and ocean levels have been on the rise since the end of the Little Ice Age that took place approximately from the beginning of the 14th century until the end of the 19th century. 

At the end of that period, global temperatures started to rise. That being said, the recorded rise is 0.8 degrees Celsius and is, therefore, nothing extraordinary. If the temperature goes up, ocean water obviously dilates and some glaciers recede. This is something glaciers have always done, and not a specificity of our time.

Thus, in Ancient Roman times, glaciers were much smaller than the ones we know nowadays. I invite the reader to look at the documents dating back to the days of Hannibal, who managed to cross the Alps with his elephants because he did not encounter ice on his way to Rome, (except during a snow storm just before arriving on the Italian plain).

Today, you could no longer make Hannibal’s journey. He proved to be capable of such an exploit, precisely because it was warmer in Roman times.

Sea levels are currently on the rise; but this is an overestimated phenomenon. The recorded rise is 1.5 millimeters per year, namely 1.5 cm every ten years, and is, therefore, not dramatic at all. Indeed, it does happen that entire islands do get engulfed; but in 99% of the cases, that is due to a classic erosion phenomenon[2] and not to rising sea levels.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

As far as the Italian city of Venice is concerned, the fact it has been faced with water challenges is not due to any rise of the lagoon level; and is just the manifestation of the sad reality that “the City of the Doges” is sinking under its weight on the marshland.

Once again, the global sea and ocean levels are rising; but the threat effectively represented by that phenomenon is far from being tangible. I note that the Tuvalu islands, whose engulfment was previously announced as imminent, not only have not been engulfed, but have seen their own land level rise with respect to that of waters around them.

Still another phenomenon we tend to exaggerate is the melting of the polar caps. The quantity of ice in the Arctic has not gone down for 10 years: one may well witness, from one year to the other, ice level fluctuations, but on average that level has remained constant.

Right after the Little Ice Age, since the temperature went up, the Artic started to melt; but the ice level in the Arctic finally settled down. Besides, ice has been expanding in Antarctica over the last 30 years; and similarly, we observe in Greenland that the quantity of ice increased by 112 million cubic kilometers last year.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

On a global scale, glaciers account for peanuts, with most of the ice being located in Antarctica and on Greenland. One cannot but notice an almost unchanged ice level over hundreds of years.

…We are told that the level of water will increase throughout the world and increase to the point that it will overwhelm a large part of our continents. As Hans von Storch, one of the world’s leading climate modelers, has shown, the models supporting those forecasts are, for 98% of them, totally false.

We are told that the air we breathe in the big cities has never been so polluted. One only must review the documents oneself about the air that people used to breath in London in the 1960s to realize how much urban pollution has diminished.

In Peking, often castigated for poor air quality, there happens, every now and then, a fog reminiscent of the London smog. But even that pollution in Peking is far from competing with that which, a short while ago, reigned in London.






Global “Warming” and Temperature Models

Many other climate myths and legends exist. From storms to tornados, extreme events are going down all around the world; and when they occur, their level is much lower, too.

As explained by MIT physicist Richard Lindzen, the reduction of the temperature differential between the north hemisphere and the equatorial part of our planet makes cyclonic energy much smaller: the importance and frequency of extreme events thus tend to decrease. But once again, the rise of temperatures shows a magnitude considerably lower with respect to that we currently project.

If you look at satellite data and weather balloon measurements, you then note that the temperature rise around the world is relatively modest; that it is much lower than the rise that is predicted for us by authorities, and that these predictions rely on calculations that are highly uncertain.

This is because the simulation inputs cannot take into account past temperatures (for which there is no precision data[3]), except by subjectively adjusting x, y, z data that are not always known. The recent temperature spikes measured by satellites and balloons are part of a classic natural phenomenon which is called El Niño.



Related: What You’re Not Being Told About The Paris Climate Agreement

This short-term phenomenon consists of a return of the very warm waters at the surface of the equatorial Pacific Ocean. The heat thus liberated in the atmosphere pushes up the global temperature and CO2 plays no role in that process.

Another issue I would like to raise: present deserts, far from expanding, are receding; and they are receding due to the higher quantity of CO2available in the air. It turns out that greenhouse operators voluntarily inject three times as much CO2 in the commercial greenhouse as it is present in the atmosphere.

The result we can observe is that plants grow faster and are bigger, that they are more resistant to diseases and to destructive insects, and that their photosynthesis is way more efficient and that they therefore consume, less water. Similarly, the rise of CO2level in the atmosphere makes that plants need less water and thus that they can afford to colonize arid regions.

Regarding diseases and other weird phenomena hastily attributed to climate warming, there is a website - “globalwarminghoax.com,” if I recall - that collects the different rumors and contemplations on this theme.



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

The fact that masculine fertility decreases; the fact that birds’ wings shrink; the fact that a shark showed up in the North Sea; absolutely anything is likely to be connected to climate change if one displays enough intellectual dishonesty.

That is where honest journalists come into play: your role is to investigate on the true reason of phenomena and to demystify the ready-made thinking that financial and political forces ask the media to channel slavishly.

Climate-related diseases are relatively rare; and even malaria does not directly depend on the climate, but rather on the way we enable the parasite to reproduce and the mosquito to flourish in the place where we are located.

If you find yourself in a swampy area, the odds you will get malaria are high; if you have drained the system and you no longer have that wetland, the odds you will catch the disease are very low.

In the end, automatically blaming the resurgence of some disease on climate change comes down to removing the personal responsibility from the people involved: such as denying that their refusal of vaccinations, for instance, or their lack of hygiene, may be part of the problem.






The Economic Failure of Wind Power

The wind industry, over which ecologists swoon, produces highly unpredictable output, depending on the intensity of the wind. Even under good atmospheric conditions, wind delivers too little electricity to be a profitable industry on its own.

Warren Buffet, who owns one of the largest wind farms in Iowa, said it without embarrassment: “On wind power, we get a tax credit if we build a lot of wind farms. This is the only reason to build them. They do not make sense without the tax credit.”

The ecological balance is just as bad: onshore wind turbines kill hundreds of thousands, even millions of birds and bats per year. As for wind turbines at sea, they kill many marine mammals, again in the utmost indifference of ecologists.



Thoughts on World Government and Eco-Tyranny

Many persons, generally those coming from the former Eastern Bloc, let themselves be seduced by the idea that the resolution of our environmental problems would be that of global governance. In many respects, ecologism is also the communism of the 21st century. In the same way as Islam, it occupies the place left vacant by the decline of Marxism-Leninism.

I do not know if a convergence of struggles between Islamists and ecologists will actually take shape; however, I note that we already have the equivalent, on a smaller scale, of the global ecological caliphate. I am thinking of the European Union, which gives us a foretaste of the bureaucratic, global, and totalitarian governance that the United Nations manifestly endeavors to establish.



Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger

Since we are talking about globalization, envisioned in its political aspect, the prospect of a world government, but also in its economic and, say, informational aspect - the networking, sometimes instantaneous, of humans, goods, and ideas - I would like to opine a possible perverse effect.

As cultures and mentalities mingle, the Westerners’ ecologist (or Gaianist) religion, as well as their penchant for repentance, seem to even reach some of the Asian peoples. Japan, which emerged spiritually emasculated from the Second World War, is more conducive to letting itself be invaded by that Western sanctification of the self-denial of ecologism.



The Global Depopulation Agenda

The agreement of the Paris COP 21 was not signed to save the planet and to prevent us from roasting due to an imaginary temperature increase of +2°C. Behind all that masquerade is hidden, as always, the ugly face of power, greed, and profit.

All the industrialists who are in favor of that commitment, which will ruin Europe and immensely impoverish its citizens, do so for the good reason they find in it a huge and easy source of income.



Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

As for NGOs, when they are not simply motivated by greed, their motive consists in a resolutely Malthusian ideology.

Their object is to return the world to a very small population, on the order of a few hundred million people. To do so, they impoverish the world, remove the power of fossil fuel energies, and thus ensure that the number of deaths increases.



Thoughts on Glyphosate

Interestingly, Marko is pro-glyphosate, saying it is only”half as toxic as salt.” He even adds, “I am ready to drink ten grams of glyphosate in front of you,” but nowhere is he recorded as actually having done so.

It just goes to show you that real scientists are independent thinkers who may have very diverse conclusions on a variety of science-based topics. To this day, however, I have not seen any scientist gobble down ten grams of glyphosate. Sadly, Marko has already passed, so he won’t be available to demonstrate his confidence in this herbicide, either.



Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

Nevertheless, it’s clear that Marko was a brilliant thinker and a man who was dedicated to his pursuit of scientific understanding and truth. I thank Grégoire Canlorbe for conducting and sharing this enlightening interview, and I encourage you to visit his website at GregoireCanlorbe.com.

You can also read more about real climate science at ClimateScienceNews.com.


Rrelated Articles:

Hurricanes in 2017 Demand Answers as to Weather Modification Involvement

Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

Ending The Hoax: Team Trump Removes All References To ‘Climate Change’ On Whitehouse.gov Web Site + New York Times 1989: No Global Warming Trend


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Eye-Opening Survey Shows No.1 Fear For US Citizens Is Government, Not Terrorism
November 2 2017 | From: ActivistPost

An extensive survey of hundreds of adults across the United States has just revealed that the thing most Americans fear - more than anything else - is their own government.



In fact, according to the survey, no other fear even comes close to the percentage of Americans who worry about their corrupt government officials.

Related:
What’s Behind Erdogan’s Accusations of West Allegedly ‘Supporting Terrorism’

The survey was conducted by Chapman University and it serves to back up the point that while Americans claim to live in the Land of the Free, deep down, they realize they are living in a corrupt oligarchy.


"The Chapman University Survey of American Fears Wave 4 (2017) provides an in-depth examination into the fears of average Americans. In May of 2017, a random sample of 1,207 adults from across the United States were asked their level of fear about eighty different fears across a huge variety of topics ranging from crime, the government, the environment, disasters, personal anxieties, technology and many others."

As Statista’s Niall McCarthy notes , like last year, corruption of government officials came top in 2017, with 74.5 percent of U.S. adults saying it makes them “afraid” or “very afraid.”

Despite the constant fear mongering from the mainstream media and government on bogeymen terrorists plotting to steal our freedom, the public, according to this survey, is not buying it. In fact, the threat of terrorism isn’t even in the top 20 fears. Terrorism comes in at twenty-two - below credit card fraud and identity theft.

While this survey is certainly promising, in the idea that people are waking up to government corruption, it is also a telling sign of America’s ability to hold two entirely contradictory ideas as self-evident.



Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

This ability, or perhaps better defined as “disability,” to hold two opposing ideas, such as the spreading of freedom through war, as being logically sound, is called cognitive dissonance. When one is in a state of dissonance, they may sometimes feel “disequilibrium”: frustration, hunger, dread, guilt, anger, embarrassment, anxiety, etc.

In order for cognitive dissonance to work, society must remain just ignorant enough to support and to believe the lies fed to them from the establishment as reality; even though this reality is a complete contradiction.

Once we step back and observe society with this in mind, the reason for this contradictory mental state becomes quite obvious. It is much easier to remain delusional and in a state of suspended disbelief than it is to deal with the opposing ideas held inside one’s head. How can one chant “USA is number 1!” while at the same time fearing the rulers of that USA?



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Coming to terms with the fact that you can actually be killed by the very entity who claims to protect you from those who wish to do you harm, is a difficult realization.

Fortunately, there are those of us who have ‘woken up’ to our contradictory existence. This is not to say that we are smarter than others, only that we can recognize our own ignorance and through this self-reflection, seek to lessen that ignorance through entertaining ideas that may make us uncomfortable.

If this survey shows us anything, it is that Americans would do well to entertain the uncomfortable idea that this country they hold so high up on a pedestal has actually long been on a path to become the dystopian nightmare written about in books like 1984.

Americans would do well to remember the words by John Basil Barnhill in 1914 when he said,


"Where the people fear the government you have tyranny. Where the government fears the people you have liberty.”




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Fall Asleep In Under One Minute Using This Simple Breathing Pattern
November 2 2017 | From: ThePlaidZebra

If you’re like me, it probably takes you anywhere from 30 minutes to an hour to fall asleep at night. However, I recently learned a breathing pattern that allows me to fall asleep in as little as a few minutes, and sometimes even under a minute.



Don’t get me wrong; this breathing pattern won’t immediately knock you out first try like some sort of breath anesthesia. It takes consistent practice to ease your body into developing a strong sedative reaction—however even beginners can use the technique to reduce stress, and fall asleep quicker.

Related:
Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind

To start off, place the tip of your tongue on the roof of your mouth, where the curvature comes to an edge behind your front teeth. Then, with your mouth closed, inhale quietly through your nose for the count of four. Hold that breath for the count of seven, then exhale through your mouth loudly, creating a “whooshing” noise. Make sure your tongue remains in place the entire time. Without stopping, repeat this pattern for no more than four cycles.

For this technique, the speed of your breath doesn’t matter, so long as you maintain the proper ‘4,7,8’ ratio.


Breathe in for a Count of 4


Hold Breath for a Count of 7




Breathe out for a Count of 8


Relax

You will notice that this breathing pattern puts you into a pleasantly relaxed and sedated state of consciousness. However, these effects also begin to strengthen significantly with time and practice.

Dr. Andrew Weil, medical doctor, professor and best selling author, insists that this technique must be practiced at least twice a day for eight weeks, in order to reap the greatest benefits. After a month, he says, increase to eight breath cycles.

According to Weil, “By imposing certain rhythms on the breath with your voluntary system, gradually these are induced in the involuntary nervous-system.” In this way, the long term benefits are formed by training your body to completely relax itself every time you complete this breath cycle.

This technique can be applied to reduce anxiety, stress, or even cravings like cigarettes or junk food. Next time something stresses you out or aggravates you, take a brief moment to complete these breath cycles before you react to the situation.



Related: Ten Sure-Fire Ways To Live A Stressful Life

You’ll be amazed at your newfound clarity and calmness. As I said before, this technique is also incredibly effective for falling asleep quickly at night.

The reasoning for this is simple. As we know, anxiety and stress typically cause us to fall into a rapid, shallow breathing pattern. However, the opposite is also true: if we get into the habit of shallow breathing, stress will often follow. Oxygen, of course, is critical to maintaining the health of our body and mind, but moreover, the way we intake oxygen is just as important.

Like anything, this technique requires time and practice to reap the greatest benefits. But if you’re willing to dedicate about a minute a day to this breathing pattern, you’ll be amazed at how much control you can have over your emotional state.

Happy breathing.





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet
November 1 2017 | From: RonPaulInstitute

For years, civil libertarians have warned that Great Britain has been in a free fall from the criminalization of speech to the expansion of the surveillance state.



Now the government is pursuing a law that would make the repeated viewing of extremist Internet sites a crime punishable to up to 15 years in prison.


Related: Woman Films Her New Internet-Connected Camera Whispering ‘Hello’

It appears that the government is not satiated by their ever-expanding criminalization of speech. They now want to criminalize even viewing sites on the Internet. As always, officials are basically telling the public to “trust us, we’re the government.” UK home secretary Amber Rudd is pushing the criminalization of reading as part of her anti-radicalization campaign . . . which turns out to be an anti-civil liberties campaign.

We have previously discussed the alarming rollback on free speech rights in the West, particularly in France (here and here and here and here and here and here) and England (here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here). Even the Home Secretary has been accused of hate speech for criticizing immigrant workers.

Prime Minister Theresa May has previously called for greater government control of the Internet. Now, the government not only would make reading material on the Internet a crime, but would not necessarily tell you what sites will be deemed the ultimate click bait. Rudd told a Conservative Party conference that she wants to crackdown on people “who view despicable terrorist content online, including jihadi websites, far-right propaganda and bomb-making instructions.”

So sites deemed “far-right propaganda” (but not far-left propaganda) could lead to your arrest - leaving the government with a sweeping and ambiguous mandate.



Related: How The US Became A Warmonger Police State

The law would move from criminalizing the downloading of information to simply reading it. The move confirms the long criticism of civil libertarians that the earlier criminalization would just be the start of an ever-expanding government regulation of sites and speech. Rudd admits that she wants to arrest those who just read material but do not actually download the material.

In the past, the government assumed near total discretion in determining who had a “reasonable excuse” for downloading information.

Britain has long relied on the presumed benevolence of the government in giving its sweeping authority in the surveillance and regulation of speech, including the media. This move however is a quantum shift in government controls over speech and information.

Indeed, this comes the closest to criminalization not just speech but thought. It is a dangerous concept and should be viewed as disqualifying for anyone who want to hold (or retain) high office.

What is particularly striking is that this new law seeks to create a new normal in a society already desensitized to government controls and speech crimes. Thee is no pretense left in this campaign —  just a smiling face rallying people to the cause of thought control.

Sound familiar?



"We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites.

The German Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal.

We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship.

The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power."

- George Orwell, 1984


John McAfee: Time to END #GoogleGestapo





Related Articles:

Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

The US Is Now The Ultimate Police State: US Detains Journalist For Exercising Free Speech

Australian Government Ramps Up $18.5M Citizen Surveillance With “The Capability” And “iOmniscient” Technology

Windows 10 Keeps Spying Even When All Privacy Options Are Turned Off & Did the Government Spy On Trump? Of Course. It Spies On All Of Us!

The Birth And Death Of Privacy: 3,000 Years Of History Told Through 46 Images

John McAfee: Pandora - Crypto Security 21

Worst Anti-Privacy Bill Since The Patriot Act, Passes Hidden In A Budget Bill And Media Is Silent



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Astonishing Russian Document Reveals A Face-To-Face Interaction With A UFO & 5 Alien Beings
November 1 2017 | From: ConsciousEvolution

Global governments and intelligence agencies around the world have released hundreds of thousands of pages of documents pertaining to the UFO phenomenon over the past few years.



These files indicate that objects are commonly tracked on radar and pursued by our own military craft, which are then sent out to take a closer look.

Related: The Mexican Government Reveals Mayan Documents Proving Extraterrestrial Contact

The files also reveal there have been sightings of strange objects travelling at tremendous speeds and performing maneuvers that no known aircraft is capable of performing.

These types of UFOs might now be officially verified within the mainstream, but they’ve been seen, photographed, and recorded by credible witnesses for decades. For example, here’s a document (straight from the CIA’s FOIA Electronic Reading Room) pertaining to “a group of red, green, and yellow flying saucers” that were seen “hovering” over multiple military bases in Antarctica.

Here’s
another detailing how, when intercepters approached the object, pilots lost “all instrumentation and communications.” Here’s a great interview (and there’s no shortage of them) with navy commander pilot Graham Bethune, who describes another extraordinary in-flight encounter.




Related: DNA Analysis Of The Paracas Skulls Proves They Are Not Human

These objects are thought to be extraterrestrial in origin, not only because of their technological superiority, but also because many high-ranking political and military insiders, along with prestigious academics, have shared information they’ve been privy to regarding actual intelligent extraterrestrial beings visiting our planet.

There could be several different groups doing so at the present moment. It may sound far-fetched, but as we move through 2017 and beyond, bits of truth will continue to leak out, and the “official campaign of secrecy and ridicule” that Roscoe Hillenkoetter described to the New York Times in 1960 may come to an end.

That being said, once this box is opened, everything will change. It will have tremendous implications for humanity - philosophically, scientifically, and technologically. Our world would change forever.


The Document

It shouldn’t really come as a surprise that the CIA  and other U.S. intelligence agencies were keeping tabs on other countries.We know spying happens all the time, and other governments probably did the same to North American governments as well.

The UFO issue has obviously been of extreme interest to these agencies, given the scale of resources put toward investigating it. One document within the CIA archives also shows that they were interested in reports of actual extraterrestrial bodies.

For example, here is one that was addressed to “certain scientists of distinction,” to “aeronautical and military authorities,” and to “a number of public officials.” The document, stored in the FBI database, shows interest in a letter written by someone with “several university degrees” and a former “university department head.” It provides information, (on pages 21 and 22) about extraterrestrial beings, their craft, how they operate, and where they come from.

Again, the question to ask here is, why were intelligence agencies so interested in this? They continue to investigate any reports of extraterrestrial bodies, and I have to wonder if it’s because they’ve had secrets of their own. Is it because, as Apollo 14 astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell once put it so bluntly, “there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered”?



Related: ET Encounters in the Past? | Ancient History and Understandings to Free the Soul

When you study ufology, you come across all sorts of stories, and one interesting thing these stories seem to share is that “they” (whoever is operating these crafts) are not interested in confrontation.

For example, in a (well-known) document released via the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), Four-Star General Nathan Twinning wrote that the “phenomenon reported is something real and not visionary or fictitious” and that “the reported operating characteristics such as extreme rates of climb, maneuverability (particularly in roll), and action which must be considered evasive when sighted or contacted by friendly air-craft and radar, lend belief to the possibility that some of the objects are controlled either manually, automatically or remotely.”

The key word there is “evasive.” This point was also made a few years ago by former Canadian Defence minister Paul Hellyer, who stated that:


"Decades ago, visitors from other planets warned us about where we were headed and offered to help. But Instead, we, or at least some of us, interpreted their visits as a threat, and decided to shoot first and ask questions after.”

In that same speech, he also mentions the fact that, as a result of our own displays of aggression, the UFOs started to take “corrective measures to avoid our air-craft,” and that some pilots actually lost their lives as a result of retaliation.

Which brings us to a document, stored in the CIA archives, that describes how Mikhail Gorbachev - who, by the way, once publicly stated that “the phenomenon of UFOs does exist, and it must be treated seriously” - was “dissolved.”



Related: Mars And Earth Have Same Ancient Man Rock-Engraving: Visitors To Both Planets?

It’s a document keeping tabs on a report an media outlet put out, which again, clearly shows a high level of interest from them.

It states that “U.S. intelligence obtained a 250-page file on the  attack by a UFO on a military unit in Siberia,” and it goes on to describe something extraordinary:


"The file contains not only many documentary photographs and drawings, but also testimonies by actual participants in the events. One of the CIA representatives referred to this case as “a horrific picture of revenge on the part of extraterrestrial creatures, a picture that makes one’s blood freeze.”

According to the KGB materials, a quite low-flying spaceship in the shape of a saucer appeared above a military unit that was conducting routine training maneuvers. For unknown reasons, somebody unexpectedly launched a surface-to-air missile and hit the UFO. It fell to Earth not far away, and five short humanoids with “large heads and large black eyes” emerged from it.

It is stated in the testimonies by the two soldiers who remained alive that, after freeing themselves from the debris, the aliens came close together and then “merged into a single object that acquired a spherical shape.” That object began to buzz and hiss sharply, and then became a brilliant white.

In a few seconds, the spheres grew much bigger and exploded by flaring up with an extrememly bright light. At that very instant, 23 soldiers who had watched the phenomenon turned into… stone poles. Only two soldiers who stood in the shade and were less exposed to the luminous explosion survived."


The document then goes on to state:


"The KGB report goes on to say that the remains of the UFO and the “Petrified Soldiers” were transferred to a secret scientific research institution near Moscow. Specialists assume that a source of energy that is still unknown to Earthlings instantly changed the structure of the soldiers’ living organisms, having transformed it into a substance whose molecular composition is no different from that of limestone.

The document ends with a comment from a CIA representative, who said,  “If the KGB file corresponds to reality, this is an extremely menacing case. The aliens possess such weapons and technology that go beyond all our assumptions. They can stand up for themselves if attacked.”



Related: How 'aliens' are perceived and what 'they' represent, according to native North Americans

Quite remarkable, isn’t it? This isn’t the only story of retaliation with regards to what happens when our agencies encounter a UFO. Yet, in every instance, we are the instigators.

Something to think about.


Related Articles:

9.7mn-yo ape teeth puzzle scientists, challenge timeline of human species

Life On Mars Oddities: ‘Traffic Light’ And Perfectly-Shaped Ball Spotted On Red Planet

Scientist-World's Largest Egyptian Obelisk Not Of Human Origin



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Seven Charts That Show How The Rich Hide Their Cash
October 31 2017 | From: Geopolitics

Who avoids the most tax and what does that mean for inequality?



These were the questions asked by two National Bureau of Economic Research working papers submitted this month (Tax Evasion and Inequality and Who Owns the Wealth in Tax Havens?).  Both papers are available publicly here.

Related: World’s Poorest President Urges Public To Kick The Wealthy Out Of Politics

The research was based on a variety of data, including ICIJ’s Swiss Leaks and Panama Papers investigations, and prove for interesting reading. Here are seven highlights from the reports.


1. The Ultra-Rich Avoid the Most Tax

The ultra-rich, people whose net worth is more than $45 million, are ten times more likely to evade taxes than the average citizen, according to the research.

That means the ultra-rich have worked out how to avoid paying about 30 percent of their personal income and wealth taxes.

And it probably doesn’t stop there, with the authors suggesting that “evasion among the wealthy may be even higher” because their research was based on Scandinavian countries where social trust is high, corruption low and respect for the rule of law strong.



Related: The Real Leaders of the World - The Money Men

The research also found that offshore wealth increases the “top 0.1 percent wealth share from 8 percent to 10 percent” when looking at Norway specifically. And for top 0.01 percent “taking tax evasion into account increases their wealth by a third.”


2. The Ultra-Rich are More Likely to Use Offshore Accounts 

The likelihood of Scandinavians in the bottom 99 per cent of wealth share hiding their assets in HSBC accounts was “negligible,” according to research based on ICIJ’s Swiss Leaks.

But the probability rises to 1 percent among the richest 0.01 percent.

This chart shows the probability of owning an unreported HSBC account by wealth groups. (The first group [P90-P95] represents households worth less than $900,000 and the last the top 0.01 percent who are worth $44.5 million.)



Related: Vietnam Shows How They Clean Up Corrupt Banking System as Banker Sentenced to DEATH for Fraud

“The gradient is notable too: top 0.01 percent households are 13 times more likely to hide assets at HSBC than households in the bottom half of the top 1 percent,” they wrote.


3. Hardly Anyone Except the Ultra-Rich Use Offshore Accounts

The use of offshore accounts “steeply rises with wealth,” according to research based on ICIJ’s Panama Papers.

This charts shows the probability of owning a Mossack Fonseca offshore shell company significantly increased for the top 0.01 percent of Norway and Sweden’s population.

“The use of tax havens appears more concentrated in the Panama Papers than in the HSBC leak,” the authors wrote.



Related: Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad

The researchers also suggested one reason very few households outside the 0.01 percent in the Panama Papers used shell companies to conceal wealth is because it is a “more sophisticated” strategy than owning offshore bank accounts.

“Both techniques are often combined, but the wealthiest tax evaders might be more likely to combine offshore accounts with shell companies, when less wealthy tax evaders may be relatively more likely to own offshore accounts directly in their own names.”


4. Tax Havens Hold 10 Percent of Global GDP

In the second study, the authors analyzed the global amount of wealth in tax havens.

“We find that while about 10 percent of world GDP is held in tax havens globally, this average masks a great deal of heterogeneity.”



Related: This Is How Tyranny Rises and Freedom Falls: The Experiment in Freedom Is Failing

For example, Russia (60 percent), Europe (15 percent) and other nations hold a significant chunk of their GDP offshore, whereas Scandinavian countries own just a few percent of GDP.


5. Offshore Wealth is Shifting from Switzerland to Asia

The research found the size of this wealth was “not easily explained by tax or institutional factors” but instead correlated more closely with a country’s proximity to Switzerland, the presence of natural resources and political/economic instability.

However, the times might be changing, with the research also discovering wealth was growing in tax havens based in Asia – and mainly in Hong Kong – with offshore accounts held in Switzerland declining since the 2008 financial crisis.



Related: China is Smarter & More Honest than USA - Funding Infrastructure with Government Credit Not Borrowing from Private Banks

The authors predicted offshore assets in Hong Kong have grown six-fold between 2007 and 2015 with the country now ranked second behind Switzerland for tax havens.


6. Countries with More Offshore Wealth Also Use MoreTax Havens

The next chart shows the number of unique owners of shell companies created by Mossack Fonseca in each country before 2006 and active in 2007, using Panama Papers data.

“There are strong similarities between the amount of offshore wealth we estimate and the use of tax havens as revealed by the Panama Papers,” the authors said.

Russia is one such country with a total of 2071 unique shells. The authors also highlighted that China is over-represented in the data given estimates of how much Chinese wealth is offshore.



Related: Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer

They suggest this could be because estimates of China’s offshore wealth are low, or that Chinese use shell companies for purposes other than concealing wealth.


7. Offshore Wealth Can Substantially Increase Inequality

So what does that all mean for equality?

Including offshore assets generally increased the 0.01 percent’s wealth share substantially (even in the law abiding Scandinavian countries).

The effect in some countries is much worse than others. In the United Kingdom, Spain and France offshores assets accounted for between 30 to 40 percent of the 0.01 percent’s wealth. In Scandinavia, however, their share of wealth only increases by about 1 percent.



Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fraud, Exploitation And Collusion: America’s Pharmaceutical Industry
October 31 2017 | From: NaturalBlaze

The rot within manifested by the pharmaceutical industry almost defies description.



America’s Pharmaceutical industry takes pride of place in this week’s theme of The Rot Within, as the industry has raised fraud, exploitation and collusion to systemic perfection.

Related: The Real Reason Big Pharma Wants to Own the Patents to Cannabis

What other industry can routinely kill hundreds of thousands of Americans and suffer no blowback? Only recently has the toll of needless deaths from the opioid pandemic finally roused a comatose corporate media and bought-and-paid-for, see-no-evil Congress to wonder if maybe there should be some limits placed on Big Pharma and its drug distributors.

What other industry can raise prices any time it wants because, well, it can? Longtime correspondent/physician J.F. recently submitted a chart of medication price increases (below) - nothing special, nothing out of the ordinary, just the usual because we can price increases.

What other industry has such complete control over the federal government? Dr. J.F. reminded me that the law enacting Medicare Part D prescription drug coverage specifically prohibits the U.S. government from negotiating lower prices on the immense volume of medications it purchases through Medicare (not to mention the Medicaid and Veterans Administration programs).

J.F. also submitted this investigative report from CNN, The little red pill being pushed on the elderly.

Here’s the money-shot:


"The combination of two generic drugs that makes up Nuedexta - a cough suppressant and heart medication - was once available from specialty pharmacists willing to combine the ingredients for less than $1 a pill, according to a US Senate report on rising prescription drug prices. Now the FDA-approved medication costs as much as $12.60 a pill."

If this isn’t fraud, exploitation and collusion, then what is it? Please don’t say “good old free-market capitalism,” because competition is nowhere in sight.

The pharmaceutical industry is a crony-capitalist cartel that buys whatever political influence it requires to maintain its power and profits. Isn’t it obvious? Or have we become so distracted and drugged that we no longer care?

Ho-hum, just another 20 times the rate of inflation increase in medication prices by Big Pharma: nothing to see here, folks, just move along and take your meds.



Related: Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads

We’re number one! - in drug-induced deaths per million residents: isn’t it amazing that this raises no eyebrows at all in our “leadership” or the citizenry?



Related: Jeff Bezos Wants To Be Your Medication Dealer: Amazon Goes All-In With Big Pharma To Take Over The Drug Retail Industry & The Myth Of Drug Expiration Dates

Can we be honest for a change, and just admit that profits are way more important in our status quo than a couple hundred thousand deaths in America’s permanent underclass?



Related Profit at any cost: Big Pharma’s bribery and kickback schemes led to deaths of U.S. soldiers

The rot within manifested by the pharmaceutical industry almost defies description. That we tolerate this as business as usual (BAU) shows that ours is a society and economy afflicted with the sickness unto death.


Related Articles:

‘Worse Than Big Tobacco’: How Big Pharma Fuels the Opioid Epidemic

The Drug Industry’s Triumph Over the DEA 

Explosive 60 Minutes investigation finds Congress and drug companies worked to cripple DEA’s ability to fight opioid abuse



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient
October 30 2017 | From: NaturalNews

A new study conducted at the Institute of Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington (HealthData.org) and published in The Lancet medical journal finds that a shocking 20 percent of global deaths are caused by toxic foods, junk foods, processed foods and harmful food ingredients.



In essence, the study reveals that the toxic food industry is now about as dangerous as Big Tobacco.

Related: Top 8 carcinogenic food additives and ingredients BANNED nearly everywhere in the world except … wait for it … the United States of America

As covered in The Guardian:


"The study, based at the Institute of Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington, compiles data from every country in the world and makes informed estimates where there are gaps…

Diet is the second highest risk factor for early death after smoking. The problem is often seen as the spread of western diets, taking over from traditional foods in the developing world.

In other words, all the toxic food ingredients, processed foods, junk foods and fast foods that we’ve been warning you about for years are now being recognized by the science establishment to be one of the leading killers of human beings across our planet.

Many of these foods are saturated with glyphosate and pesticides, and an increasing number are also genetically engineered.

The food industry, in other words, is about as dangerous to human health as the tobacco industry, yet while Big Tobacco is highly regulated, there are virtually no enforced regulations that limit heavy metals, pesticides or dangerous chemical ingredients (like aspartame) in the U.S. food supply.



Related: New York Times: Spike the food supply with sterilization chemicals to cause global infertility and depopulation


Natural News Warnings About Toxic Foods Confirmed Yet Again

Once again, this emerging science confirms Natural News as being scientifically correct and way ahead of the curve.

We’ve been warning readers about the toxicity of the food supply for almost 15 years, even as the corrupt food industry attempted to discredit anyone who dared report the truth about toxic ingredients such as high-fructose corn syrup or partially hydrogenated oils.

Watch the full report in the Natural News videos here:





Related Articles:

The Alcohol Industry Doesn’t Want You To Understand The Link Between Drinking And Cancer

Canadian Study Gives More Evidence Cancer Is A Lifestyle Disease Largely Caused By Food & ‘A Bloody Disgrace’: Watch Jamie Oliver’s Video Message To The NZ Government On Sugar Tax

Why You Should Buy Local Food: 10 Reasons

Western Food Science Is Broken + We’re All Guinea Pigs In A Failed Decades-Long Diet Experiment



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Operation Cross Country: FBI Busts 120 Sex Traffickers & Rescues Dozens Of Sexually Exploited Children & Corey Feldman ‘Targeted By Death Threats’ After Announcing Project To Expose Hollywood Child Abuse Ring
October 29 2017 | From: DCClothesline / VigilantCitizen / TheDailySheeple / Various

The Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Operation Cross Country has just completed its eleventh iteration and according to the FBI, they recovered 84 sexually exploited juveniles and arrested 120 traffickers.



According to the FBI’s website, “Operation Cross Country has expanded beyond the United States, with Canada, the United Kingdom, Cambodia, the Philippines, and Thailand undertaking similar operations.

Related: Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

Their efforts were coordinated with the FBI and its local, state, and federal law enforcement partners - along with the National Center for Missing & Exploited Children (NCMEC) - during the four-day law enforcement action that ended October 15.”





Operation Cross Country 2017 involved 55 FBI field offices and 78 FBI-led Child Exploitation Task Forces composed of more than 500 law enforcement agencies. The sting operations were conducted in hotels, casinos, truck stops, and through social media sites frequented by pimps, prostitutes, and their customers.

More than 100 victim specialists provided on-scene services that included crisis intervention as well as resources for basic needs such as food, clothing, shelter, and medical attention.

One of the highlights of the operation involved FBI Denver’s Rocky Mountain Innocence Lost Task Force. They recovered a 3-month-old girl and her five-year-old sister after a friend who was staying with the family made a deal with an undercover task force officer to sell both children for sex in exchange for $600.



Related: Pedogate: Pennsylvania Democrat arrested for child porn, including infants & bestiality

“The threat of child sex trafficking is something the FBI works on every single day,” said Calvin Shivers, special agent in charge of the Denver Division. “Operation Cross Country gives us the opportunity to shine a light on this threat and to educate the public.”

He added that while the focused law enforcement action has “an immediate impact” of recovering a significant number of juvenile victims, “we recognize that there is a lot more work to be done to identify and recover even more victims.”

The FBI formed the Innocence Lost National Initiative in 2003. Since its creation, the program has resulted in the identification and recovery of more than 6,500 children from child sex trafficking and the prosecution of countless traffickers, more than 30 of whom have received life sentences for their crimes.

“We at the FBI have no greater mission than to protect our nation’s children from harm,” said FBI Director Christopher Wray. “Unfortunately, the number of traffickers arrested - and the number of children recovered - reinforces why we need to continue to do this important work.”




“This operation isn’t just about taking traffickers off the street,” FBI Director Wray said. “It’s about making sure we offer help and a way out to these young victims who find themselves caught in a vicious cycle of abuse.”

“Child sex trafficking is happening in every community across America,” said John Clark, the CEO of NCMEC. “We are working to combat this problem every day,” he explained, adding that NCMEC is “proud to work with the FBI on Operation Cross Country to help find and recover child victims.”



Related: Belgian Government Defends Website Teaching 7-Year-Olds Oral Sex Techniques

You know, I’m glad these children were recovered. I’m glad that human traffickers are being apprehended. I’m not happy about life sentences. I think the death penalty applies here.

However, what I’m more concerned about is that this is the same FBI that operates child porn websites. They disseminate and exploit children in the same manner the people they arrest do.

I reported in August 2016:


"For two weeks in the spring of 2015, the FBI was one of the largest purveyors of child pornography on the internet.

After arresting the North Carolina administrator of The Playpen, a “dark web” child-pornography internet bulletin board, agents seized the site’s server and moved it to an FBI warehouse in Virginia.

They then initiated “Operation Pacifier,” a sting and computer-hacking operation of unparalleled scope that has thus far led to criminal charges against 186 people, including at least five in Washington state.

The investigation has sparked a growing social and legal controversy over the FBI’s tactics and the impact on internet privacy. Some critics have compared the sting to the notorious Operation Fast and Furious, in which the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives allowed the illegal sales of thousands of guns to drug smugglers, who later used them in crimes.

Defense attorneys and some legal scholars suggest the FBI committed more serious crimes than those they’ve arrested — distributing pornography, compared with viewing or receiving it.“

Court documents specify that as many as 100,000 people logged onto the site.

Jacob Sullum points out, “Each time the FBI “distributed” an image, it committed a federal crime that is punishable by a mandatory minimum sentence of five years and a maximum sentence of 20 years. So did the person who “received” the image, which in the Internet context is the same as looking at it.

If such actions merit criminal punishment because they are inherently harmful, there is no logical reason why the agents who ran The Playpen should escape the penalties they want to impose on the people who visited the site.”



Related: Hunter S. Thompson was a pedophile-bestialist who made snuff films

So, when are we going to see prosecution of every single federal agent involved in Operation Pacifier, as well as any DOJ participants?

In a follow-up to the report I wrote on the FBI’s engaging in operating a child porn site out of North Carolina, which was termed Operation Pacifier, an affidavit was filed at the end of October that the FBI ran 23 different Tor-hidden child porn sites in order to “catch,” or the better word would be “entrap,” those who wished to view or share child pornography.

According to the affidavit:


"In the normal course of the operation of a web site, a user sends “request data” to the web site in order to access that site. While Websites 1-23 operate at a government facility, such request data associated with a user’s actions on Websites 1-23 will be collected.

That data collection is not a function of the NIT. Such request data can be paired with data collected by the NIT, however, in order to attempt to identify a particular user and to determine that particular user’s actions on Websites 1-23.“

The truth is that they are committing these crimes. How did the FBI obtain the child porn they are distributing? We already know that in the central government, thousands of Pentagon employees have been caught looking at porn and never been dealt with properly, not to mention a DHS official who was busted on Craiglist in a child porn sting.

Related: Documentary Just Released Online Blows Lid Off Hollywood Pedophilia: “This is the Tip of the Iceberg”

Not only is this a problem when it comes to morality and ethics, but the subsequent arrests and charges are compromised as the FBI failed to share with the court exactly how Operation Pacifier was conducted.

The FBI claims that during the two weeks The Playpen was run, visitors accessed, posted or traded some 48,000 images, 200 videos and 13,000 links to child porn. The agents then invaded computers to gather personal information using a secret “Network Investigative Technique.”



Related: George HW Bush ‘patted women’s rears’, his office says amid sexual assault allegations

Lest you think this is something limited to the FBI, I recently reported that a major international police operation to entrap child predators involved a deep dark website that was secretly run by police.

In that report, Jon Rouse, detective inspector, and investigator Paul Griffiths had been running the website “Child’s Play” for at least three months.

Police exploiting children and using that exploitation as bait to apprehend criminals doing the same thing they are doing is wrong.

Related: Wheelchair-bound George H.W. Bush accused of sexually assaulting actress



Corey Feldman ‘Targeted By Death Threats’ After Announcing Project To Expose Hollywood Child Abuse Ring

Corey Feldman claims he was almost “run down by two trucks” after confirming plans to bring to light the full extent of Hollywood child abuse.



Former child actor Corey Feldman has been mentioned several times on Vigilant Citizen because he’s been, for years, the most vocal denunciator of child abuse in Hollywood.

Related: Let the Purge Begin: First Hollywood Big Wig Fired for Sexually Abusing Children

While he always claimed that several high-powered Hollywood executives are part of a child abuse ring (and that one of them raped his co-star Corey Haim at age 11) Feldman never released any names.

Probably energized by the Harvey Weinstein scandal, Feldman recently released plans to expose Hollywood abuse with by directing, producing and self-distributing the “most honest and true depiction of child abuse ever portrayed.” Feldman said on Twitter:


"Right off the bat I can name six names, one of them who’s still very powerful today.”

He also said he can show a link between paedophilia and one of the major studios.





Feldman also started an Indiegogo campaign for $10 million to be used to fund the film, a legal team, and security for himself and his family. Feldman’s wife, Courtney, suggests the money is to ensure their safety after certain events have left him paranoid he’s being targeted.

On October 19th, Feldman tweeted:


"For the record: I will not be going on a talk show to disclose names of my abuser or anyone else’s abusers. So please stop asking me to do so. Also let me add, this is not about fear of being sued! Yes that’s a real possibility but the bigger reason is safety for my family.”



Related: Hollywood’s Accused Harassers, Molesters, Rapists – The Rap Sheet, So Far


Targeted?

Since Feldman launch his Truth Campaign, Feldman claims that he’s being targeted and his life is being threatened. On October 23rd, he was arrested on a marijuana charge in Louisiana after his tour bus was pulled over for speeding. Feldman believes that the arrest was a shakedown in response to his campaign.


"Mangham Police say officers pulled over Feldman’s tour bus for speeding when they found Feldman was driving with a suspended license.

Police say they searched the bus and found marijuana and prescription pills. Feldman was charged with misdemeanor possession of marijuana, speeding, and driving with a suspended license. He was able to pay a fine and was released.

On his Twitter page, Feldman said he had nothing on him but was charged because the tour bus is in his name. He said the marijuana was a member of the crew’s, who has a legal California prescription. He also claimed the pills were legal, and officers promised to drop the charges if he could provide proof of prescription.

He claimed the traffic stop was “a bit of a good ol shakedown,” and that officers asked for pictures and autographs after he paid the fine in cash."

- KNOE8, Police release details in Coery Feldman traffic stop

He adds that several members quit his band because they were fearing for their lives, wondering if “someone got to them”.

Finally, Feldman said that he had a “near death experience” when two trucks nearly ran him down.

Will Feldman ever actually spill the beans and expose the system. Feldman says in his video:


"It’s not easy. I’ve been degraded at great levels. Rumours have been told, stories have been made up about me… all because they fear what I know. Justice will be served. Because this is about good and evil.”



“An Open Secret”: Watch Bombshell Documentary About Hollywood Pedophile Ring Preying on Child Actors

Dozens of women have accused Hollywood bigwig Harvey Weinstein of sexually harassing, assaulting, and raping them.

But Weinstein is hardly the first Hollywood elite to commit such atrocities.

The entertainment industry has long been filled with sexual abusers. The documentary An Open Secret explores the lives of child actors who were sexually abused by Hollywood elites.




Related Articles:

Police ‘Shakedown’ Corey Feldman Just After He Reveals Plan to Expose Hollywood Pedophiles

Hollywood Crumbles as Oscar-Winning Director Suggests Cover-Up of Widespread Pedophilia

Pimp Issues Warning About Sex-Trafficking of Children in America

Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

POTUS Trump Explains Why The Release Of JFK Assassination Files Was Delayed
October 29 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit

As The Gateway Pundit previously reported, the U.S. Government delayed the release of the long awaited ‘JFK Assassination’ files as CIA officials have yet to identify which documents President Trump must sign off on for release.



CBS News reported intelligence agents will release 2800 documents and the rest in 180 days from today. But then, President Trump issued a statement on the delay. 

Related: Lou Dobbs Goes Off: Blasts Deep State for Refusing POTUS Orders: “This Is Swamp at Work – Making Liar Out of President!”

Thursday evening, CBS News reports intelligence agents will release 2,800 documents and the rest in 180 days from today. Moments ago, President Trump issued a statement on the delay. 

NBC News reports:


"The U.S. government was in danger Thursday of missing the deadline to release a trove of previously classified records from the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, adding an unexpected twist to a saga already rife with rumors and conspiracies.

But as of Thursday afternoon, the memo specifying which material the CIA, State Department and other agencies still want to keep under wraps had not made it to Trump’s desk, U.S. intelligence officials told NBC News.

[…]So only a handful of documents were expected to be released on Thursday, not the entire batch, officials told NBC News.“

WikiLeaks boss Julian Assange believes the delay is an effort to make President Trump appear “weak.”

“US intelligence agencies seem to be determined to make Trump look weak by delaying JFK files after he promised their release today,” Assange tweeted.

On October 21st, President Trump tweeted he will order the release of the files.

“Subject to the receipt of further information, I will be allowing, as President, the long blocked and classified JFK FILES to be opened,” tweeted President Trump.



Related: 'I have no choice': Donald Trump blocks release of hundreds of JFK files at request of FBI and CIA

2800 ‘JFK Assassination’ files will be released Thursday night. However, redacted files will not see the light of day just yet. According to reports, the remaining files are set for release in 180 days.

“2,800  to be released tonight, WH official says; any redacted records won’t be released at this time,” tweeted CBS News.

Tweet source: CBS News



Related: JFK At One Hundred

President Trump issued a statement Thursday night, citing “national security, law enforcement, and foreign affairs concerns,” for the delay. Intelligence agencies will be reviewing the redacted files for release in the next 180 days.

“WH statement on JFK docs: “Remaining records will be released with agency-proposed redactions on a rolling basis in the coming weeks,” tweeted ABC News.

Tweet source: ABC News



Related: Finally, The CIA Admits Covering Up JFK Assassination

The statement via CBS News reads:


"President Trump said Thursday evening that the public “deserves” to know as much as possible about the assassination, “executive departments and agencies (agencies) have proposed to me that certain information should continue to be redacted because of national security, law enforcement, and foreign affairs concerns.

I have no choice - today - but to accept those redactions rather than allow potentially irreversible harm to our Nation’s security.”

“To further address these concerns, I am also ordering agencies to re-review each and every one of those redactions over the next 180 days,” the statement adds.

No doubt the delay will cause a firestorm among those closely monitoring the release.


Related Articles:

The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place


The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

JFK To 911: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick

JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

President Donald Trump Interview - Fake Media; Trump Rips Clinton + CNN Launches “Facts First” Campaign While Burying Uranium One Scandal
October 28 2017 | From: RealClearPolitics / Infowars

Full Lou Dobbs Interview: Trump Asks What Could Be More Fake Than CBS, NBC, ABC and CNN?



President Trump sat down with Lou Dobbs with an interview that aired on the Wednesday evening broadcast of his FOX Business Network show. Trump went on a rant against the major networks - CBS, NBC, ABC, and CNN and asked what could be "more fake?"

Related: Boom: the Clintons, US uranium, Putin, and the FBI

"Lou, they put on stories and CNN, and on NBC, and CBS, and ABC, and NBC being an offshoot also with the MSNBC, which is ridiculous," Trump said to the FBN host. "They put on stories that are so false. They have so-called sources that, in my opinion, don’t exist. You know, they’ll say, 'Sources have said,' they don’t know."

"They’re sitting down, they just - they make it up. It is so dishonest. It is so fake. And you know, I have come up with some pretty good names for people. There's - I think one of the best names is - you know, I’ve really started this whole fake news thing. Now they’ve turned it around and then, now they’re calling, you know, stories put out by different - by Facebook fake. And they’re fake," the president complained.

"What could be more fake than CBS, and NBC, and ABC, and CNN when you look at some of these stories?" Trump asked.





Related Articles:

Hillary Campaign, DNC Accused of Violating Election Law with Dossier Payments

Obama Admin and Democrats Created Fake Fusion Dossier and then Used It to Spy on President Trump

Dobbs: Uranium One ‘May Turn Out to Be the Biggest Scandal in American Political History’

“It’s Out There” Wikileaks Shows Clintons Knew Uranium One Was Major Scandal in 2015

Hillary Clinton Quickly Rushed TEN Russian Spies Back to Moscow Before FBI Could Question Them

CNN Launches “Facts First” Campaign While Burying Uranium One Scandal



CNN Launches “Facts First” Campaign While Burying Uranium One Scandal

Network claims it “isn’t colored by emotions or bias”.



CNN has launched a “Facts First” marketing campaign while downplaying the Uranium One scandal implicating numerous Democrats for having ties to Russia as they accuse President Trump of the same.

CNN head Jeff Zucker sent a memo to employees claiming the network will now focus on “facts first” because they “aren’t colored by emotion or bias.”

“While significant research shows that our brand, despite consistent attacks from Washington and beyond, has never been stronger, we heard you and we agree,” Zucker wrote. “We think there is no better time to take a clear stand for who we are and what we believe in.”



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

Yet CNN has done little reporting on the growing outrage over the Uranium One deal in which high-level Democrats forged strong ties with Russia.

A quick search on CNN reveals only a handful of recent articles that even mention the uranium deal despite overwhelming documentation that reveals the facts of the scheme.

“Trump pressed on with his attacks against Wilson an hour later, re-tweeting posts that suggested without evidence that former President Barack Obama and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ‘rolled out’ Wilson ‘as a distraction’ from an unrelated, years-old controversy involving the Obama administration’s approval of Russia’s purchase of a controlling stake in a Canadian company with US uranium assets,” wrote CNN’s Jeremy Diamond, with emphasis added.

“The company, at one time, included investors who had contributed to the Clinton Foundation.”

Did Diamond not get the “Facts First” memo?  Claiming the controversy is unrelated and no longer relevant isn’t his job as a CNN journalist, if the memo has any weight and isn’t simply a cover for CNN to pretend it cares about objective news.



Related: Americans Protest ‘Very Fake News’ CNN Outside Of Atlanta Headquarters & “Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News

Furthermore, CNN won’t even report on the fact that special counsel Robert Mueller is now investigating Clinton ally Tony Podesta for his ties to Russia, nor are they mentioning the fact that Mueller himself was involved in the scandal.

Uranium One is a Russian-controlled firm that made close financial ties to the Clinton Foundation while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State, which cumulated in Russia controlling 20% of all U.S. uranium produced.

“At the heart of the tale are several men, leaders of the Canadian mining industry, who have been major donors to the charitable endeavors of former President Bill Clinton and his family,” the New York Times admitted in 2015. “Members of that group built, financed and eventually sold off to the Russians a company that would become known as Uranium One.

“Since uranium is considered a strategic asset, with implications for national security, the deal had to be approved by a committee composed of representatives from a number of United States government agencies. Among the agencies that eventually signed off was the State Department, then headed by Mr. Clinton’s wife, Hillary Rodham Clinton.”





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dear Russia: An Enemy Is Not A Partner
October 28 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Russians are concerned about Washington’s arbitrary closing of their San Francisco consulate and the illegal searching of diplomatic properties. There is no question that Washington has violated diplomatic protections and international law.



Why did Washington show its outlaw face to the world?

Related: Putin Speaks

Was it to show that as strong as Russia is, Russia cannot protect herself from Washington? No international law, no diplomatic immunity can stand in Washington’s way. Washington can violate all law with no consequence.
Washington’s view is that might, and only might, makes right. Law is thrown out of the window, so why does Russia rely on law in her dealings with Washington?

Was it to plant some fake evidence in the Russian properties of Russian complicity in the US presidential election that elected a candidate that prefered peace over conflict with Russia?

Russia’s foreign minister Lavrov has told the US Secretary of State that Russia is going to sue over the seizure and search of Russia’s diplomatic properties. So, here we see again the Russians trying to deal with Washington through law, courts, diplomacy, whatever, and not facing the real issue.



Related: Russian lawmaker seeks to ban US dollar, predicts 2017 collapse

What is the real issue?

The Real Issue is that the US military/security complex, the most powerful component of the US government, has decided that Russia is the ENEMY that justifies its $1,000 billion annual budget and the power that goes with it.

In other words, Russia is designated America’s Number One Enemy, and there is nothing whatsoever Russian diplomacy, Russian measured responses, and Russian references to her enemy as her “partner” can do about it.

Dear Russia, you must understand that you have been assigned the role of “the Enemy.”

Yes, of course, there is no objective reason for Russia being designated America’s enemy. Nevertheless, that is Russia’s designation. Washington has no interest in any facts.

Washington is ruled by a shadow government and the deep state, consisting of the CIA, the military/security complex, and financial interests. These interests support US world hegemony, both financial and military. Russia and China are in the way of these powerful interest groups.



Related: De-Dollarization Accelerates As Russia Nears Launch Of Ruble-Priced Oil Trading Platform

The case against Russia becomes more absurd by the day. Newsweek just published a story that suggests Russia is behind the Boston Marathon Bombing.

Russia can’t do anything about her designation as Enemy Number One.

So, what can Russia do?

All Russia can do is to turn her back to the West, while watching very closely for the coming surprise attack. There is nothing in America for Russia. Any American investment in Russia will be used to damage Russia. Russia does not need any American capital.

The Russian central bank’s belief in Russia’s need for foreign capital is proof of the successful brainwashing of Russian economists by American neoliberalism during the Yeltsin era.



Related: Russia, India sign 16 cooperation pacts

The Russian central bank is so brainwashed that it is incapable of understanding that the Russian central bank can finance Russian development without any foreign loans.

The Russian government still doesn’t seem to understand that the only reason sanctions can be imposed on Russia is because Russia is ensnared in the Western financial system. The economic advice that the Russian government gets from its brainwashed neoliberal economists serves Washington’s interests, not Russia’s.

Russia should not be using Western financial clearing mechanisms that serve Washington’s interests.

When will the Russian government cease pretending that its enemy is its partner? Why can’t the Russian government recognize the reality that stares her in the face, that continually insults and abuses Russia? Why is Russia so determined to be part of the corrupt and declining West that Russia accepts every insult, every abuse?



Related: Russia’s Rosneft, Greece’s Hellenic Petroleum sign agreement on oil supplies to Greece

The West has room for only one autonomous power. There is no room for a second. China, intent on being rich like capitalists, also seems unrealistic in its dealings with Washington.

The orchestrated “Korean crisis” is not about North Korea. It is an orchestration that lets Washington put nuclear missile bases on China’s border, just as the orchestrated “Iranian crisis” was the excuse for putting nuclear missile bases on Russia’s borders.

Russia cannot be both sovereign and part of the West, and China cannot afford to confuse self-preservation with economic deals with America.

If the two powers capable of constraining Washington’s unilateralism show confusion over the consequences, they will make war more likely.


Related Articles:

Putin, Erdogan Emerge All Smiles from Ankara Meeting

Putin orders end to trade in US dollars at Russian seaports

Russia looks to become leading organic food exporter as Europe sees future in GMO


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

1080: A Senior Man Is Assaulted By DoC Employees In A Public Car Park
October 27 2017 | From: EnvirowatchRangitikei

Includes Dr. Wendy Pond's witness statement to DoC Assault on Graeme Sturgeon, Coromandel.



Author and conservationist, Graeme Sturgeon, was assaulted, his clothing ripped, his face left bloodied, and his car doorhandle broken, by DoC employees on 17 October 2017.

Related: Community Groups, Farmers, Doctors, Scientists And Individuals Are Actively Working Toward A Complete Ban Of 1080 Poison Use In NZ

“…the driver’s door was opened, he was hauled out, and punched in the face by a DOC contractor, Mr X, without warning or explanation.”

There were two witnesses, Dr. Wendy Pond, and artist Diana Halstead. They had been told DoC were loading 1080 poison in the middle of Whitianga and had gone to investigate. All three are senior citizens in their seventies.

They had done nothing wrong and were in a public car park and were amazed at the scene that confronted them.

I am told the 1080 poison had apparently been stored in the DoC office in the CENTRE OF TOWN, for approximately six weeks, unbeknown to the Mayor of Thames, Coromandel District Council, maybe also unknown to the Fire Chief, and apparently unknown to the other tenants of the building.

DoC were caught out breaking all the rules, in other words!

I should add that the New World Supermarket is across the road, Countdown is 24 Joan Gaskell Road, so virtually next door. The 1080 poison was surrounded by food outlets in other words.



Related: Golden Bay Locals Decline Accommodation For 1080 Workers Amid Relative Media Silence Still

As well as this the 1080 poison was apparently stored in another tenant, Platinum Homes’ storage area. Platinum Homes, I am told, knew nothing off this and are furious.

Here is the witness statement of Dr. Wendy Pond, signed at the Whitianga Police Station today. Diana Halstead has also written a witness statement, which will be posted soon.

PS: The truck photos are in daylight because they were taken by the person who made the contact phone call to Graeme Sturgeon, but the trucks didn’t move until dark – as it was obviously a clandestine operation, and Diana, Wendy and Graeme arrived on dark.


Statement by a Witness to the Assault

Statement by Dr Wendy Rona Pond, secretary of Manu Waiata Restoration & Protection Society, regarding violent and unregulated actions by Department of Conservation staff in the Liquor King car park, 20 Joan Gaskell Drive, Whitianga around 8.30 pm on 17 October 2017.

"1. DoC’s communication guidelines describe consultation as a willingness to take on board new ideas. In my experience, DoC staff do not give credibility to public knowledge, although worldwide the term “citizen science” recognises that the public conservation movement is observant and articulate.

I hold in high regard the skills and observations of Coromandel permaculturalists, bushmen, beekeepers, pig hunters, medical herbalists, retired scientists, engineers and tradesmen who advise my secretarial work. These people have observed first hand the harm and cruelty of 1080 and want their knowledge to be respected.

Instead, a wide discrepancy has developed between “DoC science” and its militarisation, and on the other hand public awareness of the harm to the mauri of the forests from the alien chemistry of the poisons used by DoC for predator control, and a strong sense in rural communities that we are entitled to a say in how our forests are managed. Coromandel residents place strong emphasis on the role of forests in recreation and employment and training youth in bushcraft and self reliance.

I believe this gap could be removed with genuine consultation. Meanwhile the gap was the basis for events on Tuesday 17 October 2017. Note that all actions on our part were non-violent.

2. Around 8pm on Tuesday 17 October people gathered to camp and observe and demonstrate at Kaimarama Road learned that bales of 1080 poison baits were being loaded onto trucks in the vicinity of the Countdown food market.

Manu Waiata has reported to the Attorney General on the unlawful uses of 1080, but such blatant disregard for public health and safety was astonishing. I decided to make my own observation.

I drove to Liquor King and parked amongst customers outside Platinum Homes. I walked along the cars looking for others from Kaimarama. As I turned around the back of the building I was startled to come across a contingent of men in dark clothing, standing in front of a high cab with the initials HR (HeliResources) and on the tray a stack covered in black polythene, well roped down.

I recognised the DoC 1080 projects manager Nick Kelly and the DoC 1080 senior ranger Steve Bolton. In the night shadows I saw Graeme Sturgeon, standing unsteadily with his nose bleeding and his shirt torn open. Tucked against the back wall of the building was Sturgeon’s campervan which is a local icon for its motto above the front windscreen, “See your own country now before DoC poisons it to hell”.

Parked across the entrance to the back car park I saw a saloon with a lone woman standing beside it facing the wall of men. I recognised Diana Halstead by her flaming hair. She told me hastily that Sturgeon had been beaten up by DoC and the police had been called.

I learned later in the evening that Diana Halstead had followed Sturgeon in her car and had stopped when the campervan stopped suddenly. Sturgeon had not anticipated he would run into a convoy of trucks at the back of the building. As he was bringing his van to a halt, the driver’s door was opened, he was hauled out, and punched in the face by a DOC contractor, Mr X, without warning or explanation.

The suddeness of the DoC beating beggared belief, until I reflected that they had been caught red-handed in an illicit operation. Diana Halstead’s headlights had shone onto the campervan and she had witnessed the beating.
I realised with a shock that we were at the back of the DoC office newly adopted for the 2017 aerial 1080 operations. I had previously parked here and knew that the trucks occupied an area marked with white lines for public parking.Why were DoC staff loading the trucks in the public car park? I was confounded, but I didn’t have time to reflect.

Diana had stepped out of her car and when I arrived she was being told by a DoC agent unknown to me (Mr X) that she had entered a private work place and was to remove her car.

I thought in a flash – there are no notices stating the parking spaces are reserved as a DoC work place – there are no notices stating it is a hazard area – the trucks are not separated by barriers with poison signs on them – there are no poison warning signs on the trucks – this is a clandestine operation – DoC have been caught off-guard by people who recognise what the trucks are carrying – maybe that’s why they beat up Sturgeon – Diana’s car had a clear line of sight to Sturgeon being beaten up – in an unresolved dispute she has a right not to move her car.

3. Right. DoC is bullying her. I said loudly, “Diana, go and sit in your car and don’t move it.”; Then I said to the crowd of men, firmly, “You must all wait for the police.”; A bearded DoC agent (Mr Y) stepped up to me and said, “You havent got a clue.”; I was startled.

A scholar whose work is read internationally is told she hasn’t got a clue. I saw the DoC operations manager and his senior ranger couldn’t help being amused. The world split open.

None of us has a clue what we are doing to our eco-systems, dosing native forests with an alien chemical – Whether DoC is right or we are right, none of us has a clue about long-term consequences because there is no research – A world authority on scientific method has said that New Zealand’s wholesale poisoning of eco-systems is madness – All of us standing here in this clandestine operation are engaged in madness.

This daft human being is enlightened. I began to laugh. I couldn’t stop laughing as each new thought dawned on me. – All our evidence shows that what we are doing to our forests is madness.

4. Now Mr Y saw another chance for ridicule, “What are you on?” he said.

This is a sinister side of DoC – staff have been taught to think of us not as scientists, ecologists, skilled bushmen, good men making a living, but as hippies and druggies – mongrels Maggie Barry calls us – this is how the American military are trained to think of common people as the enemy – DoC has militarised aerial poisoning instead of using trapping for local industry and employment.

A senior scientist says, “You would only use 1080 if you were desperate.”; The situation in Moehau and Papakai forests is not desperate. The need to use poisoning is a mind-set, not a reality. It is part of DoC’s madness.

5. Meanwhile, DoC staff began moving the trucks out along the far side of the building. There was a sense of haste. They were going to leave before the police arrived.

6. I returned to my car with the purpose of moving before I became hemmed in by the convoy. One of the trucks had already come to a standstill behind my car. Mr X appeared and asked me to wait for all the trucks to assemble.

On reflecting that the violent Mr X had no authority in a public car park, and no authority over a member of the public, and recalling that his instructions to Diana had been against her best interest, I swivelled round and looked square through the back window.

The next truck had not arrived and there was a clear space behind me. I put the car into reverse gear, and my foot on the brake to hold it while I checked again for clearance. While I was looking backwards Mr X deftly opened my car door (breaking and entering), took hold of the ignition key, and attempted to pull the key out (intention to detain).

I took my left hand off the gear lever, and using both my hands I tried with all my strength to wrestle with his hand. As we struggled, there was moment when his grip released and I could put my right hand over the key. To my utter astonishment Mr X tried again to wrench out both my hand and the key (assault). I was determined to protect my privacy and safety from this man who had already demonstrated that he could act with intuitive violence.

Eventually he let go. I am still revolted by his insinuation and indecent swiftness, and alarmed by DoC’s disregard for lawful process.

Steve Bolton, Doc 1080 senior ranger, had observed the actions of Mr X without intervening, and he now stepped forward and said, “Your car was stopped because you backed into me.” It is clear that Steve Bolton was inventing a cover for Mr X’s action, as my car had not moved.

It was still sitting where I had parked it and when I had looked backwards through my rear window, there had been no person in view. If Steve Bolton was behind my car, he would have been able to hold up his hand to stop the approaching trucks and let me out. And I am troubled that a senior DoC ranger did not intercede when Mr X assaulted me.

7. On Wednesday 18 October we held a non-violent demonstration at the mKaimarama bridge. Women, children, scientists, bushmen, people of all walks.

Ninety percent of New Zealanders prefer hunting and trapping for predator control. I watched the HR helicopters flying above a thriving forest canopy that has scarcely a dead tree. The heketara was in full flower, like patches of snow in the bush.

This is when native bees emerge and collect pollen. With the decline of honey bees we are dependent on native bees for pollinators. Why would any sane ranger poison them?

Why would a New Zealand government department ignore its local community, militarise its conservation operations, break the law by handling toxic substances in a shopping complex, assault an eyewitness, take the keys of cars in a public space, and leave before the police arrived? Is DoC outside the rule of law?


8. Events on 17 October demonstrate to the public that violence and lawlessness were perpetrated by Department of Conservation, and not by us.

9. I Request :

That Department of Conservation is charged by the NZ Police with ignoring public health and safety and with ignoring its own regulations and controls.

That the DoC operations manager is charged with leaving the scene of an unlawful assault without waiting for the police, without providing medical assistance to Graeme Sturgeon, and without supplying the identity of the perpetrator of the assault.

That the NZ Police bring charges of assault and intention to detain against Mr X. This man is not constrained by law and decency and he is a danger to the public.

That Steve Bolton, senior DoC ranger, and Nick Kelly, DoC 1080 operations manager, are charged with failing to intervene when a security agent under their jurisdiction assaulted members of the public who had made no act of violence.

That all DoC staff, and all agents employed by Department of Conservation, are retrained to act without violence; to respect citizen science; and to reach accord with the local community before carrying out predator control and other programs affecting people’s own environment.

I suggest that Mr X is sent to a psychiatrist for re-assessment and then sent to restore physically disabled people. He is a man of intuitive violence and devoid of conscience, but deft.

I suggest that Mr Y is sent to university for re-education. He is daft but he has potential."

Signed:

Wendy Pond


Coromandel


Further Updates (23 October 2017)

“The three of us decided we would wait for the police. Graeme S rang Whitianga Police Station and was connected to Hamilton and after an hour or so a policeman arrived, but he went straight to talk to the DOC office staff inside the building.

We continued to stand in the cold night air. We could hear DOC staff laughing during their police interview. No medical attention was offered to Graeme S even though DOC staff would have had a First Aid medical kit and a cup of tea in their office.”


Coromandel Assault by DoC: No Police Incident Report Has Been Filed!

This morning I spoke with Dr. Wendy Pond, a former Senior Lecturer at Victoria University, Wellington, who was one of the witnesses to the assault on Graeme Sturgeon on the evening of 17 October, 2017, in the carpark at the back of the Liquor King building in Whitianga’s CBD, where DoC workers were loading 20 tonnes of 1080 poison baits, ready for aerial distribution over the Coromandel countryside the following day.

Graeme Sturgeon, Wendy Pond, and Diana Halstead had all come to see what was going on after being alerted to the poison loading operation by John Allen, who in turn had been alerted to it by Benny Rebz. Benny had just happened to stumble on the loading operation by chance and immediately realized what was happening and called an alert.

Diana, Wendy and Graeme had been camped for the night on a farm road, Kaimarama Road, ten minutes drive away, near the site of the upcoming 1080 drop. Their intention had been to be out early in the morning looking for baits and dust in the river, as water (people’s drinking water!) was their main concern. (See photos of the Kaimarama River, beside Kaimarama Road).



Related: 1080 Poison Dropped On Fishing Guide And Clients On West Coast River

When they had driven back into town, and arrived at 20 Joan Gaskell Drive ( the Liquor King building ), Graeme drove down the alleyway to the public carpark at Liquor King first and was punched while still in his vehicle, he was hauled out of his vehicle, the doorhandle broken and his clothing torn.

Wendy and Diana both filed witness reports with the police, and assault reports of their own, with the Whitianga police on Saturday. I have posted these up previously, but both witness reports are here at the end of this post for those who have not caught up with this outrageous story yet.

All three people are senior citizens in their seventies. Diana Halstead is an artist, Graeme Sturgeon is an author and conservationist and Dr. Wendy Pond is an anthropologist.

Here is what Dr. Pond told me this morning:

After Graeme was assaulted she and Diana were worried about him. He wasn’t in a good way. They assumed the police had been called and waited. Eventually they realized the police could not have been called and rang the police themselves.



Related: Could This Healthy 23 Year Old’s Cardiac Arrest Have Been Caused by Exposure To 1080? + The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper Work

Constable Bernard Deadman arrived about 10.00 pm. Wendy raced up to him and said “We’ve been assaulted” and he said” I will talk to DoC first.” and went inside the building, where he stayed for approximately half an hour, before talking to them.

They could hear laughter inside. Wendy said it seemed like a long time because it was cold and they were shivering, and shaken by events, and concerned about Graeme’s welfare and felt he should have medical attention.

Wendy said ”The first thing they should have done was attend to Graeme’s medical condition. He was shaky and shaken and his nose was bleeding.”

Graeme Sturgeon was seen by his doctor the next day.

On Saturday, Diana made the long trip back up to Coromandel, from Te Mata where she lives, as she and Wendy had an appointment at 11.00 am to handover their witness statements in front of the local Coromandel policeman Sergeant John Morrissey.

Yesterday, Diana Halstead rang the Whitianga Police and got put through to the Hamilton Police Station (this happens occasionally in small country towns – you get diverted to the nearest Main Centre).

Hamilton Police told her no incident report had been filed for the night of Tuesday, 17 October, 2017.



Related: 1080: NZ Animals Killed For No Reason In $80m Yearly 1080 Drops

Half an hour later Wendy Pond rang and managed to get through to the Whitianga Police. She spoke to Sergeant Andrew Morrison who is in charge of this incident and asked him why there wasn’t an incident report.

He replied ” Well I suppose I haven’t got round to it yet. But I have interviewed the man concerned”. (Wendy is not sure whether this meant Graeme Sturgeon or the man who committed the assault.)

Sgt Morrison also said it was up to the Police whether they decided to lay charges or not.

Dr. Pond has asked me to add this :

“The Police, being local, are members of the local community, and the people do not want to get offside with the Police”, and Graeme Sturgeon said to me this morning, “Many local policemen are hunters, and do not like 1080 poison either.”

There are so many things wrong with what happened last week in Coromandel it is hard to know where to start. Fortunately the locals concerned have quite a lot of photographic evidence.


1. Loading 20 tonnes of 1080 poison in a public carpark.

Platinum Homes, in the front of the building knew nothing of this. They had clients coming and going until 8.30 at night on that evening, I’m told. About six weeks ago they were told they could no longer use the storage area they had been using at the back of the building but were not told that was because it was to be loaded up with 1080!

There are private homes right next door to the carpark. A busy New World supermarket is across the road and a Countdown supermarket almost next door too. The proximity of 20 tonnes of one of the most lethal poisons in the world to food outlets is alarming to say the least.

What if there had been a fire? Locals say it appears the Whitianga Fire Brigade were not aware of this substance being stored in the middle of their town.


2. None of the workers loading the poison are wearing gloves or masks.


3. The security guards at the 1080 drop zone had no ID and their vehicle had had its number plate removed and its registration and diesel labels removed from their window sleeves.

They had set up a “pretend” high voltage electric fence on a farm road, Kaimarama Road.


4. Most seriously of all, three senior citizens, who were doing nothing wrong and were in a public place, were assaulted by DoC security guards who refused to give their names, while local DoC staff known to the three elderly people did nothing to stop what was happening.


Witness Statements :

Diana Halstead's Witness Statement to Police Re: DoC Assault on Graeme Sturgeon, Coromandel

"Author and conservationist, Graeme Sturgeon, was assaulted, his clothing ripped, (his jacket and his shirt – you can see the evidence by his collar ), his face left bloodied, and his car doorhandle broken, by DoC employees on 17 October 2017.

There were four witnesses, Dr. Wendy Pond, and artist Diana Halstead. They had been told DoC were loading 1080 poison in the middle of Whitianga and had gone to investigate. All three are senior citizens in their seventies.They had done nothing wrong and were in a public carpark and were amazed at the scene that confronted them.

Local people have informed me that the 1080 poison had apparently been stored at the back of the DoC office in the CENTRE OF TOWN, for approximately six weeks, unbeknownst to the Mayor of Thames Coromandel District Council, maybe also unknown to the Fire Chief, and apparently unknown to the other tenants of the building. DoC were caught out breaking all the rules, in other words.

I should add that the New World Supermarket is across the road, Countdown is 24 Joan Gaskell Road, so virtually next door. The 1080 poison was surrounded by food outlets in other words.

Here is the witness statement of artist Diana Halstead, signed at the Whitianga Police Station today.
PS: The truck photos are in daylight because they were taken by John Allen who made the contact phone call to Graeme Sturgeon, but the trucks didn’t move until dark – as it was obviously a clandestine operation, and Diana, Wendy and Graeme arrived on dark.


Statement to NZ Police by Diana Halstead:

I, Diana Mary Halstead of Te Mata, make this statement that, On 17 October I was camped with Graeme Sturgeon and Dr Pond in Kaimarama valley waiting to observe the use of aerial poisoning on the Papakai public conservation lands. We had brought posters for a demonstration to alert the public to DOC’s intention to drop 1080 into the Whitianga water supply.

Just on dark a contact phone call came through to the effect that DOC has been loading 1080 in the Whitianga CBD. I followed Graeme Sturgeon’s camper van into town. We turned into a wide alleyway with herringbone parking on the right hand side of a building.

I was right behind the campervan with my full night lights on as it was now pitch dark. Graeme turned the corner at the back of the building and came to a sudden stop because in front of him were four enormous trucks. I couldn’t see any trucking company logos on the trucks, nor any of the 1080 warning signs DoC is required to put up.

In front of me there was a half circle of security guards and DOC staff milling around the front of the trucks so I guessed we had come to a DOC warehouse hidden at the back of the Liquor King shops.

Suddenly I saw Graeme S being torn from his vehicle and being manhandled in the full blaze of my headlights. I leapt from my car leaving the headlights on and called out, “Graeme, what are they doing to you ?”; Graeme looked disoriented and dishevelled, his clothes torn and his hat which he always wears, not to be seen.

There were no signs or barriers anywhere to say he should not have driven round the building. Also there were no signs or barriers to warn the public that there was a dangerous toxin being loaded in the car park. Handling sacks of 1080 pellets always causes dust and the 1080 dust is poisonous when breathed in.

The security guard that had mauled Graeme S asked me to move my car. At that point I heard Graeme say, “Diana don’t move your car until the police come.”; The same security guard then stepped into my car to take possession of it, but I was quick enough to put my hand through the open window and remove the keys.

I consider his was an action of assault as I was standing beside the car and he was acting against my wishes. He should have waited for the police to decide what he was permitted by law to do.

Then another bearded security man, possibly the driver of the leading truck, stepped forward and said, “If you don’t move your car I will move it with my truck.”; I knew I was being bullied with the suggestion of aggression if I didn’t comply. I asked the security guard who had mauled Graeme what his name was. He refused to answer. If there is a road accident both parties are required to give each other their names and addresses.

At this point a DOC officer intervened and said, “Diane, please move your car”; but I could hear Wendy saying to wait for the police. As I did not get into my car the DOC officer moved back into the group of security men. Suddenly the trucks seemed to be receding.

Looking back down the alleyway to Joan Gaskell Drive I could see the first of the trucks had reached the highway by means of the alley on the north eastern side of the building. By now I had realised the DOC operational headquarters were at the back of the building and the 1080 must have been stored adjacent to the DOC offices.

The three of us decided we would wait for the police. Graeme S rang Whitianga Police Station and was connected to Hamilton and after an hour or so a policeman arrived, but he went straight to talk to the DOC office staff inside the building.

We continued to stand in the cold night air. We could hear DOC staff laughing during their police interview. No medical attention was offered to Graeme S even though DOC staff would have had a First Aid medical kit and a cup of tea in their office.

The next morning at 7 am we set up our banners at the Kaimarama bridge. Others came to join us. We caught the attention of the traffic between Whitianga and Tairua. Motorists waved and tooted. Opposition to aerial poisoning is on the move.

I would like the following charges to be laid by the NZ Police.

1. DOC stored a highly toxic substance in an urban area occupied by food and liquor outlets.
I was told the operation was uncovered by a member of the public while driving round the building and that the smell of 1080 was recognisable, indicating that 1080 is a contaminate carried on the air.

2. DOC used a public space for transfer of dangerous goods. There was no signage on the trucks or in the car park to warn the public that a toxic substance with no known antidote was being handled in the open.

3. A DOC agent assaulted a senior citizen who drove into an area that was known to him as a public parking area. There was no signage stating that the area was closed to the public.
On the contrary it seems DOC wanted the area to look as if it was still an ordinary parking area so as not to alert the public to what was going on there.


Mr Sturgeon was travelling alone and unarmed. Mr Sturgeon made no action which warranted being pulled from his car. He was not addressed. He was not warned of any transgression. His physical ability to withstand a beating was not ascertained. He was literally dragged from his vehicle, as his ripped clothes testify.

If my night headlights had not been shining on the scene and if I hadn’t called out, I think Mr Sturgeon would have been beaten up even more. These are actions which our media attributes to terrorists and mafia gangsters.

4. There was no reprimand from the DOC managers when the security guard under their supervision committed an unprovoked assault by beating up Mr Sturgeon. DOC managers did not provide Mr Sturgeon with medical assistance.

5. A DOC agent had committed an assault on a senior citizen but DOC managers allowed the agent to leave the scene before the police arrived and without providing his identity when asked.

6. DOC managers left the scene without calling a doctor to examine Mr Sturgeon.

7. Also I wish to challenge these actions by Department of Conservation, Hauraki Office :
DOC managers did not apologise to Mr Sturgeon for the assault, leaving the impression that they condone the use of violence.


DOC managers did not provide Mr Sturgeon with first aid even though a first aid kit must have been held in the DOC office. They did not even bring Mr Sturgeon a cup of tea.

If DOC’s actions were lawful, why were thy conducted after dark and why did staff react with excessive aggression against three elderly people all over 70 who entered a public car park. The men seemed jumpy. I believe we were witnesses to a criminal activity.

If this had been a bona fide activity there would have been no cause for the alarm they showed when three senior citizens arrived on the scene.

I request that I am given the name of the DOC security guard who tried to take possession of my car. He knows who I am and I have a right to know who he is. If he was doing an honourable job, would he want to keep his name hidden?

I request a copy of DOC’s explanation for why they beat up Mr Sturgeon.

In 2013 I was one of the artists who demonstrated against the poisoning of Moehau’s public conservation land. The NZ Police guards shared their lunch with us. In 2017 the DOC managers removed public consultation from the process; used violence against intelligent public commentators; and conducted aerial poisoning in the style of a military operation."


Signed


Diana Halstead

Thames


Related Articles:

1080 & Green honeycombs! - or ‘how to destroy our export base’

DoC’s own records show that 100s of Kiwi are being killed in 1080 poisoned habitats

1080 Poisoning of The Hollyford Valley

1080 Poisoning of Monkey Creek (and tourists?)

Ngati Pahauwera hunters oppose planned 1080 drop


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Vegas Security Guard Cancels Interviews, Then Goes Missing; Concert Witness Escapes Shooting Uninjured, Testifies There Were Multiple Shooters, Then Dies At Home
October 26 2017 | From: JonRappoport

Fox News, Friday, October 13: “Where in the world is Jesus Campos?”



“The Mandalay Bay security guard shot by Stephen Paddock in the moments leading up to the worst mass shooting in modern U.S. history was set to break his silence Thursday night with five television interviews, including one on Fox News, Campos’ union president said.”

Related: Vegas Shooting Survivor Dies Suddenly From Seizures After Posting Her Account of Multiple Shooters

“Except when the cameras were about to roll, and media gathered in the building to talk to him, Campos reportedly bolted, and, as of early Friday morning, it wasn’t immediately clear where he was.”

Did Campos decide his account of the shooting would become a problem for him, because it would contradict the official scenario? Did his Mandalay Hotel employer, or the police, tell him to keep his mouth shut?

According to police, the accused shooter, Stephen Paddock, fired 200 rounds through his hotel room door at Campos, wounding him in the leg, either six minutes BEFORE Paddock started shooting at the concert crowd, or at about the same time Paddock started shooting at the concert attendees. The official timeline of events keeps changing.

On a practical level, the timeline would become very important if lawsuits are filed against the Mandalay owners.



Related: Las Vegas Mass Shooting Cover-Up Explodes: Police Ban Independent Reporters from Attending Press Conference

Meanwhile, Jeff Rense has posted the long, detailed, written testimony of a witness at the concert, 28-year-old Kymberley Suchomel. Here is a brief excerpt:

“We are all hanging out on this sheet [at the concert], dancing our booties off, enjoying ourselves so much that we took off our boots to get even more comfortable…the first volley of gunfire was released. It was a shorter volley than any of the others [that followed]…

So, as we are running, we approach this fence where men are throwing women over, and we ran up to it as they had knocked It down, so we were able to get out…”

“But the gunfire wasn’t stopping this whole time. It wasn’t ceasing. It wasn’t slowing down. And It was directly behind us, following us. Bullets were coming from every direction. Behind us, in front of us, to the side of us. But I know, I just know, that there was someone chasing us.

The entire time I felt this way. The farther we got from the venue, the closer the gunfire got. I kept looking back expecting to see the gunmen- and I say MEN because there was more than one person. There was more than one gun firing. 100% more than one…”



Related: Vegas Guard Jesus Campos Missing AGAIN - Expert Believes He Was Told “Shut The Hell Up”

Kymberley Suchomel and her group did finally escape and get home safely. Then…

As seacoastonline.com reports:

“About a week after surviving the mass shooting at the Route 91 Harvest Festival in Las Vegas, Kymberley Suchomel has died.”

“Suchomel, 28, who was not injured during last week’s shooting, died early Monday at her Apple Valley home, according to her grandmother, Julie Norton, the co-founder of the High Desert Phoenix Foundation.”

“Norton found Suchomel just after 8:30 a.m. when she arrived to care for her 3-year-old great-granddaughter, Scarlett. She believes Suchomel may have died in her sleep after her husband, Mike, left for work at 4:30 a.m.”



Related: The Las Vegas Massacre: The Media Narrative is Deceptive

“’Kymberley had epilepsy and she’s always been prone to seizures - she told her friend that she recently had three focal seizures,’ Norton told the Daily Press. ‘I believe the stress from the shooting took her life’.”

Embedded below is a video from a man who states he has military weapons experience, and knows about wounds from high-powered weapons. He views the Vegas shooting as rife with fraud on several levels.

Some people will interpret his analysis to mean no one died and it was all a hoax, and others will draw the conclusion that people did die, but there were multiple shooters. I repeat what I wrote in a previous article - the Vegas event could be both a fraud and real:

People did die. And others, planted in the concert crowd, were faking wounds. If researchers on both sides of this issue start arguing with each other on the basis of “all-fake” or “all-real,” the truth will suffer. And mainstream news can cherry-pick the most “absurd conspiracy theories,” highlight them, and thereby paint all independent analyses with same broad brush.



Related Articles:

Police Change Vegas Shooting Story Again

Las Vegas Shooting Victim: “There Was 100% More Than One Shooter,” Gates To Concert Were Locked Shortly Before Attack

Las Vegas Massacre Survivor Dies Abruptly After Posting Her Detailed Eyewitness Account of Multiple Shooters on Facebook


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ley Lines - The Key To Understanding The Matrix
October 25 2017 | From: MaggiesHolisticsNY

Yet again we come across another mysterious force of nature known as the electro magnetic fields of the earth, Schumann Resonance or better known as ley lines.



The rediscovery of ley lines in this century is unveiling (apocalypse; greek for unveiling) the secrets of Nature.

Related: Why Millions Of Kids Don’t See Any Purpose In Going To School Anymore & Matrix Revealed: Why Logic Disappeared

Ley lines are the luminous strands that many are pulling at today, hardly suspecting what riches lay at the end of these subtle light lines.

All ley lines lead to the planetary Grid, the primary light and energy matrix, creating, enveloping, and maintaining planet Earth, our Gaia. What Are Ley-Lines? A ley-line is a straight fault line in the earth’s tectonic plates; this is a scientific fact.

Through these cracks in the earth’s tectonic plates the magnetic energies released are very powerful indeed. Many people have claimed to have felt the energy surge up their body, and some have claimed that they have blacked out, as the surge was that powerful.

How Long Have Human Beings Known About Ley Lines? Our ancestors have known about these lines for thousands of years. Every race and culture on the planet has known about these lines yet everyone had different names for these lines. All we need to do is to look at the ancient cultures of the earth.



Related: Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

Take the native Indians of the United States; they used to call ley lines spirit lines and their Shaman’s used to use the electromagnetic energy in these lines to help them contact the spirits. They even designed their medicine wheel on the spirit lines, as they knew that these lines followed a straight round line.

How did they know about these lines and the energies that they give off? The answer’s simple: the sky Gods told them. In Europe we are lead to believe that the druids called them mystical lines, in Wales they used the same name as eastern countries; they called them dragon lines.

We know that Eastern countries called them dragon lines as the sky Gods flew in dragons along these lines. The aboriginal people of Australia called these lines “dream lines”, once again they claim that knowledge was passed on to them from the sky Gods.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”
October 24 2017 | From: Infowars / TheFreeThoughtProject / Various

Older men acting as agents sexually abuse child actors.



The Harvey Weinstein scandal is only the prelude to Hollywood’s best kept secret scandal, namely, widespread pedophilia in which older men, frequently acting as agents, engage in a systematic and continuing pattern of sexually abuse of child stars as well as underage aspiring actors and actresses.

Related: Drudge on Hollywood: ‘Has Any Actor Become A Star Without Putting Out?’

The career of any Hollywood child star or rising star who goes public to expose the rampant pedophilia risks having their career destroyed by a Hollywood elite determined to circle the wagons to protect the pedophiles from press exposure and/or criminal prosecution.

While the mainstream media typically avoids reporting on Hollywood pedophilia, the case of Brian Peck, a Hollywood X-Men and Living Dead actor, who used his movie industry roles to abuse a Nickelodeon star proves the point.

As reported by the Daily Mail on June 8, 2015, Peck served 16 months in prison for a 2004 conviction in which he admitted to two counts of sexual abuse with the child Nickelodeon star.




Related: Hollywood OSCAR-Winning A-List Actor Caught Up in Weinstein Scandal - Kevin Spacey

In the circle of pedophilia accusations that circulated around director Bryan Singer’s X-men movies, Marc Collins-Rector pleaded guilty to having sex with under young boy actors who were invited to parties and given drugs and alcohol as the opening act of a play that ended in older men sexually abusing them.

USA Today reported on June 14, 2004, that Marc Collins-Rector who had been in custody since his capture in Spain two years previously, pleaded guilty to charges brought against him by federal prosecutors in California and New Jersey, accusing him of luring five minors across sex lines.




Hollywood Elite Are A Pack Of Ravenous Psychopaths

Weinstein is only the tip of the iceberg.

Alex Jones breaks down the age old system that feeds upon itself. Those at the top use those at the bottom to embolden power that doesn’t actually exist in the face of ethics and the law of the land.







Collins-Rector founded Digital Entertainment Network to create video-based websites targeting 14- to 24- year-olds.  Executives had planned a $75 million stock offering, but USA Today reported the stock offering collapsed after Collins-Rector and his partners resigned after accusations of sexual abuse became known, and the company collapsed in 2000.

According to USA Today, Collins-Rector settled a five-count federal indictment from New Jersey by pleading to one charge, transporting “J.W.” from New Jersey to California, Michigan and elsewhere to engage in illegal sex from 1993 to 1997.

Collins-Rector also pleaded guilty to eight charges stemming from a 21-count California federal indictment. Those eight charges deal with transporting four minors for sex: “R.G.” and “J.T.” from Michigan to California in the mid-1990s, “B.L.” from Minnesota to California in 1997, and “D.S.” from California to Arizona in 1999.

Federal authorities had been searching for Collins-Rector since August 2000, when he was indicted by a federal grand jury.  He was extradited from Spain on Oct. 24, 2003.

One of the boys involved in the Collins-Rector case was Alexander Burton, who was given the role of Pryo in Bryan Singer’s X-men.  The boys in the Collins-Rector case were awarded $4.5 million in damages, according to ListVerse.com.



Related: Corey Feldman Hints At Naming Hollywood Pedophiles

Child actor Corey Feldman appeared on The View in 2013 to discuss his 2013 book published by St. Martin’s Press, entitled “Coreyography: A Memoir.”

As reported by 100PercentFedUp.com, during that interview, Barbara Walters and Star Jones “went out of their way to discredit and shut him up.”

During the interview, Feldman insisted: “I’m saying there are people that were the people that did this to both me and Corey [Haim] that are still working.  They’re out there, and that are some of the richest, most powerful people in this business.”

Walters tried to interrupt, but Feldman continued: “And they do not want me saying what I am saying right now.”

Walters asked Feldman, “Are you saying they are pedophiles … and that they are still in this business?”

Feldman answered, “Yes.”





How Satanic Paedophile Rings Have Operated in Hollywood & D.C. For Years

 

 



Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

Harvey Weinstein’s sacrifice by the elite through revealing his alleged rampant sexual abuse has appeared to have removed the stigma from those who expose child sex trafficking.



Weinstein’s ousting seems to have served as a catalyst for the mainstream media to finally cover the real-life horror movie that is Hollywood sex abuse.

Related: Hollywood Sex Abuse Epidemic Covered-Up By Media

While many brave actresses and actors have come forward with allegations of their abuse by adults, some of those inside the industry are calling out the horrifying reality of rampant child sex trafficking that takes place behind the silver screen.

Although TFTP has faithfully exposed this depraved group of Hollywood elite and politicians who deal in the lives of children for years, even the mainstream media is being forced to cover it now.

One such outlet to jump on the expose Hollywood train is the FOX News Channel whose hot-tempered pundit, Judge Jeanine Pirro went on a massive - albeit entirely partisan - rant about the powers that be and their nature to ignore and also facilitate Hollywood’s sick addiction.

Starting her rant, Pirro laid into Clinton and how she is using this Weinstein scandal to use Trump - who said he could just walk up to women and grab them in the genitalia - as a distraction from her husbands years of sex abuse scandal. Bill Clinton and Harvey Weinstein have long been in bed together, and, as TFTP reported, Weinstein actually paid for some of Clinton’s defense when he was dealing wiith his own sexual abuse cases.

Pirro then said, in regards to the massive government coverup and whitewashing of convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epstein:


“Were you elected president, you could’ve done for your friend Harvey what your husband Bill did for his friend, the Palm Beach billionaire, convicted serial pedophile predator, Jefferey Epstein, by getting the Department of Justice, the Feds to intercede, take those child rape cases from the Florida DA where Epstein was facing hard time to federal easy street where he quickly got home monitoring.”

Everything Pirro said above was, indeed, factual. However, it is only half of the story. Because FOX News refuses to report on the corruption of the right, Pirro failed to mention Trump’s ties to Epstein as well.



Related: Catholic Church & Govt Say Kids "Consented" to Sexual Abuse to Avoid Paying Them Compensation

Epstein is a convicted child molester and sexually abused no less than 40 underage girls. Despite this fact, Alexander Acosta protected him while serving as a U.S. Attorney in Florida under both Bush and Obama.

At the time, prosecutors from Acosta’s office, working with the FBI and documented for the court, found that, through assistance from several female assistants, Epstein:


“Would recruit underage females to travel to his home in Palm Beach to engage in lewd conduct in exchange for money … Some went there as much as 100 times or more. Some of the women’s conduct was limited to performing a topless or nude massage while Mr. Epstein masturbated himself. For other women, the conduct escalated to full sexual intercourse.”

Rather than the minimum ten-year sentence the billionaire pedophile faced, Acosta’s arrangement with Epstein’s lawyers landed a part-time, eight hours per day county jail term for a scant 13 months in a club med prison—a travesty of justice indeed.

These are undisputed facts - yet, in April, Trump still appointed Acosta as his Secretary of Labor.



Acosta’s appointment should come as no surprise given Trump’s outspoken praise for Epstein, including referring to the convicted pedophile as a “terrific guy,” he is “fun to be with,” and “he likes beautiful women as much as I do, and many of them are on the younger side.”



Related: Tosh.0 Just Exposed a Dark Pedophile Channel on YouTube With Over 12 BILLION Views

Pedophilia among the elite knows no party lines and shame on FOX for failing to mention the above facts as well. However, as the rant continued, Pirro got into much heavier detail.


“And by the way - it is not over yet, folks. There’s more coming. It is not just adult women, it is human trafficking, it is child sex trafficking, it is real pedophilia, in a town where there are no rules. Where the truth is stranger than fiction, and where fiction is based on reality. 

It is time for the Dept. of Justice to get their act in gear, start a federal criminal investigation into Harvey Weinstein, his ongoing criminal activity, that no doubt has crossed state lines and continents.”

As long as we continue to let politics keep us at each other’s throats, the abuse will continue. As long as people keep pretending that it’s only the Democrats in Hollywood who traffick and abuse children, the abuse will continue.

The good news is that as more victims come forward and as more horrifying details emerge, America and the rest of the world will see the vile men and women behind the curtain who perpetuate, not just a false reality on the silver screen, but who keep citizens hypnotized and divided through journalism and politics too.


Judge Jeanine: Crime, Money and Democrats Intersect Again




Related Articles:

Bombshell: Singer Kaya Jones Targets Hollywood Sex Abusers: “I Kept A Journal… With Timelines… There’s More Than One Name”

“An Open Secret”: Watch Bombshell Documentary About Hollywood Pedophile Ring Preying on Child Actors

Ex-Pussycat Doll Kaya Jones: The Group Was a “Prostitution Ring”

Hollywood Elite Are A Pack Of Ravenous Psychopaths

Something Strange Is Happening To Hollywood

‘Hollywood Now, Washington, DC Next’: Fmr Congresswoman Rails Against Gov’t Pedophilia

Reese Witherspoon Just Exposed How Hollywood Covered Up Her Sexual Assault as a Child

On Weinstein & How Satanic Paedophile Rings Have Operated in Hollywood & D.C. For Years

RT Nails It – Harvey Weinstein is America PBI: He is Also Zion Run Amuck

Nationwide Human Trafficking Stings Ensnare Multiple Cops - 84 Kids as Young as 3 Months Freed

Legendary Rapper Says Male Musicians Have to Perform Sex Acts to Make It in Music


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ten Things You’re Not Supposed To Know
October 24 2017 | From: AnonymousNews

The general population doesn’t know what’s happening, and it doesn’t even know that it doesn’t know.” - Noam Chomsky.



1. It is Nearly Impossible to Pay Off the National Debt

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

“Nothing is so well calculated to produce a death-like torpor in the country as an extended system of taxation and a great national debt.”~William Cobbett

This is because money is created out of debt in a one-to-one increase in public debt. The national debt is $20 Trillion. That means the (roughly) 234 million US Americans would have to pay approximately $62,000 each to pay it off. This includes babies, children, poor people, and homeless people. There are even those who claim that it’s mathematically impossible to pay off the debt. And almost every country is in debt to every other country. It’s the height of insanity.

As former Governor of the Federal Reserve Marriner Eccles said, “If there were no debts in our money system, there wouldn’t be any money.”



2. There is No Underlying Thing Backing Money (It’s all an Illusion)

“Federal Reserve notes are not redeemable in gold, silver or any other commodity, and receive no backing by anything. The notes have no value for themselves.” ~The Treasury.

All money is fiat money. A dollar bill is a dollar bill because everyone agrees it’s a dollar bill. The dollar bill is not lawful money, but rather “legal tender.” Money used to be backed by a “gold standard” – which meant the government had $100 worth of gold in a vault from which they made a $100 bill that went out into the market (though even gold only has value because we’ve all agreed since time immemorial that it’s valuable).

However, they moved away from gold years ago, so now we must take the government’s word for it that the note is worth $100. The bill itself is just an IOU note, made from thin air, based on debt, and laundered by the government.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Even the debt issue discussed in the first bullet is based on nothing, and is nothing more than a financial concept financiers agree on. The debt isn’t actually there.

But since we all just go along with it, it affects us through inflation, and devaluation, and the sky-is-falling knee-jerk reactions to money meaning something only because we give it meaning. Money is little more than a cartoon in the brain that we’re addicted to watching.



3. How to Live Off the Grid

“Live simply so that others may simply live.” - Gandhi.

You’re not “supposed” to know how to live off the grid, because then you can’t be controlled by the government. The more self-sufficient you are, the less money the corporations can make off you. The more rain water you catch, the less you’ll need to pay the water companies.

The more windmills you build and solar panels you erect, the less you’ll need to pay the electric companies. The more composting toilets you install, the less you’ll have to pay plumbing companies. The more gardening you do, the less you’ll have to pay someone else for your food.



Related: 10 Government Rulers Who Have Told Us A “Secret Government” Rules The Earth

In short: the more independent you become, the less codependent you will be on the state. And the state doesn’t like that, because they like your money way more than they like your freedom.


4. Planned Obsolescence

“Armaments, universal debt and planned obsolescence – those are the three pillars of Western prosperity.” ~Aldous Huxley.

Speaking of making money off you, planned obsolescence is a way for companies to keep making money off you by capitalizing on your consumerist tendencies. Let’s face it, we’re a nation of consumers with Big Macs for brains and iPhones for hearts. We need our fix and we need it fast, and we are willing to fill all the landfills in the world, and then some, to get it.



Related: Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break

Planned obsolescence is designed into a product to encourage the consumer to buy the next upgrade. Everything from toasters to automobiles, microwaves to cell phones are prone to planned obsolescence by greedy companies that know you will come back for more no matter how many times your things-things-things fall apart.

5. Civil Asset Forfeiture

“The State is nothing more nor less than a bandit gang writ large.”~Ludwig Von Mises.

As if police brutality, extortion, and overreach of power weren’t enough, unscrupulous police officials have been manipulating the deeply flawed federal and state civil asset forfeiture laws that give them permission to seize, keep, or sell any property allegedly involved in a crime. The key word is “allegedly.” Because most of the time property is taken without even being charged with a crime. That’s crazy!

Originally meant to be used on large-scale criminal organizations, it is now used almost entirely on individuals, ruining people’s lives over petty “crimes.” More and more police departments are using forfeiture to benefit their bottom lines. It’s less about fighting crime and more about profit. John Oliver did an excellent piece on the matter that gets right at the heart of the issue.

6. The US Imprisons More of its Population Than Any Other Country (And Profits Off it)


Some may say that jailing people over their debts makes poverty into a crime. Well if that’s true, maybe we should just cut out the middle man and put all poor people in jail. Of course, this will require new prison facilities, which we can build using people who can’t pay their prison fees. Not as workers, as the bricks.” 

- Stephen Colbert.

Living in what is widely considered the “land of the free,” this one should come as a body blow to anybody who truly believes in freedom. The total prison population has grown by 500 percent over the last 30 years. 500! The United States has less than 5 percent of the world’s population, yet we have almost 20 percent of the world’s total prison population. Even though crime is at a historic low.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

The icing on this shit-cake is the deplorable fact that big corporations are making a killing off the prison system. Equal parts extortion and slavery, for-profit prisons do nothing in the way of rehabilitation and therapy, and everything in the way of profit and criminal relapse.


7. Forced Taxation is Theft

“Since few men are wise enough to rule themselves, even fewer are wise enough to rule others.” ~Edward Abbey.

When taxation is forced, one cannot say they live in a free country. When taxation is not optional, the country forcing the tax is not free. Bottom line. If one does not pay their taxes, in such a country, they are threatened with violence or prison if they don’t pay. That is point-blank extortion. And since it is being done by an authoritarian government, it is naked tyranny.

If one feels like paying taxes, then they should feel free to pay. That’s fair, because that’s voluntary. But if the state is using its monopoly on violence to get money out of you, that is not fair, that is extortion. It really is that simple.

If freedom is primary then voluntarism is paramount. The use of state services built off taxes is an entirely different matter with entirely different solutions, and is an irrelevant red herring to the issue at hand.


8. You’re Not “Allowed” to be Stateless, But You Can Be


A man without a government is like a fish without a bicycle.” 

- Alvaro Koplovich

Statelessness is an alien concept in our world, even though it can be extended to all living beings “in principle” and “in theory,” at its irreducible bedrock truth, it is exceptionally difficult to be sovereign and stateless. This is because the entire world is plagued with the disease of statism.

It is so second-nature to our existence that we never question it. We might as well be fish questioning water. But we are not fish. We are human beings with the ability for deep logic, higher reasoning, and basic common sense. That is, unless we are being oppressed into blind servitude and myopic subordination and we are unwilling to question things… And here we are.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Similar to living off the grid, you’re not supposed to know this one because then the corrupt nation states of the world would have less control over you. And, don’t be fooled, it’s all about control, as Mike Gogulski found out firsthand. Unfortunately, the cons outweigh the pros on becoming a stateless person (Though these two gents seem to be enjoying it).

Especially because we are social creatures and most of the other social creatures in our world are conditioned statists. As Nietzsche famously said, “State is the name of the coldest of all cold monsters. Coldly it lies; and this lie slips from its mouth: ‘I, the state, am the people.’”


9. The Police Are Not legally Obligated to Protect You


There’s no weakness as great as false strength.” 

- Stefan Molyneux.

Most people falsely and ignorantly assume that it is the sworn duty of the police to protect and to serve. But it is actually the exception, not the rule. A cop protecting and serving is doing so in a humane capacity and not because he/she is obligated to do so. They just happen to be acting humanely while wearing a badge.

The reality is that power tends to corrupt. This applies especially to police. And especially-especially to police that are trained to be offense-minded, oppressive, extorting, overreaching, and violent enforcers of a statist agenda.

The solution is not more ill-trained offense-minded police with too much power, but more well-trained defense-minded police with just enough power (a power with built-in checks and balances in place to prevent power from corrupting). In short: a complete eradication of the Thin Blue Line.



10. We Live in an Oligarchic Plutocracy Disguised as a Democratic Republic

We may have democracy or we may have great wealth concentrated in the hands of a few, but we can’t have both.” 

- Louis Brandeis, Supreme Court Justice.

In our world, money is power. Money concentrated in the hands of a few, means power concentrated in the hands of a few. And since power tends to corrupt if it goes unchecked, the people must be free to check it, lest tyranny prevail. But because of an overreaching militarized police force, the people are not free to check it. And here we are, slipping into tyranny.



Related: The Telltale Signs The Western Oligarchs Are Doomed

If we lived within a horizontal democracy, we would have a better chance at being free. No masters, no rulers, and hence, no chance for power to become concentrated in the hands of a few. Easier said than done, sure, but nothing worth doing was ever easy.

As it stands, it is impossible to live freely within an oligarchic plutocracy. The plutocrats will simply continue buying up power by creating oppressive laws and “legal” extortion rackets that keep the people without wealth and power in a permanent state of poverty and powerlessness.

Add to that the use of lobbyists and a fiat currency based on debt, and you have a nation of hoodwinked debt slaves under the delusion that they live in a free democratic republic.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Succeed In Western Media Without Really Trying
& Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet

October 23 2017 | From: StephenLendman / InformationClearingHouse

Most important is loyalty to monied interests, war-profiteers, and the imperial state – serving as their press agents, abandoning fundamental journalistic principles, learning how to lie well, along with leaving honesty and integrity at home when heading for work.



Julian Assange offered his own recommended strategy for success. It’s simple, he said. Blame Russia for everything.

Related: Julian Assange: Decentralized Crytographic Post-Google Internet

“You can do it” – without really trying.

1. Pick random globally newsworthy event. Russian press will also be reporting it by definition.

2. Write story: Russian state secretly behind globally newsworthy event as proved by their press reporting it.

3. Profit!

Bashing Russia works, the bandwagon effect when everybody does it, following the same script.

Saying it makes it so. Repeating it ad nauseam works best. Lying is simpler than truth-telling – no evidence needed, no sources required.

Citing the usual unnamed ones works fine. Who’ll check? Lying pays well in America and other Western countries, truth-tellers shunted, contradicting the official narrative not tolerated.

Western major media are deplorable, truth-telling a lost art in their publications and broadcasts. The fourth estate, dominated by corporate giants, feature disinformation, fake news and advocacy instead of what legitimate journalism is supposed to be.

It’s shocking how low major media reporting has sunk. It’s biased, sensationalist, irresponsible rubbish, what Project Censored calls “junk food news.”



Related: DHS Chief: Tech Firms Must Act Quicker to Remove Extremist Propaganda

Major media are in cahoots with other powerful interests, government and private. Free and open societies are threatened when propagandists pose as journalists, letting fiction substitute for facts, stifling the free flow of content, shutting out dissent, working as paid liars, what famed journalist George Seldes called “prostitutes of the press.”

Imperial wars are called liberating ones, humanitarian intervention and responsibility to protect. Civil liberties are suppressed for our own good.

Beneficial social justice is considered heresy. The marketplace works best, we’re told, so let it. Patriotism means going along with what harms our welfare.

Independent journalism is the only legitimate kind, notably digital democracy, threatened by administration efforts to control Internet content.

Facebook, Twitter and other social media are willing accomplices. So are Google and other search engines, censoring and suppressing content, flagrantly violating the most vital of all constitutional rights – media and speech freedom.

During pre-television days, noted journalist and author AJ Liebling once said “(p)eople everywhere confuse what they read in newspapers with news.”



Related: Panama Papers: Journalist Behind Leak that Exposed Clinton’s Criminal Campaign Donors, Blown Up in Her Car

HL Mencken called US journalism “predominantly paltry and worthless. Its pretensions are enormous, but its achievements are insignificant.”

He explained why major media sanitize news, filtering out unwanted content, saying:


“The most dangerous (person) to any government is (anyone) able to think things out for himself (or herself), without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos.”

“Almost inevitably (they come) to the conclusion that the government…is dishonest, insane, and intolerable…”

The state of Western media today is too deplorable to fix. Independent sources provide the only reliable news, information and analysis, no others.



Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet

For years, civil libertarians have warned that Great Britain has been in a free fall from the criminalization of speech to the expansion of the surveillance state.



Now the government is pursuing a law that would make the repeated viewing of extremist Internet sites a crime punishable to up to 15 years in prison.

Related: Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content

It appears that the government is not satiated by their ever-expanding criminalization of speech. They now want to criminalize even viewing sites on the Internet. As always, officials are basically telling the public to “trust us, we’re the government.”

UK home secretary Amber Rudd is pushing the criminalization of reading as part of her anti-radicalization campaign . . . which turns out to be an anti-civil liberties campaign.

We have previously discussed the alarming rollback on free speech rights in the West, particularly in France (here and here and here and here and here and here) and England (here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here and here). Even the Home Secretary has been accused of hate speech for criticizing immigrant workers.

Prime Minister Theresa May has previously called for greater government control of the Internet. Now, the government not only would make reading material on the Internet a crime, but would not necessarily tell you what sites will be deemed the ultimate click bait.

Rudd told a Conservative Party conference that she wants to crackdown on people “who view despicable terrorist content online, including jihadi websites, far-right propaganda and bomb-making instructions.”

So sites deemed “far-right propaganda” (but not far-left propaganda) could lead to your arrest - leaving the government with a sweeping and ambiguous mandate.

The law would move from criminalizing the downloading of information to simply reading it. The move confirms the long criticism of civil libertarians that the earlier criminalization would just be the start of an ever-expanding government regulation of sites and speech. Rudd admits that she wants to arrest those who just read material but do not actually download the material.



Related: Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship & Five-Eyes Nations Want Communications Providers To Bust Crypto For Them

In the past, the government assumed near total discretion in determining who had a “reasonable excuse” for downloading information.

Britain has long relied on the presumed benevolence of the government in giving its sweeping authority in the surveillance and regulation of speech, including the media.

This move however is a quantum shift in government controls over speech and information. Indeed, this comes the closest to criminalization not just speech but thought. It is a dangerous concept and should be viewed as disqualifying for anyone who want to hold (or retain) high office.

What is particularly striking is that this new law seeks to create a new normal in a society already desensitized to government controls and speech crimes. Thee is no pretense left in this campaign - just a smiling face rallying people to the cause of thought control.

Sound familiar?


“We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites.

The German Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal.

We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship.

The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power."


- George Orwell, 1984


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe
October 23 2017 | From: EverydayConcerned

The much-awaited Global TI or “Targeted Individual” Survey announced on Talkshoe several months earlier and reported here has been launched under the peerless technical direction of top NSA whistleblowers William Binney and J. Kirk Wiebe, with a video podcast and conference call.



All “Targeted Individuals” worldwide, not just in the USA but from every continent and country - Europe, Asia, Australia, New Zealand, Africa, South/North America, the United Kingdom, Hawaii – anyone reporting being assaulted covertly and extra-judicially currently with military-grade electromagnetic or sonic directed-energy weapons (DEWs) and neuro-weapons - are encouraged to take the survey and provide supportive documentation related to their individual cases (more information below).

Related: Silicon Valley Entrepreneur Reports Neuro-Hacking, Hive-Minding, Brain-Cloning, Bio-Robotizing: Secret, Illegal, & Profoundly Inhumane US Govt. Neuro-Experimentation, Classic CIA Torture

The survey is intended, Mr. Wiebe says “for anyone who believes they are being targeted in some way by DEWs whether audio or radio frequency.”

Describing the survey as well as its intent to obtain meaningful data that will be statistically and qualitatively analyzed by data analysis experts Mr. Binney and Mr. Wiebe, survey developers and managers Cait Ryan, contact person for US-CACH (Coalition Against Covert Harassment), the US faction of Magnus Olsson’s World-CACH, and Karla Smith presented the survey in a podcast with retired NSA Technical Director Bill Binney and retired NSA Intelligence Analyst J. Kirk Wiebe.


Ella Felder
, who runs regular Talkshoe conference calls with varied guests on subjects of interest to TIs, and Derrick Robinson, former head of FFCHS (Freedom from Covert Harassment and Surveillance) now head of PACTS International (People Against Covert Torture and Surveillance) jointly hosted the conference call where TI organization leaders, activists, and others conferred with Mr. Binney and Mr. Wiebe to seek clarification on the parameters, intent, and methodology of the survey.

The survey has been launched, and data collection will stay open for 120 days, Cait Ryan confirms.


Collecting Information on Radiation Effects Experienced by Individuals

The intent of the survey, Mr. Binney notes, is:


“To first collect data on individuals who are experiencing what appears to be some kind of radiation effects in different spectrum – so we’re trying to collect symptoms that people have,” as well as collect scientific documentation on extant, public-domain microwave/sonic weaponry “being used for population control and riot control and things like that and governmental experiments,” tabulate bodily radiation effects documented as resultant from those devices, “then map those back to people and their experiences as we’ve accumulated in the survey.”

“Then we’ll try to put together devices that could detect those kinds of signals so people can actually begin to trace them and begin to assemble evidence and target the origin of these things so we can take it into a court of law and have it out in the open – the whole idea is to add some kind of discipline to the process so we can make some concrete statements in courts of law.”

- Bill Binney

No pre-screening or filtering of the survey information will be undertaken, stresses Mr. Wiebe, the intent is to obtain raw information from all those experiencing and reporting microwave/sonic weapon assault.

The survey information will be compiled by Cait Ryan’s team, who will then turn it over to technical data experts Mr. Binney and Mr. Wiebe, who will both examine the compiled data as well as re-compile the data in varied ways, as necessary, in order to more adequately analyze and understand it.

The intent is to find underlying patterns of aggregation and connection, and relate these to “open-source published information” on the biological effects of RF/audio spectrum devices and weapons from the intersecting worlds of medicine and military weapons development.

While bodily symptoms were being focused on from reporting victims, Mr. Binney agreed that “it is human rights that are being destroyed here.”



Related: Diary Of A Person Of Interest & Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies Are Attacking Me With Direct Energy Weapons!"

Investigating Secretive DOD/CIA Experimentation and Torture

While noting it is possible that Snowden’s million-document stash from the NSA carried information about this ongoing targeting program, Bill Binney, who said he was not in touch with Snowden, said, “I would think it is more likely CIA is involved in this than NSA – just my guess at that but I don’t know for sure.”

As to whether the survey would yield information on numbers of victims of organized torture, for use in influencing legislation, Kirk Wiebe stated:


“In response to whether we believe this is some form of organized torture, yes, it is certainly organized, it may not be thought of as torture but certainly the symptoms many people feel appear to be tortuous - that’s part of the investigation.

We know the government has the authority to conduct experiments, specifically under the Department of Defense, we know that other parts of the government will often, under the blanket of secrecy, take it upon themselves to experiment and not tell anyone.

So we’re very open-minded – much of this is dependent not on your opinion but on the facts you bring to bear - what it is each of you actually experiences, and describing that to the best of your ability.”

- Kirk Wiebe

Whether the survey would seek to explore if certain groups of people are more susceptible to being targeted for non-consensual experimentation such as child-abuse survivors, the mentally ill, homeless, prostitutes, as stated by Dr. Colin Ross in his books and talks, Mr. Wiebe said:


“We have no predisposed position on any of these things, we do not wish to bias the survey–so if that’s what the results show, if people have been diagnosed as mentally ill and are being targeted, then the data should tell us that, if people are filling out the survey telling us that honestly, we should detect that in the data.

We’re not against or pro that notion, I would accept your premise that it seems to be common and it makes sense the government would pick on those disadvantaged people - although it makes me angry to recognize that.”

- Kirk Wiebe

On the subject of government experimentation, activist Debbie from Wisconsin asked if the survey would take into account the fact that Law Enforcement is giving out research waivers obtained from the FCC to “do research” on through-wall-surveillance radar devices, which can be waived in this way from being registered with the FCC, something she has explored through FOIA requests.

In later conversation, she shared her concerns further, prompting this writer to ask: Does this mean random private contractors - including Fire Stations, EMS Ambulance companies, whom many TIs report as stalking them–now get non-trackable access to deadly through-wall radar tracking and assault weapons, known in Law Enforcement language as “surveillance devices”? (This matter will be explored here further in close focus.)

On the call, Debbie also observed that through the 1033 program, police are obtaining military weapons. (Agreements between the DOJ and the DOD, explored here earlier and also here, in this article on secret policing in the USA, establish that local police departments are in the possession of and using both unclassified and classified “non-lethal weapons” which comprise and include DEWs.)



Related: Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing

Validating the report of a caller from rural Maine also experiencing 24/7 intensive DEW assault, and countering earlier discussion noting that large numbers of TIs had been found to congregate around large cities like Los Angeles and New York, she noted that Sheriffs and Law Enforcement can be found in rural areas as well. She had once drawn up a map of all those targeted with DEWs in her state, she said, and found they were all located around Universities and University extensions, suggesting research connections.

Bill Binney responded:


“That’s the kind of clustering we try to understand–the other thing is, hey, if they’re handing out all these research grants, then those research grants have to be compiled and available somewhere for public viewing, we ought to be able to see some information from FOIA requests.

They also ought to have distribution of money to different individuals doing that research and where they are, they should have that, that’s got to be recorded, they can’t just hand money out without keeping a trace on where it went, who got it, and how they spent it - and maybe we’ll try to do that.”

- Bill Binney

The kind of statistics they hoped to procure from the survey, they said, in response to activist Tomo Shibata’s concerns about generating numbers for use in legislation, would include the numbers of reporting victims, distribution by geographical area, state, country, symptoms, and identifying clusters and sampling, since “if you are running an experiment, how else could you focus or limit it?”

In response to an observation from Derrick Robinson that clusters of victims have been recorded in Southern California and New York, corresponding to the largest number of military-industrial-complex-related industry in the US, Mr. Binney said: “We need to see that kind of pattern showing up in other areas of the country too–if we do, we can certainly make that kind of tie there.”


Studying Confusion Tactics, Sensory Deception, Perception Management

Another matter of import which emerged from callers’ questions is that of confusion tactics or sensory deception which activist Eduardo Colon of New York brought into focus, asking whether the survey would cover these deliberate tactics of deception - voice morphing, organized stalking, gaslighting – practiced on those being covertly hit with electromagnetic weapons.

The intention behind these, he observed, was to both confuse victims and frame them as mentally ill or paranoid when reporting being stalked or harassed by neighbors or family members, a tactic designed to discredit victim reports and keep the experimentation hidden and ongoing.

Mr. Wiebe said the survey had been constructed to obtain all evidence or symptoms pointing to exactly that kind of technique and would not exclude these aspects: “If people are writing words carefully to express what they are sensing…my sense is if people feel confusion they will recognize it, wonder why they are confused, and express that…the survey is not biased to exclude any possibility.”



Related: July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Multiple choice, he noted, would constrict responses, while the survey was constructed to invite free expression in text-entry boxes “where people can describe exactly what kind of symptoms they have, so yes, we are looking for that.”

Activist and blogger James Lico also touched on the question of sensory deception and targeting to induce sickness, asking if the survey would take into account that symptoms of old age or indeed any disease, such as Multiple Sclerosis or fibromyalgia could be and were indeed being induced by DEWS, and that in fact this was also being targeted at the general population. Bill Binney said he had not heard of this.

Kirk Wiebe concurred, saying:


“I would tell you that Bill and I and those of us assisting in studying the data that comes in from the survey have no closed minds, we are open to any possibility - we are generally aware that symptoms that people feel may be written off in people’s minds as “I just have MS or this or that” but may indeed be induced by DEWs from an outside source, some energy interfering with the nervous system - we are open-minded to consider all of those capabilities - it may well be there are symptoms we are unable to explain, and mark them down as requiring further study or a secondary survey to look at those particular symptoms, see if we can zero in, focus in, and gain understanding.”

- Kirk Wiebe

Rosanne Schneider, author and activist, also reminded listeners about disclosures of Perception Management as being part of the DEW/Neuro Targeting and Experimentation Programs from David Voigts, the young former Navy officer and systems engineer with training in Electronic Warfare who walked across the USA last year, to bring attention to this non-consensual experimentation.

“People are being compromised in such a way as to interpret events incorrectly - so when you look at the data this might be something you may be able to see. Eduardo had an excellent point, so if this program has Perception Management, that should be taken as another symptom.”

Bill noted:


“Kirk and I are fairly familiar with different techniques to manipulate and confuse enemies if you will - in terms of, in the old Soviet Union they used to call it manipulatzia and disinformatzia - it’s a way of manipulating information, manipulating people, giving disinformation, those kinds of techniques - we have been experienced in detecting these, hopefully when we look through all this data, we can pick that up in the data and even define it as a property of this entire program.”

- Bill Binney


Informing Legal Advisers, Media, Physicians, Politicians

The larger intention of the survey, as noted in conversations on the video and call, is to determine the veracity of the reports worldwide of RF spectrum/sonic/neuro assault on human bodies and brains, to collate evidence for use in court cases and media reports, and establish definitive analyses possibly to present also to Senate committees, in order to publicly assert the reality of covert assault, whether operational or experimental, on humans worldwide, with military-grade RF and sonic and neuroweapons - putatively by Intelligence agencies and the military – and to publicly demand these programs be stopped, as well as litigate for them to be stopped.


“Our intent is to publish those results to get credibility among media. Right now we’re hearing the media doesn’t give this community credibility. We hope to make a difference at least with some of the media we know and have credibility with. We hope to open that door even wider and show we are bringing objectively-obtained data to bear on this issue.”

- Kirk Wiebe

Agreeing with Ella’s summation of statements from the survey-video that their overall objectives include notifying the Press, the medical community, and the political arena, meaning, Congress and elected officials, as well as all survey respondents and the general public via a website, both whistleblowers stressed the importance of bringing this matter to the courts.



Related: What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Mr. Binney said:


“My point is sue the bastards in a court of law. That should have happened with the CIA in the ’50s and ’60s with all the experiments they were doing on people who didn’t even know they were being experimented on – these people belong in jail, they don’t belong in government!”

- Bill Binney

On response to a question from Ella Felder as to whether they also believed there were some criminal elements or rogue groups involved, Mr. Binney responded: “Within the government you mean? Industry certainly has a potential part in this,” and Mr. Wiebe noted, “It’s hard to distinguish where the criminals are. It seems like criminality cuts across even government these days!”

Surely Mr. Binney echoes most of us who are wide-awake today with his close: “Certainly, it’s the greatest criminal organization in the country!”

“We Are Going to Guard This Information With Our Lives”

Surely too, Ella Felder echoes the sentiments of TIs worldwide as she closed out the call, thanking Mr. Binney and Mr. Wiebe “for doing this work and protecting humanity as a whole.” Slawek from Poland who called in earlier thanked them too, saying Europeans being targeted with electronic weapons were grateful, and had been waiting for the survey to be launched, as also did Paolo Fiora of the United Kingdom, who asked about who would be notified about the results of the survey.

Many other callers proffered valuable information, including Frank Allen who offered details on how to safeguard the data obtained, Rosanne Schneider who warned against sabotage and recommended logging all instances of such, and Neal Chevrier who runs Citizens Against Harmful Technology and offered up all the results of his various studies, analyses, and documentation over the years including information on possible RF technologies being used on TIs and relevant detection equipment.



Related: CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation

Dr. Ed Spencer, retired neurologist, noted that “Torture is not the issue here, I think Mind Control which is hidden is the main issue - because that’s the real political power there - and 5G is a major aspect of the Mind Control.”

Dr. Spencer asked also about scalar waves that cannot be blocked, if they “may be part of the V2K and other intrusions into the brain.” Mr. Binney stated later he was not knowledgeable about scalar technologies in terms of “range in spectrum, properties, effect on things.” 

Mr. Wiebe concurred, adding he believes “scalar research is insufficiently mature to be of use to us as a means of applying energy from DEWs.” He stressed, however, that “the survey does not preclude any source from being considered in our effort. We begin with symptoms/signatures, then look for candidate technologies that appear to fit.”

Kirk Wiebe also made an important request to all TIs, to underline the importance of participating in this historic survey.


“I had hoped for an opportunity to say to those who are listening to this phone call, please be aware if anyone tries to convince you not to take this survey, be very leery of anyone trying to talk you into the idea that we are untrustworthy in some regard or that the survey is flawed.

As prima facie evidence of someone trying to sabotage our success, I don’t know how else to say it - Bill and I had to come to grips with the idea, or (the) challenge, how to know whom to trust when we blew the whistle - and we clearly discounted anyone who tried to dissuade us from blowing the whistle on wrongdoing.

And so I just caution you, if anyone tries to talk you out of taking the survey, they should be high on your list of being suspicious, for such a person.

So please do fill it out, we are going to guard this information with our lives, and treat it scientifically, objectively, for the benefit of all of you - just wanted to say that, thank you.”

- Kirk Wiebe


Global TI Survey Instructions

In order to access and take the Global TI survey, which is online, you will first need a Survey ID. This Survey ID will be provided on email registration of your details with the email address globaltisurvey@gmail.com. Step by step instructions are below. Further details about the survey and how to fill it may be found in the survey-video.

The information below has been provided by Cait Ryan.

Step(s) to Take the Global TI Survey under the advisors Bill Binney & J. Kirk Wiebe

Please send the following required information to globaltisurvey@gmail.com:

Subject: Survey ID Request

Personal Information:

First Name
Last Name
Phone Number

Street Address including unit number if applicable

City
State or Province
Zip or Postal Code
Country

Mailing Address [if different from home address]
City
State or Province
Zip or Postal Code
Country

Once we receive your completed information, a Survey ID and Instructions on taking the Survey will be emailed to you.

Please note: A Survey ID is required to access the survey.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Kingmaker Puts New Zealand In The Red
October 22 2017 | From: Uncensored / RadioNewZealand

Yes, As all kiwis will now well and truly know, NZ First leader Winston ” Kingmaker ” Peters, after employing his well practised flair for showmanship by keeping the media in suspense for days
.



Peters has had a nice little chat and a cuppa with Bill English (National/Democratic Independent Union) and Jacinda Ardern (Labour/Progressive Alliance), has crowned The Red Queen.

Related: Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

Not really a surprise in hindsight considering the spectacular last minute switch of Labour leader and subsequent media frenzy over charismatic Fabian Ardern.

To be honest, I’m impressed with the show that the NWO has put on for us. The most entertaining elections puppet-show we’ve had in New Zealand politics for a long time, and a fitting last performance for Winston Peters, who’s been loving every minute of it.

It will be very interesting to see what unfolds!


The Moment Ardern Knew Peters Would Choose Labour

Jacinda Ardern is "absolutely" confident that the new coalition government will last the full term.





The new Prime Minister will hold her first caucus meeting this afternoon, when ministerial roles will be discussed. Labour has agreed to give New Zealand First four Cabinet positions and an undersecretary, while the Greens will be given three ministers outside Cabinet and an undersecretary.

At just the age of 37, Ms Ardern is the country's youngest prime minister in 160 years, New Zealand's third female prime minister and joins the growing ranks of young leaders around the world.



Related: Winston announces NZ First and Labour Coalition

Even her opponent Bill English yesterday called her rise to the prime ministership "remarkable", after she took over the Labour leadership just seven weeks out from Election Day, leading the ailing party to an immediate surge in the polls.

She told RNZ's Morning Report the coalition would "absolutely" last the distance.


“There's a couple of reasons I can say that with confidence. The first is the nature of the agreements. The second is the relationships I've formed with the leaders of both parties - one [with James Shaw] is long-standing and the other has a very firm foundation based on these negotiations."

The final reason was that Labour and New Zealand First had been in government together successfully before, Ms Ardern said.


"Mr Peters and New Zealand First were a party of their word. They provided stability and we presented and delivered a stable government in 2005 ... [that] went the full distance."



Related: Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

It was "unfair" to characterise the new government as a coalition of losers.


"This is an MMP environment. We've formed a coalition government based on the majority of votes and based therefore on what the majority of New Zealanders sought in this election."


Labour Backs Away From Water Tax

Details of support agreements with both New Zealand First and the Greens would be released early next week, Ms Ardern said. The agreement with the Greens was "essentially complete" but a few details in the agreement with New Zealand First needed to be tidied up.

However, Labour's plan for its first 100 days in government had remained mostly intact, "with a few minor changes", she said.

She would not confirm ahead of releasing the agreements whether a water tax remained on the table, but appeared to be backing away from the possibility.

Mr Peters said during the campaign that he would not support a water tax for farmers and other agricultural users, but would support a royalty charge on water bottling.


"We remain committed to cleaning up New Zealand's rivers but I absolutely reflect now that Mr Peters did take a strong view on the mechanism that we were choosing to use," Ms Ardern said.

"So you will see what has happened in that final agreement ... but that was the firm view he took."

Despite not releasing the agreements immediately, there would be "plenty" of other announcements this week, she said.


"We do need to release the ministerial portfolios that will be held by our support partners and then we'll be releasing the fuller ministerial portfolios later in the week."

The new Cabinet would have 20 ministers, with a further eight outside Cabinet. It was Winston Peters' decision as to whether he took up the role of deputy prime minister, she said.



Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour


"I wouldn't have offered it to him if I did not think that was going to be something that would provide stable, workable, solid government."

She guessed that Mr Peters would choose Labour during his announcement preamble, when he spoke about wanting all New Zealanders to share in the country's economic prosperity.


"That was the moment I thought, 'he's going with us.'"

And her first meal as Prime Minister of New Zealand? "I headed straight back to my studio apartment in Wellington and had a pot of noodles."


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump: Russian Uranium Deal "Is The Biggest Story That Fake Media Doesn't Want To Follow" + Putin: Hillary Behind “Russian Collusion” Hysteria And Elites Disrespect Trump Voters
October 22 2017 | From: BlacklistedNews / Infowars

As we reported yesterday, as the media continues to lose their collective minds over $100,000 worth of Facebook ads allegedly purchased by Russians during the 2016 election.



The Senate Judiciary Committee has finally decided they're going to take a look into a shady Russian deal - first  profiled here - that handed Putin 20% of America's uranium reserves, was approved by the Obama administration during an ongoing FBI investigation into charges of bribery, extortion and money laundering by the Russian buyer and netted the Clintons millions of dollars in donations and 'speaking fees."

Related: Hillary Clinton took $145M from Russians to sell out the U.S. uranium supply to America’s enemies (and the FBI knew all along)

Recall that recently it was reported that the Senate Judiciary Committee launched a full-scale probe into a Russian nuclear bribery case, demanding several federal agencies disclose whether they knew the FBI had uncovered the corruption before the Obama administration in 2010 approved a controversial uranium deal with Moscow.

Sen. Chuck Grassley, the committee chairman, gets his first chance to raise the issue in public on Wednesday when he questions Attorney General Jeff Sessions during an oversight hearing.


"It has recently come to the Committee’s attention that employees of Rosatom were involved in a criminal enterprise involving a conspiracy to commit extortion and money laundering during the time of the CFIUS transaction," Grassley wrote in one such letter addressed to Sessions.

"The fact that Rosatom subsidiaries in the United States were under criminal investigation as a result of a U.S. intelligence operation apparently around the time CFIUS approved the Uranium One/Rosatom transaction raises questions about whether that information factored into CFIUS’ decision to approve the transaction," the chairman added.

Fast forward to this week when thanks to newly released affidavits from a case that landed one of the Russian co-conspirators, Vadim Mikerin, in jail, we learned on Tuesday that not only was the Obama administration aware the Russians' illegal acts in the U.S. but it may have also been fully aware that:


"Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow."

It gets better: in an unexpected twist, the FBI's investigation into this particular Russian plot began in 2009 under none other than Robert Mueller, now the special counsel in charge of the Trump case... and ended in late 2015 under the controversial, former FBI Director James Comey who was relieved of his duties by President Trump.

"Surprisingly" when the DOJ finally arrested Mikerin in 2014, following 5 years of investigations in a massive international bribery and money-laundering scheme, rather than publicly celebrate, they seemingly swept it under the rug.  In fact, there was no public release concerning the case at all until a full year later when the DOJ announced a plea deal with Mikerin right before labor day.

Related: Steve Bannon: A Time for War (Against the Republican Establishment)

Putting all that together, it is not difficult to see why the story has gotten percisely zero mainstream media coverage in the past 48 hours, or past year for that matter.

But not the president... Upon waking up on Thursday, Trump immediately went on twitter to slam the "Fake media" for not following the Russian uranium deal, and once again accused both Obama and the Clintons:


"Uranium deal to Russia, with Clinton help and Obama Administration knowledge, is the biggest story that Fake Media doesn't want to follow!"



We expect that now that Trump plans on making a daily twitter spectacle of this particular Russian involvement, the DOJ and FBI may have no choice but to reopen the investigation, with potentially adverse consequences for Mueller, Comey, including perhaps Clinton and Obama.

In a separate tweet on Thursday, Trump said he thought there is enough to support in the Senate to pass its 2018 budget resolution, a key step toward tax reform, but added, "who knows?"

"Republicans are going for the big Budget approval today, first step toward massive tax cuts. I think we have the votes, but who knows?" he tweeted.



Later on Thursday, the Senate is scheduled to vote on the budget resolution bill, which is a crucial step before the Republicans formally work towards a tax reform package by the end the year.

Currently, the GOP control 52 seats in the Chamber and with Mississippi’s Cochran off due to sickness, there is a slimmer margin of error to pass this resolution which seeks to authorise a deficit increase of cUS$1.5trn over the next 10 years.

That said, with the late backing of Senator Collins from Maine, the bill is expected to pass before the weekend and ahead of it going on to the next (tougher) phase, which includes drafting the tax bill and getting it through the committee and the full Senate.



Related: Trump Says ‘I Can’t Support Bailing Out’ Insurance Companies Profiting From Obamacare

If Republicans pass the budget resolution, they can utilize a legislative tool called reconciliation that would allow them to move tax legislation through the Senate on a simple majority vote.

Otherwise, tax reform would need 60 votes, which would make the GOP proposal's passage much less likely as it would need to pull support from all Republican lawmakers as well as some Democrats.




AG Sessions Investigating Hillary Clinton

Sessions said he couldn’t comment on the ongoing investigation.

Alex Jones breaks down how Trump’s A.G. Jeff Sessions admitted his department was investigating Hillary Clinton during a testimony before the Senate Judiciary Committee.







Putin: Hillary Behind “Russian Collusion” Hysteria And Elites Disrespect Trump Voters

Establishment is waging war against Trump and his supporters, Putin says.



President Trump’s voters are disrespected by the US political establishment that’s constantly blocking the president’s agenda, said Russian President Vladimir Putin who also blamed the “Russian collusion” narrative on Hillary Clinton.

Related: Napolitano: Emails on Weiner Laptop Will Lead to Hillary Indictment


“In the US, there’s an unprecedented anti-Russian campaign being waged by the outgoing Obama administration [and holdovers] that’s not over,” he said during a Valdai Club discussion on Thursday. “…This campaign hasn’t been provoked by anything except the someone who lost the election to Mr. Trump and blamed Russia for this.”

“This unfolded into the anti-Russian hysteria.”




Interestingly, Putin spoke about Bill Browder, an American-British financier who was tried in absentia in Russia for tax fraud in 2013 and later told the US Senate Judiciary Committee that Donald Trump Jr. met with a “Russian agent” during the presidential campaign.


“For 10 years he lived in the Russian Federation as a ‘tourist,’ and yet he bought shares of Russian companies without having the right to do so because he wasn’t a resident of the Russian Federation,” he stated. “…The company Mr. Browder had relations with was sponsoring the Democratic Party and the Republican Party, but [the latter] with less volume.”

“The last transfer they had – according to open data – was $1.2 million dollars to the Democratic Party.”

Putin also said the Russian Federation made an extradition request to the US for Browder over tax evasion, but it was ignored because Browder was being used to “instigate Russian hysteria.”

And the Russian president believes Trump’s supporters deserve more respect.


“Mr. Trump was elected by the American people and this is why we have to pay respect toward him even if we don’t agree with some of his positions or views,” he continued. “Inside the US, he’s not been respected, which is a negative component of American political system.”

“We can argue but we have to pay respect, not to him personally but towards the people who voted for him.”

In answering another question from a journalist, Putin pointed out that Trump’s incalculable personality is how he reacts to his enemies.



Related: Wikileaks to Expose Hillary Clinton’s Ties to Russia & Seth Rich, 4Chan Predicts


“Trump is unpredictable because inside of the US, he’s unable to implement any of his plans, for example in healthcare there’s a great resistance and he also made a decision about migrants and then the court blocks his decision,” he added. “This happens all the time.”

“So we can’t say he’s unpredictable only because of himself, but because of the American political system.”


Related Articles:

WSJ Journalist Who Was Investigating Hillary Clinton Found Dead - Months Later Still No Autopsy Report

The Swamp Squared: Clinton State Dept. Silenced Security Contractors on Benghazi Terror Attack

Benghazi Victim’s Mother Slams Hillary Clinton For Lamenting How the Attack Hurt Her Politically

Hillary Clinton Trolled at Book Signing “What Happened to Your 33,000 Emails?”

Watch As Amazon Deletes Hundreds Of One-Star Reviews Of Hillary Clinton's New Book

Judge Orders Investigation Into Lawyers Who Helped Hillary Clinton Delete Private Emails

Army Ranger and Benghazi Hero Calls Hillary Clinton a ‘Sociopath’ on 5 Year Anniversary of Benghazi Attack

Documents Show Other Democrats, Not Just Clintons, on Russian Payroll

The Most Shocking Thing Hillary Clinton Has Ever Said

Judge Napolitano Explains Why AG Sessions Is Making “Terrible Decision” Not Prosecuting Hillary Clinton


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Great Transformation: A World Awakening
October 21 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld

We are currently living in the most profoundly transformative time in the history of our Planet.



Never mind the Industrial Revolution or even the advent of our current techno wonder-world: this is a time of Awakening Consciousness on a planetary level, and not one single being or location on the earth will remain untouched.

Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

Of course, you may not be remotely aware of this, as we each experience life depending upon where we put our attention - and right now there is a reality show of international proportions grabbing the spotlight from nightly news to social media. 

However, those of us looking in another direction are perceiving an expansion in Consciousness of a cosmic magnitude.

In 2008, after a 13-year unexpected sojourn living ‘on the street’ and being carried around the world with no visible means of support, I returned to Bozeman and wrote a little book called The Evolution Revolution - A Handbook for Personal and Global Transformation.

It was a work based on my own awakening and recognition that “whatsoever we do to or for another, we are doing to or for our own selves - for good or ill.” It spoke of a way of cultivating Self-Awareness and expanding Consciousness, and was published in the midst of the Great Recession - a crisis that demanded a rethinking of priorities and a recreating of systems.

Unfortunately, rather than accept that uncomfortable truth and the accompanying challenge, the powers-that-be scrambled to recreate the status quo with all haste.

Nine years later we are experiencing the consequences of those decisions with a vengeance - a nationwide dissatisfaction of such profound depth it has led to an unprecedented rejection of establishment thinking and the elevation of an antihero into a position of power.



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

Meanwhile, the energetics of Transformation - not to be trifled with by out-of-control egos of any stature - are barreling on and showing up globally: from the astonishing upstart in the Vatican speaking a Christ-like rhetoric of caring for the poor, to alternative energy becoming a new norm, and governments around the world granting rights to animals, water and the Earth herself.

In all this we are witnessing what I call the Great Transformation: a period of societal upheaval and political antics indicating the death throes and approaching dissolution of the Old Paradigm on the one hand, and a greater acceptance of our interdependence arising in the multitudes, leading us toward a new way of being in harmony with all life, on the other.


“The Evolution Revolution is our only solution ‘fore we kill ourselves with our insanity. The nuclear madness, environmental sadness, all the actions that deny our Unity - the evolution Revolution’s what we need…” 

- Sahara Devi, The Evolution Revolution Rap

So where does that leave us as individuals, the ‘little people’ who may feel powerless to have an impact in the face of such great turbulence? Where does the average Joe, a decent, hardworking, live-and-let-live kind of guy, who abhors how things are but doesn’t have a clue what to do about it, find the power to make a difference if he is not a protester, activist, billionaire, ‘celebrity’ or CEO?

If we are not simply reactive organisms, responding to stimuli like Pavlov’s dogs, we have the profoundly influential power (and empowerment) of intentional, conscious choice.



Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

We can choose where to put our attention, we can choose what to feed with our energy, we can choose what to support with our money, we can choose how to respond to what we perceive, and we can choose the words and tone of voice in our speaking. We can choose the attitude and intention we bring into our world, and more specifically, our community.


“May I live this day compassion of heart, clear in word, gracious in awareness, courageous in thought, and generous in love.”

- John O’Donohue

It’s actually quite simple: the key to the power of the individual (those who en masse make up the overwhelming majority) is in relationship - because the basis of a harmonious life in any society depends upon our inter-relatedness and how we choose to treat each other on a daily basis.

We needn’t wait for a natural disaster to evoke a sense of ‘all in this together’ because we really ARE all in this - Life - together.

We needn’t wait for a catastrophe to inspire kindness, cooperation, consideration, generosity or compassion - we can choose to embody those qualities and express them in every encounter, every day - and race, religion, nationality, gender or even political affiliation need never come into play.



Related: Terrifying Global Events: Triggers For Mass Awakening?

Start where you are. The simplest way to say it is: Be friendly. We can choose to be friendly and pleasant when engaged in transactions with the cashier or waitress who serves us, we can choose to be considerate of others when we’re driving down the street, we can choose to be kind, supportive or complimentary in every human transaction.

In a world that has sped up exponentially, just being willing to spend the moment it takes to be still and listen to what another wants to express is a kindness.


“Kindness is a language that the deaf can hear and the blind can see.”

- Mark Twain

All around us are folks working at jobs we’ve done, or jobs we would never want to do. These people are not nameless ciphers, they are our neighbors - someone’s mother, father, sister, child or loved one - and they are serving us in the positions they occupy.

What if we expressed appreciation for their service and made their encounter with us a moment of warmth and connection? 

What if our default intention as we go about our daily life was making people feel good about themselves?
  What if our speaking elicited the response: “You made my day.”



Related: 8 Signs The World Is Undergoing A Paradigm Shift

The change we want to see in our world is not something that can be legislated or imposed from without; it is not something we can achieve through protest. It is something that can only come from within each one of us choosing to bring a little more kindness into our way of being as we go about the business of living our lives.

Quantum physics tells us how the observer affects that which it observes - this is the way as individuals we affect our collective reality.

What if we started to observe through the eyes of Love? In the same way that the reward of patience is patience, the reward of kindness is finding oneself living in a kind world. Verily: whatsoever we embody and express creates the world in which we live.


“What is love? Love is the absence of judgement.”

- The Dalai Lama

It’s a question of critical mass. Small numbers have the power to affect collective consciousness and do, as when TM meditators demonstrably reduced crime in cities by their focus.

When we recognize we are part of a whole and continuously contributing the quality of our energy to that whole, we can begin to choose to embody and express more kindness, raising the vibratory rate of the collective and contributing to a transformed society.

Change yourself and change the world.

Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Telltale Signs The Western Oligarchs Are Doomed
October 21 2017 | From: JournalNeo

Everyone hates sore losers, so why do the globalists and their puppet media still exist? Reading today’s headlines, listening to failed politicians sputtering and stuttering around the world, I’m constantly dismayed by the apathy and ignorance of the world’s populations. Isn’t it abundantly clear by now, Vladimir Putin and Russia hold the winning cards?



Comment: This article is shared because it contains some interesting observations - however it should be noted that the author is clearly unaware of the Alliance (which Trump is working with) that is actually working to take the Cabal down. This is why there is a constant media onslaught against him.

Related: The Anti-Trump Protesters Are Tools Of The Oligarchy + Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins

Before I go on, let’s get something straight. I am a patriotic American who loves his country and her people. Nobody on God’s Earth can prove otherwise. Now that this is settled, let me make something else abundantly clear. America has no positive future without the kinship and partnership of Russia.

If the globalists elite who’ve admittedly set themselves up as the new world order (See leaders from Obama to Trump admitting same) remain on the present geo-policy course, then war or certain economic collapse will ensue.

Many of the world’s leaders already know this and are making moves to side with Russia should the inevitable happen suddenly. But before I go on, let’s look at some sore loser media headlines.

The western world’s most famous “fake news” tabloid these days, Newsweek continues its unending tabloid Russophobia with “Putin’s Birthday: Protests Call for his Exit as he Hits Retirement Age Under Russian Law”.

I’ll not get into how or why Newsweek became a media whore for the globalists, this Pew Research analysis of the magazine industry should explain this succinctly. The fact there is virtually no dissent aimed at Vladimir Putin inside Russia shows once again the Russian leader’s winning ways.



Related: Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Isn’t A Democracy, It’s An Oligarchy + Evo Morales: Imperialism And Capitalism Are The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is Facing

I can almost hear the average Newsweek policy genius reader glowing with agreement, “Hey, that’s right, it’s illegal for Putin to be president anymore!” As if the universe will turn over, and America will elect Hillary Clinton and become truly great again of Putin is gone!

Next in the sequence of news delivered by Google, I guess the Washington Post and the New York Times bombardment this morning was not harsh enough for the NSA’s favorite tool, and AFP bit parroted by The Times of India was highlighted for me. “Russia is not Putin’s says Pussy Riot’s Alekhina” stands out as a total waste of digital news space.

Once again, the mainstream and the elites running media in the west lost – this woman is a nobody, and nobody cares. Another desperation grab at attention, that´s all AFP is trying to do here. Enter what we know about CNN and admitted traffic sensationalism.

The typical Times of India readr chimes in in broken English, “Oooh, who, who, dat pooseee riot is a riot man! Dey some crazeee beaches” Give the world a break AFP.

Over at CNN the news network most in need of viewers even let’s US President Donald Trump off the hook for a day to paint a picture of Russia’s Putin alongside North Korean’s Kim wringing their hands at America’s most recent tragedy, which Trump is supposed to be distracted by.



Related: The Venetian Black Nobility And The Concept Of Oligarchy

“As Trump deals with tragedy, Putin and Kim regroup” is a fabrication, a propaganda tidbit meant for total idiots, and insult to intelligent life forms.

The story attempts to cement together all America’s justifiable and unreasonable fears into one comfortable globalist narrative – everything is Putin’s fault, and anything that is not can be solved by bombing North Korea to hell. Las Vegas gunman Stephen Paddock ends up aiding and abetting evil tyrants Putin and Kim in this fairytale.

Finally, the grand mucky muck of news, financial “go to” Bloomberg proclaims, “As Putin Turns 65, His Power is Slowly Waning”. I had to take a moment or two to stop laughing at seeing the ultimate loser, nobody Russian blogger Alexei Navalny in the feature photograph of this major Bloomberg story.

If this nincompoop western oligarch patsy is the best the Rothschilds and the American deep state can come up with to foil Vladimir Putin, they need to pack up and run for their lives.

The typical big chested banker idiot reading Bloomberg chimes in, “Thank God Putin’s on the way out, maybe my energy stocks can finally split when Israel annexes the West Bank for good!” Yeah, American investors don’t give a damn about dead soldiers or babies. ROI is the name of the Wall Street game.

I could go on and on, but the point of this report is to show the mediocrity I reveal in my upcoming book on this media war, the pitiful essence of failed democracy and capitalism – or the bred mediocrity of the elites who’ve lost the Great Game.

The bas sportsmanship and loser ethics you see in news against Putin every day, play out in my work “Putin’s Praetorians: The Top Kremlin Trolls Confess”, which is out this month.



Related: Study: US Is An Oligarchy, Not A Democracy

The reason for my plug here is to frame the reality that Vladimir Putin has won at every turn not simply because of his or his team’s genius, but because of the losers they have faced.

Let’s take a brief look at what Vladimir Putin has done versus this elite world order and its trillion dollar media machine.

Even if we examine Putin’s efforts the last few years from a western globalist’s perspective, his strategies seems flawless. When the EU and NATO threatened Russia’s doorstep Ukraine, the Russian leader simply secured the frontiers by ensuring the naval base at Sevastopol remained secure, and that the Donbass would serve as a literal “no man’s land” should Kiev choose to arm up with NATO.

Take note, this is not actually what Putin did, but from the Washington think tank and Pentagon perspective, the event amount to a win for Putin. Next, in a bid to weaken Putin and Russia, the western oligarchs imposed massive sanctions that only ended up making Putin’s country and his position stronger.

Again, a win for Putin without hardly trying. In the meanwhile, as western media and politicians turned up the heat on the Russian leader, American and its coalition elevated the proxy war in Syria to thwart and Israeli enemy, and to cut off Putin’s South Stream pipeline plan.

Turkey was leveraged to shoot down Russia’s airmen, and the west threatened with a wider regional conflict. Again, Putin outmaneuvered western strategists and ended up in full alliance with Erdogan and Turkey.

Through the efficient use of military force against ISIL and “moderate” terrorists propped up by the US, the Saudis, and Israel, Russia’s leader made absolute fools of Washington and its satraps in London, Brussels, and Berlin.



Related: 14 Tactics Used By The Mainstream Media To Manufacture Consent For The Oligarchy

As it stands now, with the mediocre losers in the west pounding out the same idiotic tune in media, Vladimir Putin is on the cusp of creating a grand coalition of his own, one that could end US dominance on the world stage forever. Putin’s recent meetings with Turkey’s Erdogan, with the Saudi King, and with Iran’s leadership show a polar shift in global influence.

For me, the inevitable emergence of Russia as a leader on the global stage is happening no matter what. While Trump stomps about threatening at the UN, Putin does not even waste the time attending. Instead, Russia’s leader leverages wins in Syria and elsewhere, along with the trend away from dollar dominance, to forge new friendships and possibilities.

The “loser” mentality American and European dinosaurs have adopted, it leaves them looking like fools who simply scramble to keep up, or to keep afloat at all. And the “loser” narrative in their media is the clearest indicator. Look at what Washington is trying to do to Russia’s RT in America.

It’s pitiful to see a tiny by comparison media effort, so feared by the trillion dollar ad network the western oligarchs created. Now they have Google, Twitter, Facebook, the US Senate, cyberwarfare companies, the technocrats, universities, and God knows who else – all attempting to mitigate the tiny voices of dissent. It’s pitiful.


The Globalists’ Evil Shell Is Cracking

The people of the world are rising up against globalism.

Alex Jones breaks down the globalist attack on the resurgence of American tradition that is spreading throughout the world.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

< Service Interrupted >
October 20 2017 | From: WakeUpKiwi

Don't complain. None of you offer any assistance in any way whatsoever.



Perhaps today, take the opportunity to delve deeper into the various sections of this website that you may not have visited before.

Or another website - and maybe if you can find something that you feel to be of worth sharing with others you may know, give it a nudge.

You can lead a horse to water, but you cannot make it drink.

We will all find the truth in the end.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Soros Transfers $18 Billion To His Open Society Foundations
October 19 2017 | From: DailyCaller

Left-wing financier George Soros has transferred $18 billion to the Open Society Foundations, the network of non-profits Soros uses to advance his left-wing ideology both in the United States and around the world.



The massive transfer, which was first reported by the Wall Street Journal, is roughly equivalent to the gross domestic product (GDP) of Afghanistan, according to World Bank data.

Related: The Diabolical World Of George Soros: “I Cannot And Do Not Look At The Social Consequences Of What I Do”

Grover Norquist, president of Americans for Tax Reform, suggested that the transfer is a way for the 87-year-old Soros to avoid the estate tax - also known as the death tax - which penalizes large inheritances.





Related: George Soros: A Psychopath’s Psychopath

Inside Philanthropy reported last year that Soros, who has said that he considers himself to be “some kind of god,” began laying the groundwork for the foundation to continue his mission after he dies.

Hacked OSF documents published last summer shed light on the way in which Soros has used his foundation to advance progressive, open-borders policies both domestically and abroad.

The foundation has channeled significant funding to Europe, for example, to defeat populist candidates who clash with Soros’ open borders worldview. Soros has also used OSF to secretly funnel money to foreign government officials, funneling the money through a German think tank in order to skirt foreign laws against doing so. 

The foundation has also successfully influenced global migration policies, according to one internal OSF memo, which said Europe’s refugee crisis last year provided “new opportunities” for the organization to exert its influence.




Related: Leaked Emails Show Clinton Campaign Coordinating With Soros Organization

In the U.S., OSF has provided funding for the Black Lives Matter movement and open borders activists. The foundation has also provided funding to anti-Trump “resistance” groups, funded opposition research on critics of radical Islam and attempted to influence Supreme Court rulings.

Soros’ foundation is now the second-largest philanthropic organization in the U.S., according to the WSJ’s report, behind only the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.


Related Articles:

Death Star: George Soros Transfers $18 Billion to Open Society Foundations

How Covert Agents Infiltrate the Internet to Manipulate, Deceive, and Destroy Reputations

Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”: Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview


Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

Prime Minister Of Hungary: George Soros “Has Ruined” Millions Of Lives & George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit, Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence

Trump Outmanoeuvers Soros With Early FEC Form 2 Filing & Democrats Organizing Criminal Coup Against Trump



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Individual Versus The Fake Collective
October 19 2017 | From: JonRappoport

Trumpets blare. In the night sky, spotlights roam. A great confusion of smoke and dust and fog, and emerging banners, carrying the single message: WE. The great meltdown of all consciousness into a glob of utopian simplicity…



There are denizens among us. They present themselves as the Normals. Beyond all political objectives, there is a simple fact: those group-mind addicts who have given up their souls will rage against the faintest appearance of one who tries to keep his.

Related: The Individual Versus Globalism

And in this rage, the soulless ones will try to pull the other down to where they live. And somehow, it all looks normal and proper and rational.

In the 1950s, before television had numbed minds and turned them into jelly, there was a growing sense of: the Individual versus the Corporate State.

Something needed to be done. People were fitting into slots. They were surrendering their lives in increasing numbers. They were carving away their own idiosyncrasies and their independent ideas.

But television, under the control of psyops experts, became, as the 1950s droned on, the facile barrel of a weapon:

“What’s important is the group. Conform. Give in. Bathe in the great belonging…”

Recognize that every message television imparts is a proxy, a fabrication, a simulacrum, an imitation of life one step removed. When this medium also broadcasts words and images of belonging and the need to belong, it’s engaged in revolutionary social engineering.

Whether it’s the happy-happy suburban-lawn family in an ad for the wonders of a toxic pesticide, or the mob family going to the mattresses to fend off a rival, it’s fantasy time in the land of mind control.



Related: Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

Television has carried its mission forward. The consciousness of the Individual versus the State has turned into: love the State. Love the State as family. In the only study I have been able to find, Wictionary partially surveys the scripts of all television shows from the year 2006, to analyze the words most frequently broadcast to viewers in America.

Out of 29,713,800 words, including the massively used “a,” “an,” “the,” “you,” “me,” and the like, the word “home” ranks 179 from the top. “Mom” is 218. “Together” is 222. “Family” is 250.

This usage reflects an unending psyop. Are you with the family or not? Are you with the group, the collective, or not? Those are the blunt parameters.

“When you get right down to it, all you have is family.” “Our team is really a family.” “You’re deserting the family.” “You fight for the guy next to you.” “Our department is like a family.” “Here at Corporation X, we’re a family.”

The committee, the group, the company, the sector, the planet. The goal? Submerge the individual.

Individual achievement, imagination, creative power? Not on the agenda. Something for the dustbin of history.

Aldous Huxley, Brave New World: “‘Ninety-six identical twins working ninety-six identical machines’! The voice was almost tremulous with enthusiasm. ‘You really know where you are. For the first time in history.’”



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

George Orwell, 1984: